Home

LeCroy Sierra M6 2 User Manual

1. Command SecCount H Command LBA H DEV H LBAMode H PMPort H Protocol Option 0000000 0 0 TANS LBA H DEV H LBAMode H gt gt ATA Command Data 0 Bytes PM Port H Protocol Option Y 0x07 DMA n Option AR Figure 2 114 SATA Sample Host Emulator Program 122 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture Sample Initiator Emulator Program SAS only LeCroy Corporation Figure 2 115 shows a simple completed SAS Initiator Emulator program Initiator Emulator Capture Trigger Initiator Setting Settings Notes r Phy seset sequence and identification inset 7 instances ATA scsi rask se Frame Event sta x S si leonek is done manually Reserved H Operation Code RT H Reserved H Starting Feature Number H alae i Option Butter ID H Target SAS Address Jz _ Target LUN 0000000000000000 j 0000000000000000 Court E 1 Operation Code B Write Butt Start Loop Buffer Offset H Butter ID H Butter Offset H ul DODOL Parameter List Length H Target LUN Option button Reserved H Parameter List Length H UN A Allocation Length H Cortroi H Reserved H Allocation Length H Control H Control Payload Date 0 Bytes H E Torget SAS Address E Target LUN 0000000000000000 xl 0000000000000000 Cortro
2. 290 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Formatting the Statistical Report View FIS Type Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bits DMA Activate Figure 3 127 SATA FIS Type Choosing Custom allows you to specify more than one item for display Custom Filter d x Show selected items DMA Activate Register Device to Host Register Host to Device Set Device Bits O Show conditional items Equal to fo res Figure 3 128 SATA Custom Filter Check the items to display and click OK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation 291 LeCroy Corporation Formatting the Statistical Report View Sorting Column Content To sort column content click the heading for that column Repeated clicking of the column heading sorts the column in ascending or descending order Type A Direction Duration Count Al Al All Al Open Address Frame I gt T 18 39999962 us 69 28 51 SMP Frame T gt 1 4 53333330 us 17 7 02 SMP Frame I gt T 1 81333339 us 17 7 02 SSP Frame T gt 1 23 12000064 us 53 21 90 SSP Frame I gt T 14 48000050 us 35 14 46 STP Frame T gt 1 85 89333344 us 34 14 05 STP Frame I gt T 703999996 us 17 7 02 0 00015528 242 100 00 STP Frame 7 03999996 us STP Frame T gt I 85 89333344 us 34 14 05 SSP Frame I gt T 14 48000050 us 35 14 46 SSP Frame T gt I 23 12000084 us 53 21 90 SMP Frame I gt T 1 81333339 us
3. 18992 FIS IS Type H gt D 2132 266 662 60 us 309 693 328 86 us egister Device to Host H gt D 31992001343 us p 0 00103291 VIDD 3 2 2 2 als f 2 g S H oF oT et Device Bits J D gt H 9002666473 us s Oo ATA Command Number ofFIS___ Payload Size Time Write DMA Queued fo HD 2 ______ JO NormalQuiput WA A a DE eee o A ns e RICA Figure 3 122 Sample Print Preview of Report Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 287 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Toolbar Report Display Settings 2 The Setting button opens the Setting dialog You can set up the report columns for display to suit a particular analysis need eliminating the need to show hide columns individually Use the Setting dialog to configure the display for each page Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command Read Write Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Bus Condition Read Write Command Performance Others Check All Reset ll Figure 3 124 SATA Statistical Report Column Setting 288 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Statistical Report Toolbar LeCroy Corporation Link With Sample View When you select a type on any page of the Statistical Report a set of navigation buttons allows you to examine each instance of that type in
4. Figure 3 56 Locate Cursor Go to Time Stamp To locate a timestamp click the Go To button and choose Timestamp so _ iv Trigger Position x Position Y Position Packet No Bookmark Begin End Figure 3 57 Time Stamp Enter a time stamp value in the Go To Timestamp dialog and click OK Go To Time Stamp xj 200 1 000 fms 000 fos G0 Goto MUAA MAAA fus 000 ns T Move X Cursor Figure 3 58 Go to Time Stamp Bookmarks Bookmarks are a convenient way to mark a point in the data viewer display by name so that you can rapidly return to that point To create a bookmark right click the mouse in the data viewer area on a packet in which to place the bookmark 234 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Using the Cursors and Bookmarks LeCroy Corporation Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Goto Mext Tag FS Goto Previous Tag ShiF F5 Set Time Stamp Origin Color Goto Figure 3 59 Bookmark Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 235 LeCroy Corporation Using the Cursors and Bookmarks Click Bookmark from the fly out menu to open the Bookmark Comment Dialog A x Bookmark Name Bookmark Description MV Sort bookmarks by start time Start Time Port Layer Packet No Bookmark Description Add Delete GoTo Time Difference 0 Save s PA E e Text Excel Save s Close Figure 3 60 Book
5. Figure 5 20 Event in Main Display The default label for the first cell is Global State which is active at all times 440 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Generation Options LeCroy Corporation Assigning an Action After you have dropped the Event button in a cell in the Main Display area you can assign an action to the event Note If you do not assign an action to an Event button the Generator ignores the event To assign an action to an Event button 1 Right click the Event button to display a pop up menu ad Newevent W o O C Qe Available Events Global State active at all times Primitive Specify Actionis r Move Event To Copy Event To Dra Delete This Event Properties Mo Action Figure 5 21 Action Menu 2 Select Specify Action and then choose an action from the submenu The menu closes and the action is assigned ad Newevent mf 2 A Qs Avalable Events Global State active at all times Figure 5 22 Action in Main Display Note You can also set actions within the Properties dialog for each event Double click the Event button to open the Properties dialog then select the Actions tab and set your actions Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 441 LeCroy Corporation Generation Options Generation Rules Pop Up Menus The Generation Rules window has context sensitive pop up menus that are associated with the
6. Figure 2 194 NCQ Commands 1 To enable NCQ commands check Support NCQ and specify Queue depth 2 Optionally check Allow multiple command completion and enter values for Max time before sending SDP and Max number of command completions reported by one SDB Miscellaneous Features Tab Advance Target Setting DOB Signal Setting Speed Negotiation Power Management Setting NCQ Command Settings Miscellaneous Features Support Asynchronous notification feature To enable Asynchronous notification Host shall issue a SET FEATURE command with Enable use of SATA feature and sub command spec 5 Send BIST frame Test Pattern lart from Oats Black l HAN Caca CHOI Ealart trar hle tect front Me os A Enable Transmit SSC Spread Spectrum Clocking e Enable smart self test Threshold exceeded 0 ms 0 means newer Figure 2 195 Miscellaneous Features 188 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation LeCroy Corporation 1 Toenable Asynchronous notification check the Support Asynchronous notification feature and then specify the millisecond Asynchronous notification interval and the Maximum number of transmitted Asynchronous notifications 2 Tosend a BIST frame check Send BIST frame and enter a value for the millisecond Delay before sending BIST FIS Choose BIST flag options and enter or select DATA or test
7. Je LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite Simulation scs Sl E E File Edit View Configuration Project Setup Filtering Report Tools Window Help Susie ero Om 5111013 a P PY oa 2 Polo ar arnes w i tt Jie E Jozsi gt mua 4 TA 0002 868 213 s Ea gt Ene ence A E CRC H 41551331 ETS Phy ID H SAS Address H Initiator Port Edge Expander Device 5006056000000305 0 002 674 546 s 1 106 T5 Target Port Target Port INERTE INERTE SMP O ACAEF855 cc BROADCAST CHANGE i 0 002 875 853 s 240 ns k285D4 7020014 6 cad BROADCAST CHANGE 0 002 875 893 s 52493 us K285D47D20D14 6 0 002 928 386 s Start Start ae OPEN A Destination SAS Address H my 400 ns pai SSP 5000C500001047B5 5000628000001074 Initiator Connection Tag H _ _ 0500 A SEE Arbitration Wait Time H PERSO PERSO 0000 FFAD47D4 to Ons rr a Ons Y toT Ons For Help press F1 Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop og fra Viewer Setting Toolbar The Viewer Setting toolbar allows wrapping zooming and configuration viewer Setting Toolbar x Be 2 elpo The Full Screen button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar increases the data display area to the full screen The Zoom In button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar magnifies the data display area on the screen Clicking th
8. Color Display Options The program uses a default set of colors for each type of data in each group of data The colors and color combinations are appropriate for most graphic systems You can alter any color To specify a color for an information type in the Color Format Hiding tab select a row such as Data in the Group and Color column and expand it Select a data type such as Data Length in the Group then select a color in the Color section using Standard or Custom colors Use a bright color for each important field Display Options General Color Format Hiding Level Hiding Headers Group and Colo Te E Data i P E ik Hexadecimal MSBtoLSB Decimal LSB to MSB go Data Length f Binary External Data Display Units E ASCII CAC Time Color Other Protocols Standard Custom Address Frame Frimitives SSP Frame SMP Frame Qut OF Band Signals STPASAT A STP FIS Channels ATA Command Tracker Fields TCG Packet Colors Expand All Collapse All Restore Factory Presets Save Save s Default Load caca tun Figure 5 28 Display Options Dialog Color 452 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Options LeCroy Corporation To customize colors use the Custom tab Color Standard Custom Colors Hue 234 H 234 H Red j H j H Sat 253 Greer 20 Lum IEH Blue
9. Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 59 Connection Details Simulation Mode Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures Easy switch to Advanced mode amp Collapse All Expand All ae o N y Collapse All button hides details in Project Tree Expand All button expands collapsed Project Tree Figure 2 1 SAS New Analysis Project Dialog The New Project dialog opens with default settings to capture Everything on the bus and to Trigger On on Snapshot The analyzer captures everything immediately without triggering on anything in particular SATA On the Analyzer Menu Bar click File gt New gt Protocol Analyzer to open a SATA Protocol Analyzer dialog What analyzer triggers on Capture memory settings Project Tree display Capture Trigger Settings Notes Tree PAPA J SATAProtocolAnalyzer2 Everything 1 Ereid SYNE SE Capture C Pattern J Exclude CONT Everything J Exclude OOB Signals J Exclude Xx Include oo 7 Exclude Payload except 0 Dword s Include SYNC Parameters Y Include CONT Y Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude Idle SA Trigger Non Sequential Snapshot b Settings Trigger Position in Memory 1 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword Speed AutoSpeed 11 71 12 12 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Trans
10. Reset All Check All V Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Reset All Check All IV Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Save Load Cancel Save Load Cancel Figure 3 54 SAS SAS Address Filtering before and after Using Pair SAS Addresses Note If you enable pair SAS addresses the source destination SAS addresses options are disabled and filtering on them is ignored at filtering time If you disable pair SAS addresses the pair SAS address option is disabled and filtering on it is ignored at filtering time Selectable Filter Options for SATA The SATA filter options are O Bus Condition Incomplete Frames FIS ATA Command Protocol Error Port ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Filter Idle DOOOCOO OO Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 231 LeCroy Corporation Filtering Bus Condition When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured Bus Conditions in the Sample Viewer Incomplete Frames When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides Incomplete Frames in the Sample Viewer FIS When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured FIS items in the Sample Viewer ATA Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured ATA commands in the Sample Viewer Protocol
11. 436 Default Setting Value AUTO_WAIT_SATA_AFTER Settings AUTO_WAIT_SATA_AFTER_ FALSE X_RDY_FOR_R_RDY AUTO_WAIT_SATA_AFTER_ FALSE WTRM_FOR_STATUS AUTO_WAIT_SATA_AFTER_ FALSE PMREQ_S_FOR_RESPONSE AUTO_WAIT_SATA_AFTER_ FALSE PMREQ_P_FOR_RESPONSE AUTO_WAIT_SATA_AFTER_ FALSE SYNC_FOR_SYNC AUTO_WAIT_SATA_BEFORE Settings AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE FALSE PMACK_FOR_PMREQ AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE FALSE PMNAK_FOR_PMREQ AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE FALSE RERR_FOR_WTRM AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE FALSE ROK_FOR_WTRM AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE FALSE RIP_FOR_SOF AUTO WAIT SATA BEFORE FALSE R_RDY_FOR_X_RDY Description When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_R_RDY command immediately after each case of SATA_CONT primitive following SATA_X_RDY primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_R_ERR or SATA_R_OK command immediately after each case of SATA_CONT primitive following SATA_WTRM primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_PMACK or SATA_PMNAK command immediately after each case of SATA_CONT primitive following SATA_PMREQ_S primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_PMACK or SATA_PMNAK command immediately after each case of SATA_CONT primitive following SATA_PMREQ_P primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_SYNC command immediately after each case of SATA_CONT primitive following SATA_SYNC primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA
12. Destroy Specify Value Insert Frame Field Destroy de e After current frame Hashed Destination SAS Address _ Before current frame Hashed Source SAS Address O Changing Data Pointer O Type User Defined y ReTransmit O a User Defined Frame Data EGF CAE EGF Figure 2 135 SAS Outgoing Frame Setting Dialog SCSI Frame Type Error Check this to introduce a frame type error Remove Frame from sequence Check this to remove frame from sequence Delay in sending frame Check this to delay sending frame and enter a value for the delay Frame Length Error Check Frame Length Error then choose the type of error to introduce Code violation and Disparity error Check these and specify DWORD offset and the number of error DWORDs Don t check credit Check this to disable credit checking SOF EOF and CRC errors Check these and specify Double or Omit by checking the corresponding option button 136 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture LeCroy Corporation Insert Primitive Check Insert Primitive click the Type button to open the Primitive Type dialog then select the primitive type Field of Frame Select Destroy scroll through the available choices in the Field of Frame list box and choose a field to destroy Alternatively you can select Specify Value to fill the chosen field with a pre defined value Insert Frame You can insert a frame before or after the cur
13. Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 265 LeCroy Corporation USB IP Setup Figure 3 89 IP Setup Dialog 2 To change to Static IP click the Static IP radio button Enter the Static IP Address Enter the Subnet Mask Click Update The system displays a warning message Check your entries carefully If you do not enter correct data the program will terminate Click Yes to get a success message Ip setup done successfully Software Will be terminated Automatically Update Figure 3 90 SAS IP Setup Success Message Click OK The message closes and the device resets 3 To change back to DHCP in the IP setup dialog click the DHCP radio button then click Update IP Setup IP Mode Static IF Static IF Address Subnet Mask 266 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual User Defined Decoding LeCroy Corporation Figure 3 91 SAS IP Setup Success Message After you see the Warning Message click Yes After you see the Success Message click OK Note You can also click Reset User Defined Decoding User defined decoding allows you to create a definition file to interpret commands and frames that are not in the standard set recognized by the software Select Configuration gt User Defined Decoding to open the User Defined Decoding dialog xi F scsicommands Jo ATA Command 0 ssts lt Ss sspfamfs A oo SMPFamefs
14. Timer Timeout External Trigger Bus Condition Symbol Primitive FIS FIS Pattern ATA Command ATA Command Pattern ATAPI Soft Reset Data Pattern Protocol Errors O O CDOODODODODDO Doo Oo CU Note In packet view you can right click on any frame select Add to Trigger and add the pattern to DataPatternCapture to make it a trigger pattern Choosing a Parameter Either highlight the category and click the Add gt gt button or double click the category to open a corresponding definition dialog To remove an item highlight it in the Project Tree then click the lt lt Remove button Triggering on a Timer Selecting a timer for a trigger in the Any Trigger Mode limits the time that the analyzer looks for selected triggering conditions before triggering The timer activates when the Project runs If none of the selected triggering conditions occurs during the timer s active time the Analyzer triggers at the end of the time set for the timer You can set a timer independently of any other trigger selection to cause an unconditional trigger after a set time To set the timer value double click Timer in the Pattern window to open the Timer dialog xi Timer Value fi Milli Seconds Time Unit Cancel milliseconds microseconds Figure 2 40 Timer Dialog Check a Time Unit enter the Timer Value and click OK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 73 LeCroy Corpora
15. a q Part of last received frame dvarNamel LRF stratBitOffset endBitOffset where offsets are bit based Random values varNamel Random Expression on Variables Mathematical expressions such as sum subtract and shift QvarNamel varName2 Q varNamel varName2 Q varNamel varName2 Q varNamel varName2 QvarNamel lt lt 2 Logical expressions such as compare equal not and and or Q varNamel gt varName2 Q varNamel lt Q varName2 varNamel varName2 varNamel varName2 logical expressionl amp amp logical expression2 logical expressionl logical expression2 Complex expressions combination of different operators with prioritizing supported varNamel varName2 gt varName3 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 409 LeCroy Corporation Trainer Script Enhancements If While in Logical Expressions Like programming languages scripts allow conditional statements The if while syntaxes are If expression else While VarName Note In this release while condition is limited to simple variable values only Combining operators is not allowed in while expressions You should move such expressions inside while block Note Nested while and if are supported Using Variable Values in Creating Patterns on Bus In creating patterns to send on bus trainer script allows using variables In these cases because the c
16. then Inject Bunning Disparity Error Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt For Help press Fl 7 o i o COP MUM SCRL Figure 4 31 Example 4 Complete Scenario 9 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 349 LeCroy Corporation Creating Global Rules Example 5 Multiple Actions on a Single Event In this example an event triggers a set of actions The actions occur at the same time The device waits for an ACK from the initiator When it occurs the device beeps injects an RD error and increments a counter monitoring for that event ACK from initiator 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Asin previous examples configure the first event and its response in the Global Rules area Choose ACK primitive as the event and Beep as the action From the Action Properties drop down menu enter 500 ms as the duration of the beep 3 Click the add another action prompt to add a second action d ACK Test box Scenario is valid Scenario Name ACK Test Description If ACE beep inject PD error count Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Pules Wait for ACK from Initiator then Beep 500 ms qe Click here to add a sequence 4 For Hel
17. 192 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sample Properties LeCroy Corporation Using the Viewer Display To configure the data viewer display use the toolbars You can display the same data in Column view with transactions grouped for each active port Text view with transactions grouped for each active port Spreadsheet view Histogram view CATC Navigation View To change the view type when opening a sample change the default workspace or save options in the Software Settings dialog To toggle among open windows use CTRL TAB To reverse toggle order use CTRL SHIFT TAB To make a frame a trigger pattern in Packet View right click any frame select Add to Trigger and add the pattern to DataPatternCapture Sample Properties The Sample Properties dialog displays a OD0ODODO O O Software version Sample file version Grouping Type Hardware bin file version Analyzer armed at Analyzer triggered at Sample saved at Original Capture Project Open displays the project settings used to capture the sample Licensing Information Sample Properties h x Software version 3 80 Build 275 Sample file version Version 50 Adding new 545 power management primitives Grouping Type wide Hardware bin file version 3 21 18 with Hw version Hamilton Analyzer armed at 1225 PM Thu Mar 05 2009 Analyzer triggered at 12 25 PM Thu Mar 05 2009 Sample saved at 12 26 PM Thu Mar 05 2009 Original Captu
18. Address Frame SAS only Double click Address Frame in the Pattern window to open the Address Frame Type Pattern dialog Address Frame Type Pattern xi Format Address Frame Type any Address Frame Type X C Binary ancel Any Address Frame Type Value Address Frame Type x Any Address Frame Type Vi Vr lV T1 Iv T2 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link fi Figure 2 52 SAS Address Frame Type Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the Address Frame Type dropdown list scroll the list to choose an address frame type on which to trigger and click OK 82 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation SMP Frame SAS only Double click SMP Frame in the Pattern window to open the SMP Frame Pattern dialog SMP Frame Pattern x Format SMP Frame Types Any SMP Frame Type x C Binary pr Hexadecimal Cancel Function Any SMP Frame Type TF Show Reserved arto SMP Frame Type x Any SMP Frame Type Function Any Function Parameter Value El Vi mi MT WM T2 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 53 SAS SMP Frame Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the SMP Frame Types dropdown list then scroll the list to choose an SMP fra
19. C 0SD 2 ADC 3 Cancel Hexadecimal Command Type Ary Command A CDB Type Any CDB Type y Tag Destination Address AS Source Address AS LUN AS Vin mr MB mi MTI MT MT Ta Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Ewes ofocnmences one FF Figure 2 55 SAS SCSI Command Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the CDB dropdown list scroll the list to choose a CDB Type and click OK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 85 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup 86 FIS Frame Information Structure SATA only Double click FIS to open the FIS Type selection dialog x Format FIS Type any Type x y C Binary Register Host to Device 0x27 Hexadecimal E ancel Register Device to Host 0x34 _Cancel_ chaw A Set Device Bits 0x41 DMA Activate 0x39 DMA Setup 0x41 0x58 PIO Setup Ox5F 0x46 MH MH MH I H4 VDI Mo MDO M D4 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 56 SATA FIS Type Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Click the down arrow next to the Type drop down list box choose a FIS type on which to trigger and click OK Repeat for additional types Available FIS Types O Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bit DMA Activate Any Type DMA Setup BIST PIO Setup Data DOOOOUOCUOD Note You cannot trigger on a Vendor F
20. Sector Cound H Sector Count exp H Figure 2 119 SAS Captured Trace Display With Cursors Set Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 125 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture 3 Click File and then choose Export to Initiator Emulator or Export to Host Emulator File Edit Yiew Configuration Project i New gt Open Close Save Ctrl S Save As Save As Text Export to Initiator Emulator Sample Properties Print Ctrl P Print Preview Print Setup Send To gt Exit Figure 2 120 SAS Export to Initiator Emulator This displays the Extract Sample File dialog Extract Sample File h x Range f All Sample S Fromf Cursor To Y Cursor o From ATA Crd Mo f TalATA Cmd Hof Import Items W SCSI Commands e ATA Commands W SMP Commands SSP Frames SMP Frames STF Frames M Task Mangement Part M 11 71 M 1272 Project Name ine Stop nea Figure 2 121 Extract Sample File Dialog 4 Click the ellipses next to the Project Name address bar and select an existing sac or stc file 5 Choose an export range and item Command or FIS then click Export 126 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture LeCroy Corporation 6 After the export action completes open the exported sac or stc file Host Emulator Caphure Trigger Host Setting S
21. Self Test You can use the built in RAM self test utility Select Tools on the main menu bar and choose Self Test to open the Self Test dialog Tools Window He F E Find Device Figure 3 133 SAS Self Test Command on Tools Menu 294 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Tools LeCroy Corporation Clock Check To perform a Clock check choose the clock to test and click the Start Clock Check button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line x Clock Memory Serdes crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer Clock Type Test Result al Gress 1 System Clock 1S0MHz hrPGA 1_Memory clock 166MHz GBIFPGA 1_PCI Clock 66MHz frpGA 1_Serdes_0 TX clock fhrroA 1_Serdes_O RX clack fhrrGA 1_Serdes_1 TX clock frPGA 1_Serdes_1 RX clock fhrroA 1 serdes_2 TX clock fhrrGA 1 serdes_2 RX clock fhrrGA 1 serdes_3 TX clock fhrpGA 1 serdes_3 RX clock Mireca 2 System Clock 1S0MHz fhrrGA 2 Memory clock 166MHz El Save error details Cave It C Program Files LeCroysleCroy SATA Protocol Suite User Errore detail elf El M Append error details Idle Number OF Run Each Test f Run All Tests Sequentially start Clock Check Close Figure 3 134 SATA Self Test Dialog Clock Tab Test Result OK or Error If a test is OK and you specified one run the Test Result is OK 1 times If a test has an error and you specified one run the Test Result is Error 1 times Saving
22. lt command1 gt lt command2 gt Wait Command Name WF_TIMEOUT WE_SOF WE_EOF WF_SOAF WF_EOAF WE_ACK WE_NAK_CRC_ERROR WF NAK RESERVED O WF NAK RESERVED 1 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation lt Groupl gt lt Group2 gt rs J Description Timeout Credit Available When WF_TIMEOUT is requested in WAIT_FOR command the wait session will be released after timeout has elapsed The Timeout value can be set two different ways 1 Through the global WaitTimeout setting that can appear anywhere in generation Default value is 1000 microseconds Syntax Set WaitTimeout lt value gt in microseconds 2 Through local WaitTimeout value for this specific wait session Syntax WAIT_FOR lt number_of_microseconds gt WF_TIMEOUT lt other_wait_commands gt In this case wait for other commands will be released no later then after number_of_microseconds but global WaitTimeout value remains unchanged for future use See Generation Include WaitCommands inc in the program folder for the samples of syntax primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive 419 LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Generation Commands 420 Wait Command Name WF_NAK_RESERVED_2 WF_CREDIT_AVAIL WF CREDIT BLOCKED RECEIVED WF CREDIT BLOCKED WF _RRDY_ NORMAL WF RRDY RESERVED O WF RRDY RESERVED 1 WF _ BREAK WF CLOSE CLEAR AFFILIATI
23. on page 222 Note When capturing PM traces you need the ability to filter the PM primitives so you can find commands quicker The Expand Collapse all Layers button expands or collapses Transport and Application layers to simplify results display The down arrow on the Go To button allows location of cursors or specific packets Trigger Position X Position Y Position Packet Number Timestamp Bookmark Begin and End The Data Report button displays the data report Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Toolbars LeCroy Corporation The SCSI Spec Assignment button displays the SCSI Spec Assignment dialog for SAS SCSI Spec Assignment E3 Hash Destination 545 Address Dx0 JOXCCBESA JO0x 78599 10405000 SSC2 SPC3 El Add to Assigned List Assigned SCSI Specs of SBC2 SPC3 Remove OxCCBBAS SBC2 SPC3 Ox 78899 SBC2 SPC3 0x405000 SBC2 SPC3 0x80C803 SBC2 SPC3 7 nyaraan CAC CPr2 e gt Remove All It displays the ATAPI Assignment dialog for SATA ATAPI Assignment E ATAPI Assignment gt MME SC 2 There is no ATAPI packet in sample Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 217 LeCroy Corporation Toolbars Go to CATC Navigation View Click this button to change the trace display to a E CATC Trace You can change the colors fonts and so on in the Sample Viewer Configuration see Sample Viewer Configuration on page 244
24. y Edit script E Mew script Show Grid Show Description windicwy Show Output Settings Figure 3 149 Run Verification Scripts Menu 310 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Running Verification Script Engine VSE LeCroy Corporation Run verification script s Start running selected script s Edit script Edit selected scripts in the editor application specified in Editor settings New script Create a new script file using the template specified in Editor settings Show Grid Show hide a grid in the verification script list Show Description window Show hide the script description window Shortcut key F2 Show Output Show hide the script output windows Shortcut key F3 Settings Open a special Setting dialog to specify different settings for VSE Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 311 LeCroy Corporation Running Verification Script Engine VSE 312 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Overview The LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier is an error injector and traffic modification tool that allows you to verify real world fault handling for Serial Attached SCSI SAS and Serial ATA SATA systems InFusion can sit unobtrusively in the data path on a live system to programmatically alter or corrupt traffic InFusion is the ideal tool for stress testing systems using actual workloads EE LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic
25. 28 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability LeCroy Corporation Refresh Device List Click Refresh Device List to refresh the device list To connect to a device select a device which is Ready to Connect and click the Connect button on the right The Connection Propertied dialog is displayed see the following screen capture Select Device xj Device Dev Name Location Status Set Alias Name siera MB 2 5N f Connection properties xX 4 Connect Mo EChaned Siera ME 1 SM Please specify the action to take when next time SM 62084 is detected 24 Add Device SP Remove Devi ef F Settings Automatically connect to the device ask if T want to connect to the device f Take no action Selected Device Id L opty Networks Es Refresh Device list Close Figure 1 18 Connection Properties Dialog Specify one of the actions from the following QO Automatically connect to the device O Ask if want to connect to the device a Take no action If Automatically connect to the device is selected the next time the application opens the device will be automatically connected In the Select Device dialog chained or cascaded units are displayed in the Device column with a square bracket icon The sequence of the units is displayed in the Order column See the following screen capture Select Device E E x ar
26. 4104 actions per scenario 2 2048 8 more in the Global Rules state Monitors Monitors allowed to be used per state sequence scenario InFusion can keep an account of 8 12 Monitor Count events per scenario Random change of use of count and count randomly In Global Rules if a Counter is used for Event counting 2 extra actions are consumed 2 more actions are required for Every Nth occurrence option In Sequences If a Counter is used for Event counting 3 extra actions are consumed 3 more actions are required for Every Nth occurrence option Regarding limits on any of the above mentioned connections i e x timers y monitors are allowed per state where x y n There are a lot of big small rules checked by the scenario compiler but as a rule of thumb 8 actions per state are available 12 counters globally are available each assigned permanently to a certain job 6 available timers per scenario 12 programmable multi purpose resources for DWORD comparison substitution capture are available If a pattern detector uses 3 of these resources to trigger on a specific frame on the bus only 9 more resources are available for other tasks Frame FIS type detectors are excluded from this rule because they use their own dedicated resources 8 primitive detectors are available If you want to trigger on a pattern Frame FIS and change capture a dword s before the last offset of a detected pattern e g changing the Frame Type of
27. After the time period has elapsed timer times out the scenario stops Although this example sets the timer for a random period you also can set the timer for known values 2 ms 5 mins 1 hr and so on 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Asin previous examples configure the first event and its response in the Global Rules area Choose ACK primitive as the event and Inject RD Error as the action 3 Click the prompt to add another event keep in mind this is not a combined event 4 Y ACK Inject Error gt x Scenario is valid Scenario Name If ACK Inject Error Description Wait for ACK inject error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for ACE from Initiator then Inject Bunning Disparity Error 0 i Click here to add a Sequence gt NE For Help press Fl Figure 4 34 Example 6 Entering the Second Event The Event Properties dialog box appears 4 Inthe Type column on the left choose Timer Set the timer for random timing with a maximum time limit of 1 790 seconds 5 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box Click the prompt to add an action to correspond with the second event 352 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules LeCroy Corporation
28. Creating and Editing Data Blocks as Text You can create and edit data blocks using a text editor such as Windows Notepad To create a data block in Notepad launch Notepad Enter a header consisting of Item1 Item2 Item3 Item4 Item5 where ltem1 is the name of the Data Block Item2 is the size of the Data Block or the number of bytes in the format Item3 is the format of the data HEX BIN ASCII ltem4 is the group of bytes defined 1 2 4 8 or 16 Item5 is the direction LSB or MSB Then enter the data in space delimited Hex format and save as a txt text file Load Data To import Text Editor created data click the Load button in the data block definition dialog to open the Load dialog Choose a file and click Load Modify existing data Save As To create a new data block from an existing data block using a text editor select the data block to edit from the Data Block Name list then click Save As to open the Save As dialog Assign a name to the new data block text file and click Save You can now edit the newly created text file using Notepad or any other text editor then import it into the data block definition as described above Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 155 LeCroy Corporation Performance Analysis Performance Analysis An Analyzer incorporates a real time Performance Analysis capability to allow you to quickly measure performance parameters You can select the format fo
29. Select Device After you start the software click on Configuration and select All Connected Devices see the following screen capture dE LeCroy 545 Protocol Suite SASProtocolAnalyzer1 File view Edit Configuration Project Setup Tools Window Help SHES Data Block EE SE HE TxVouk amp Preemphasis Capture Trigger Trace Memory Stat License Manager Trigger Position In M Software Settings E C Entire Memory User Defined Decoding Partial Memory External Trig Setting Segmented Mer Update 57 Board Interface me fofSegment 1 POSES A anara imeem D24 MB Update Sierra Device Sample File Name Setup IP Use gl Dont upload sa ally All Connected Devices Auto Run OPEP Analyzer Settings Primitive Response Timeout e5000 DWORD D Show neid HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout 255 Disable descrambling ALIGN Transmission Period 2046 for SSP 256 for STP Tana 2049 for SSP 258 for STP _ Protocol Error Mask Speed Iw 11 71 AutoSpeed Iw 13 73 AutoSpeed W l2 T2 AutoSpeed M 14 74 AutoSpeed Port Configuration MU Setting Figure 1 11 Connecting to All SAS Device s Ej Lecroy SATA Protocol Suite SATAProtocolAnalyzer1 File View Edit Configuration Project Setup Tools Window Help Po El TT Data Block TxVouk amp Preemphasis Capture Trigger 5 license Manager f Everything Software Settings o User Defined De
30. Send Diagnostic E Incoming frame fi th frame Data y Settings Test Unit Ready Write 6 Write 10 Request Sense Report LUNS Verify 10 a AAA Figure 2 177 SAS SAS Commands Error Setting Dialog 1 Click the SSP SMP or Task option button to display the commands available for each of these categories in the Event Selection window 2 Click acommand for which to set an error check the Generate Error when check box then enter values for LBA TAG or Command number in the corresponding text box Command number specifies the number of the command for which you want to inject error For example if you select the Inquiry command then enter 2 for the Command Number you inject error on the 2nd Inquiry command Number of error commands specifies the number of commands for which you want to inject error For example if you select the Inquiry command then enter 2 for the Command Number and enter 3 for Number of Error Commands the target emulator injects error on the 2 3 and 4 Inquiry commands because you want to inject on 2nd command and continue error injection as much as 3 times When using Command Number as the Error Injection filter you can repeat the erring command sets by checking Repeat error The default value is 1 which injects error only once with no repeats In the above example the system injects error on the 2 3 and 4 Inquiry commands and does not inject error for other commands If you enter
31. Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual For Software Version 4 20 Document Version 2 0 August 2011 LeCroy Protocol Solutions Group Copyright 2011 LeCroy Protocol Solutions Group All rights reserved Trademarks and Servicemarks LeCroy CATC Trace PCI Express PETracer Edge PETracer EML PETracer ML PETracer PETrainer EML PETrainer ML PETracer Summit Summit T2 16 Universal Protocol Analyzer System UPAS and BusEngine are trademarks of LeCroy Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation All other trademarks and registered trademarks are property of their respective owners THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE ALL INFORMATION EXAMPLES AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE REPRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED USERS ARE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN INFORMATION THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY CONTACT LeCroy FOR A COPY Copyright 2011 LeCroy Corporation All rights reserved This document may be printed and reproduced without additional permission but a
32. Speed Negotiation Window Three Test 6 7 1 2 Test 6 7 2 3 Load Y Train Speed Negotiation Window e 71 M Test 6 7 2 4 7 Link Layer LINK RESET e 71 HE CONNECTIONS M Test 6 7 1 6 Close SSP FRAMES Test 6 7 1 7 C CLOSING SSP CONNECTIONS E Test 6 7 1 8 Settings CONNECTIONS THROUGH EXPANDERS ni M Test 6 7 1 9 a BREAK DUT Name Device Y Transport Layer lt lt Remove Y Test 6 7 1 10 DO SSP FRAMES STRUCTURES ihe e Y SSP COMMAND IU A Y Test 6 7 1 C SSP DATA IU Sol M Test 6 7 1 13 0 SSP XFER_RDY IU lt lt Remove All M Test 6 7 1 14 E SSP RESPONSE IU M Test 6 7 1 15 C SSP ERROR HANDLING Application Layer TAP O Connection Rate AutoSpeed y Report file c program files lecroy sas protocol suite User SASVerification_Devicel rtf Browse View Saved Traces No Test Name Purpose Result Detail Speed Negotiation has Speed Negotiation Window Three and Train Speed Negotiation Window 306 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Tools LeCroy Corporation The Link Layer has Link Reset Connections SSP Frames Closing SSP Connections Connections through Expanders and Break The Transport Layer has SSP Frames Structures Command IU Data IU XFER_RDY IU Response IU and Error Handling The Application Layer has SCSI CDB and STP Operations SS a A 10 11 12 13 Choose the tests in the left pane of the dialog and c
33. Target Emulator Settings dialog 181 target OOB signal setting 185 target power management 187 Target SAS Address block 123 target speed negotiation 186 Task Attribute 135 task attribute 130 Task Command 113 task command report 279 Technical Support 465 telephone number 465 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation Template Files 253 Terminate receiving frame 178 Termination receiving frame 132 Test Result 295 Text View 38 text view 195 Tile Horizontally All Views button 214 Tile Views 214 time relative display 45 Time Stamp Origin 238 Timeout Pattern dialog 74 Timeouts tab 143 183 timer 73 setup advanced mode 105 Timer dialog 73 89 timers 352 timing cursors 209 measurement 209 tool bar 215 Toolbar command 458 Recording Rules 437 resetting 458 tab 459 toolbar layers 219 Toolbar command 215 Toolbars 382 Tools 294 Tools Menu 382 Tools menu InFusion 316 tooltips 397 Trace Capture 46 Trace Memory Status section 92 Traffic Generation 39 377 Traffic Generation ssg Files 384 387 388 Traffic Generation window 377 Traffic Monitoring 314 Trainer toolbar 383 tree 396 trigger condition 104 external 74 manually 71 multi link 105 on address frame 82 on ATA command 77 on ATA command pattern 88 on ATAPI 78 on bus condition 75 on data pattern 79 on FIS 86 on FIS pattern 87 477 LeCroy Corporation Index on pattern 72 on primitive 76 on pro
34. Update Field List based on Mode of Frame fields list i Transport b Application Both Payload Field length 20 Bytes e Show Field List as embedded in frame spreadsheet views Show Field List in column view Text view Spread Sheet view Setas Factory CE Cancel Figure 3 81 SAS Software Settings Dialog Field List View Tab The SATA Software Settings dialog has the same options For additonal informtaion on Field List View refer to Field List View on page 202 Update Field List based on Text view The software updates the contents of the Field List based on the current Text View Spreadsheet view The software updates the contents of the Field List based on the current Spreadsheet View Mode of frame field list Transport Shows decoding of transport layer Application Shows decoding of Application layer Both Shows decoding of both transport and application layers Other Payload field length Specifies the number of bytes that are shown in the field list for payload fields Show Field List as embedded In frame spreadsheet views The Field List is embedded in frame spreadsheet views Otherwise it will open as a separated view 258 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sampling Memory Usage Optimization LeCroy Corporation Show Field List in Column View The software embeds the Field List in the column Otherwise the Field List is not in Column View Sam
35. a 456 To save the current Display Options values in an options file for use in future ses sions click Save Enter a file name without a file name extension The program adds the opt extension The file must have an opt file name extension To load a previously saved opt file click Load and select a file name To save the current Display Options values in the default opt options file for use as the default display options click Save as Default Do not delete the default opt file To apply the current Display Options values click Apply The Display Options window remains open To apply the current Display Options values and close the Display Options win dow click OK To cancel unsaved changes to display values and exit the Display Options win dow click Cancel Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Connection Parameters LeCroy Corporation Connection Parameters To display the connection parameters select Generate gt Connect Parameters x Identify frame parameter settings to keep link connected Device Type End Device SSP Initiator Present Fl ssptarget NotPresent y STP initiator Present Fl siPTaget NotPresent y SMP Initiator Present Fl SMP Target NotPresent y 545 Address hex 00000000 00000000 PH Identifier hen one Device Ho one Broadcast Method hes M Dont show this dialog till generation mode change Cancel Figure 5 33 Connection Parameters Dia
36. d TF ACK Inject Error IF ACK Inject Error gt x Mo action specified for the event Random Timer Max Time 1 790 sY in Global Rules Click here to jump to th Status Mot saved Scenario Name If ACK Inject Error Description Wait for ACK inject error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Bules Wait for ACK from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Inject Bunning Disparity Error Click here to add another action La Wait for Random Timer Max Time 1 790 s lt Click here to add combined event Click here to add an action Click here to add anoth event gt bal For Help press CAP NUM SCRL i Figure 4 35 Example 6 Entering Second Action The Action Properties dialog box appears 7 In the Type list on the left choose Stop Scenario as the action that you want after the timer has expired 8 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box d If ACK Inject Error gt x Scenario Name If ACK Inject Error a Description Wait for ACK inject error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for ACK from Initiator Click here to add combined erent then Inject Bunning Disparity Error Click here to add another action gt Wait for Pandom Timer Max Time 1 790 s Click here to add combined evrent gt then Stop Infusion Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt vo For Help press Fl Ca
37. oo ss s C T I Cat An A Tae 1 r Figure 3 92 SAS User Defined Decoding SAS vs SATA SAS adds SCSI Commands SSP Frames and SMP Frames Check ATA Commands and or STP frames Click the ellipses next to a command type text box to display the Open dialog Choose an appropriate script file and click Open Open 8X Look in cE User Define Decoding Script 4 ej Edy 2 ATA Command as SFIS asl Files of type Deconding Script Files for ATA Command s y Cancel Mi Ya Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 267 LeCroy Corporation Help Menu Figure 3 93 Choosing a Script File Help Menu Help Topics Displays online help You can also select Fl Update License A current license agreement with LeCroy entitles the Analyzer owner to continued technical support and access to software updates as they are published on the LeCroy website When you obtain a license key from the Help menu select Update License to display the Select License Key File dialog box Enter the path and filename for the license key or browse to the directory that contains the license key and select the lic file Click Open Check for Updates Check whether a new software version is available If so you can download from the LeCroy web site You can select to Check for updates at application startup LeCroy 545 Protocol Suite Scftware Update x e There are no new updates available for 545 Protocol Suite 5 C
38. 0 05511509 5802 100 00 Figure 3 117 SATA FIS Report Queue Command Report SATA To display the Queue Command Report click the Queue Command tab The Queue Command Report displays information in the following columns O Command All Custom Read DMA Queued a PM Port a Status All Custom Normal Output QO Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs a Direction All H gt D D gt H or Custom QO Duration All Custom or time unit accumulative a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a of total count a Sl BE of 1 Inquiry ATAPI Command DS Move x Cursor y General Primitive FIS ATA Command ATAPI Command Performance Others Command Direction Number of FIS Payload Size Status Duration Count ey al wf al al 7 al gt Al y al A Mode Sense10 H gt D 1 0 Check Condition 37 733 333 59 us 2 40 00 a 86 213 333 13 us 40 00 0 00 Request Sense Inquiry NS o 0 00017139 100 00 Figure 3 118 SATA Queue Command Report Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 283 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Content PM Statistic Report SATA To display the PM Statistic Report click the PM Statistic tab The PM Statistic Report displays information in the following columns O Request Type PMREQ_P Request Port Response Type All Custom PMACK Response Time Request Entering Delay Response Entering Delay Wakeup Type Request DC Idle Time
39. 1 If an Align 1 is received next go to Wait for Align 2 otherwise replace primitive with Align 1 and go to Indicate Error If an Align 2 is received next go to Wait for Align 3 otherwise replace primitive with Align 2 and go to Indicate Error If an Align 3 is received next restart test otherwise replace primitive with Align 3 and go to Indicate Error Indicate error and restart test 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 As in previous examples create the five states for this sequence Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States 2 LeCroy Corporation 3 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario Fix Aligns Test File Library c 4 X Scenario Name Fix Alis Test Description Detect incorrect order of Alis FIX IT and beep when it happens Sequercers GH Align Test Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event Sequence Wait for Aligqgnd Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Branch to Wait for Alignl Click here to add another action Wait for Timer 100 us Click here to add combined event gt then Branch to Error Detected lt Click here to add anot
40. 1000 us x Figure 2 134 SAS Open Primitive Response Enable First Burst Check the Enable First Burst box to specify to transfer the first burst data as defined by the First Burst Size field in the Advanced Initiator Setting dialog See Figure 2 142 on page 142 Task Attribute Choose a task attribute of Simple Head of Queue Ordered or ACA by checking the corresponding option button Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 135 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture Outgoing SCSI Frame Settings Before selecting Outgoing Frame Settings select the Types Of Frames and the Frame Number on which to inject an error Then check Outgoing Frame in the Generate Error On area and then the Settings button to display the Outgoing Frame Setting dialog Outgoing Frame Setting X X Frame Name Data Frame Number 1 Frame Type error Remove Frame from sequence Delay in sending frame fo ms Frame Length Error 7 Code violation error Il Don t check credit Disparity error Over frame length Soke Under frame length D word Offset fi Dart cn A IES Set frame length to J269 DWords Number of error DWords ane 0 H I SOF Enor Double C Omit Insert Primitive at lz th DWord a od H EOFErmo Double Omit Primitive Type JAIP NORMAL Y CRC Error Invalid Omit Number Of Primiti fi nyali umber rimitives TET Reset Cancel m Field of Frame
41. AIP NORMA IF NORMAL eee f Not Specific To Type Of Connections Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections C Used Inside STP Connections wid iW 2 W T1 Iw T2 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link f Figure 2 45 SAS Primitive Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has no radio buttons and has different drop down options Click the down arrow next to the Primitive dropdown list scroll the list to choose a primitive on which to trigger and click OK Note Check the box to the right of the Primitive Type to use the logical NOT _ hhh x Primitive Type AIP NORMAL C NOT Cancel AIP NORMAL r AIP RESERYED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION AIP WAITING ON DEVICE AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL Any ALIGN Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link f Figure 2 46 SAS Primitive Selection Choices SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different choices 76 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup ATA Command ATA Command Pattern Format Command Ary Command C Binary Write Uncorectable Ext 0x45 f Hexadecimal Cancel Write Multiplel C3 OxC3 Show F Add LBA s to N Y Cache Pinned Set OxB6 10 Flush HY Cache 0 56 14 MY Cache Disable 0xB6 16 Command WN Cache Enable 056 15 Quer Ny Cache Misses 0x B6 13 Quer AY Cache Pinned Set O B 6 12 Sector NA Remove LEALs F
42. Click the prompt to add a sequence Prompts for the sequence appear beneath the Global Rules area You create a sequence one state at a time The application numbers states consecutively from 0 up 1 2 3 and so on New Scenario O d b X Scenario is valid Status Wok saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event Click here to add a Sequence gt Figure 4 37 Example 7 Adding a Sequence By default the name of the first sequence in a scenario is Sequence 0 The name of the first state is State 0 To change the name of a sequence or state or to associate a description with it click the name of the sequence or state A dialog box appears that allows you to enter that information Note The description does not appear on screen but you can bring it up by clicking the name of the sequence or state In the State O area click the prompt to add an event 356 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence LeCroy Corporation New Scenario O X Scenario is valid Status Mot saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event State oO lt Click here toa ii an event gt Click here to add another state Click here to add another sequence gt Figure 4 38 Example 7 Adding an Event for the First State The
43. Compact 382 compensate for line loss 251 Complex Wait For Conditions 445 compliance test 303 Compliance Test dialog 304 components 18 conditional statements 371 Config Status Indicator 437 configuration 244 Configuration menu 38 Configuration menu InFusion 316 Configure Device 316 Connect Link 380 Connect Link button 383 Connect Parameters 380 Connect Parameters command 457 Connection Management icon 168 Connection Management Setting dialog 168 Connection Parameters dialog 457 Connection Rate 128 133 CONT Usage 146 contact 465 Convert 378 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index Convert port configuration without prompt for confirm 253 Copy Event to option 442 copying events 442 Count Randomly 337 counter as data 153 Counter button 153 Counter Value 337 counters 337 Create statistical report read write page 255 CrossSync Control Panel 39 Current License Configuration field 261 cursor position status bar 219 cursors locating 234 positioning 233 timing 209 Customize command 458 dialog box 458 D data 38 pattern 59 show 201 Data FIS 70 data block counter data 153 custom pattern 152 defining 150 editing 152 editing as text 155 naming 151 random pattern 154 walking bit 154 Data Block dialog box 150 Data Block Edit menu 151 Data Block icon 123 Data Block Name list 155 data blocks 123 data format 201 Data Pattern dialog 59 79 Data Pattern edit box 15
44. Figure 3 13 SATA Show Hide Ports Toolbar You can also show or hide a port by right clicking a Port ID in Text View or Column View and choosing Show or Hide see Figure 3 9 Show Hide Field You can simplify the Viewer display by hiding some fields You can hide the Duration Relative Time External Signals and Packet number fields by right clicking the corresponding field title and choosing Hide Field 198 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Switching Views LeCroy Corporation Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Copy Frame Expand All Goto Response Set Time Stamp Origin F Color Goto Figure 3 14 Hide Field To restore a field to the display right click a Port ID field and choose the hidden field to restore Bookmark Cam External Signals Hide Field State Date Copy Frame Reserved O 1 Figure 3 15 Show Field Note Only the fields previously hidden appear in the restore list Related Frames Right click a Command frame for an SSP frame or Register Device to Host for an STP frame to open a short cut menu then choose Goto Response to jump to the corresponding Response frame in the viewer Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Format Byte Order i Copy Data Copy Frame Goto Response Set Time Stamp Origin P Color Goto Figure 3 16 Goto Response Similarly right click a Response frame for an SSP Frame or Register Device to Host for an STP
45. LeCroy Corporation Expandability 3 Connect the OUT Clock connector of Unit 1 to the IN Clock connector of Unit 2 using the supplied stacking cables Similarly connect any additional units 4 Connect the OUT 10 pin connector of Unit 1 to the IN 10 pin connector of Unit 2 using the supplied stacking cables Similarly connect any additional units Note Unit 1 must be the unit that has the first out connection Correct way to connect The black color pin of the ribbon wire is connected the same way between 2 connectors 90 O Cascading works correctly in this case 039090 09090 00 O gt Black color pin of ribbon wire Figure 1 8 Cascading Correctly 24 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability LeCroy Corporation Incorrect way to connect The black color pin of the ribbon wire is connected in a different way between the 2 connectors 0AT A202 Cascading works incorrectly in this case the boxes are connected but no traces are captured 5000 220 Q a O o D 25 of ribbon wire Figure 1 9 Cascading Wrongly 5 Make a note of the last four digits of the MAC address of the unit designated as Unit 1 and the last four digits of the other units in order of connection Figure 1 10 Address Digits IMPORTANT Power up all units before starting the software Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 25 LeCroy Corporation Expandability
46. Ma B A Ete sil MA dd D Werification script Example SATA ATAPI Verification Script Provides an example of processing SS ATAPI SCSI commands count of SATA ATAPI traffic at the ATA command level 55 sample_ata_commands This script counts some specific SCSI commands that is issued by ATAPI commands 3 sample_ssp_protocol These SCSI commands are counted is SMP_Discover ndReporT racking Inquiry Read 10 Write 10 ModeSelect 10 and ModeSense 1 0 A nm 3tifh1i2 12 13 13 614 T4 O Run scripts ATAPI SCSI commands count 3 Expand Log E Save Output 3 Settings Done Xto Y Ons XtoT Ons YtoT Ons For Help press F1 TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Figure 3 146 Run Verification Scripts Dialog To expand the Log window click the Expand Log button The Log window fills the whole window To see the Verification Scripts window again click the Collapse Log button To save output click the Save Output button Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Running Verification Script Engine VSE LeCroy Corporation 2 After choosing Settings from the drop down list or the button the Settings dialog appears Choose Editor application and editing settings f Notepad by default Other Path bo the editor BroWee Edit all selected scripts in one process T Open all included files
47. Origin 449 SAS address 242 save setup 240 status 222 STP port 242 sub items 242 Union 448 Search Direction 381 search direction 240 search from 240 search items 241 Search Menu 380 select item for capture 59 Select Device 26 Select Port Configuration dialog 97 selecting components for installation 20 self test 294 Self Test dialog 294 Send BIST frame 189 Send FIS 167 Send stand alone primitive 166 Sending Identify Frame 168 separate systems 21 sequence 326 examples 354 Sequential Trigger mode 89 sequential triggering 89 Serial ATA SATA data transfers 17 Serial Attached SCSI SAS data transfers 17 session 336 Set Alias Name 27 Set As Reference Data Payload 213 Set as Second Data Payload 213 set device bits FIS 67 Set Port Configuration dialog 97 Set Speed Negotiating error 183 Set the Anchor row as sync point 256 475 LeCroy Corporation Index Set Time Stamp Origin 238 Set Timers dialog 105 Set Value of Field 177 Setting button 288 Setting dialog 288 settings advanced mode 109 Settings button 130 Settings command 309 Settings dialog 309 Settings tab 92 109 181 Settings inc File 389 Setup command 20 Setup Display Options button 383 Setup Generation Options button 384 Setup IP command 265 Setup Menu 379 show all data in data field 201 Show Analyzer command 315 Show Analyzer Frame button 384 Show Data button 221 Show Description window 311 Show Device Library button 367 Show Device Library c
48. Rate Support 156 Yes Support for 1 5GBps data rate Rate Support 3G Yes Support for 3GBps data rate Rate Support 6G Yes Support for 6GBps data rate Tool Pattern Generator Yes Enable Pattern Generator Tool SATA Compliance Yes Enable SATA Compliance Tool SATA Host Emulator Yes Enable SATA Host Emulator Tool SATA Device Emulator Yes Enable SATA Device Emulator Tool SAS Initiator Emulator Yes Enable SAS Initiator Emulator Tool SAS Traget Emulator Yes Enable SAS Target Emulator Protocol Support SAS Yes Support for SAS protocol Protocol Support SATA Yes Support for SATA protocol Protocol Support STP Yes Support for STP in SAS protocol Protocol Support Pre emphasis Yes Support for Pre emphasis for SAS and SATA protocols Analysis ports 1 Yes Enable one analysis port for blade Analysis ports 2 Yes Enable two analysis ports for blade Analysis ports 4 Yes Enable four analysis ports for blade Analyzer Feature Muxing No Enable Muxing in analyzer Device Target Emulator Ports 1 Yes Enable one port for SATA Device or SAS Target Device Target Emulator Ports 2 Yes Enable two ports for SATA Device or SAS Target Device Target Emulator Ports 4 Yes Enable four ports for SATA Device or SAS Target HostiInitiator Emulator Ports 1 Yes Enable one port for SATA Host or SAS Initiator Host Initiator
49. SN 12880008 v 1 X f Device Library SN 12880008 Status Mot sawed y 1 2 a dr al Xx ai alate Er sal A Pn j Scenario Name Mew Scenario O Scenarios al Scenarios al Direction for traffic changes From Init Ports are Ready to Run 5 t Hold Y l i ag Port func Library Scenario Y SN 12680008 545 6G_TL3 9 Ba val Y SHN 12680008 545 6G_TL3 9 Ba SA5 65_1133 Bad SCSI ier engh n Und 45 6G_LL3 14 5 45 frame after DONE no cr SAS errors test 17 DEVICE Write Failed Device 16_DEVICE_ Buffer Underrun Device 0 DEVICE Vert Soft Reset Recovery Inject Disparity Error OOB Setting Normal Spec Value ji Global Fules Click here to add an event Click here to add a Sequence gt Inject Disparity Error empty Ei El El El Ei E Ea a E Main Library Device Library SM 126880008 For Help press F1 Version 3 00 Build 12 SCRL Figure 4 10 New Scenario in InFusion Window Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 323 LeCroy Corporation InFusion Scenarios InFusion Scenario Parameters Timers Timers allowed per state sequence scenario 2 timers per state and 6 timers per scenario are allowed Events Events allowed to be used per state sequence scenario For combined events there is virtually no limit per state sequence scenario Actions Actions allowed per state sequence scenario A maximum of 8 actions per state 2048 actions per sequence 8 256 state
50. See Resetting the Toolbar on page 458 Status Bar Toggles the Sierra Trainer Status Bar at the bottom of the window which shows help messages and the search direction The rightmost segment displays the current search direction Fwd forward or Bwd backward Change the search direction from the Search menu or double click the Search Status segment Zoom In Increases the size of the displayed elements Zoom Out Decreases the size of the displayed elements Wrap Wraps displayed packets within the window Compact Displays each row on one line only with no wrapping Tools Window Help F Show Analyzer Frame Show Infusion Frame Toolbars Status Bar zoom In zoom ue mM 2A x Wrap Ctrl g Compact Figure 5 7 Trainer View Menu Tools Menu Hash Address Utility Opens a dialog that allows you to enter an eight byte SAS Address to display a Hashed Address LeCroy SAS Ad Nees Hash Utility x Type in the 545 Address to get ts Hashed Value SAS Address x Hashed Address Ox address must be E bytes long Figure 5 8 Address Hash Utility Dialog 382 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Main Toolbar LeCroy Corporation Window Menu Cascade Displays all open windows in an overlapping arrangement Tile Horizontal Displays all open windows in a above below arrangement Tile Vertical Displays all open windows in a side by side
51. Set Alias Name El 3 Disconnect 2 one i IP Settings Device Dev Name Location i Status Order Siera M6 2 SN 61658 PSG_QA_M6 2 Ready to connect Unti gt L Sierra M6 4 5N 62342 L ocal Mac hine Ready Masis_M6 4 Selected Device Id 0x00104C00F 26 a se Networks Refresh Device ist Close Figure 1 19 Select Device Dialog Displaying Unit 1 and Unit 2 Chained Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 29 LeCroy Corporation Expandability Note When using STX Sync cards you need to manually specify the order of the chained units To match your unit sequence to the address for each unit in the Select Device dialog click the pull down tab under the Order heading on the right side and select unit numbers 1 for Unit 1 2 for Unit 2 and so on This determines the order in which the cascaded ports appear in the trace When using the CATC Sync cards the order is automatically detected IMPORTANT Power up all units before starting the software Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Card You can cascade up to eight Sierra Analyzers if they all have a CATC SYNC expansion card Note If Sierra M6 2 has a CATC SYNC Expansion Card you can cascade with Sierra M6 1 If Sierra M6 2 has an STX SYNC Expansion Card you cannot cascade with Sierra M6 1 Using the Power Expansion Card You can use the Power Expansion Card to power the drives
52. Switching Views LeCroy Corporation Waveform Display You can enable a waveform display for all active ports and perform timing measurements by positioning timing cursors within the waveform display Select View gt Wave Form View or click the Show Hide Waveform button on the View Type toolbar to enable the waveform display The Compact View shows the OOB Sequence with speed negotiation a Compact P T SNW 1 Y COMINIT A NUI Je n Figure 3 36 SAS Waveform View x Y Compact ajo COMRESET COMWAKE HI i COMINIT COMINIT COMINIT HITTITE D1 ai Pi Figure 3 37 SATA Waveform View Making a timing Measurement Timing measurements are made with two timing cursors T1 and T2 Click the left mouse button in the gray bar on the top of the waveform display at a point for the T1 cursor and the right mouse button at a point for the T2 cursor The time difference between the cursors is on a line connecting the two cursors Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 209 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views E Y Compact o 24800 us Mja afa T T COMWAKE 1 i COMRESET D l COMINIT COMINIT COMWAKE COMINIT FT Fa Figure 3 38 SATA Timing Cursors Enabled Expanded Waveform View To see a 10x time scale expansion of the waveform uncheck the Compact View checkbox in the Waveform View window The OOB Sequence has speed negotiation Hardware
53. WF BROADCAST RESERVED CHANGE 1 primitive WF_BLOCK2_MISC_RESERVED_O reserved WF_BLOCK2_MISC_RESERVED_1 reserved WF_TRAIN primitive WF_TRAIN_DONE primitive WF_BREAK_REPLY primitive WF_MUX_LOGICAL_O primitive WF_MUX_LOGICAL_1 primitive WF_PS_REQ_PARTIAL primitive WF_PS_REQ_SLUMBER primitive WF_PS_ACK primitive WF_PS_NAK primitive 424 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Wait Command Groups Wait Command Group WE_TIMEOUT WF_ALL_SOF WE_ALL_EOF WE_NAK WE_RRDY WF_CREDIT_OK WE_CLOSE Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation Group Contents WE_TIMEOUT_BLOCK_ONE WE_TIMEOUT_BLOCK_TWO WF_SOF WF_SOAF WE_EOF WE_SOAF WF_NAK_CRC_ERROR WF_NAK_RESERVED_O WF_NAK_RESERVED_1 WF_NAK_RESERVED_ 2 WF_RRDY_NORMAL WF_RRDY_RESERVED_O WF_RRDY_RESERVED_1 WF_CREDIT_AVAIL WF_CREDIT_BLOCKED_RECEIVED WF_CLOSE_CLEAR_ AFFILIATION WF_CLOSE_NORMAL WF_CLOSE_RESERVED_0 WF_CLOSE_RESERVED_ 1 425 LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Generation Commands 426 Wait Command Group WF_DONE WE_AIP WF_REC_RESOURCES WF_RCV_STATUS WF_PM_REQ WE_PM_STATUS Group Contents WF_DONE_ACK_NAK_TIMEOUT WF_DONE_CREDIT_TIMEOUT WF_DONE_NORMAL WF_DONE_RESERVED_O WF_DONE_RESERVED_1 WF_DONE_RESERVED_TIMEOUT_O WF_DONE_RESERVED_TIMEOUT_1 WF_AIP_NORMAL WF_AIP_RESERVED_O WF_AIP_RESERVED_1 WF_AIP_RESERVED_2 WF_AIP_RESERVED_WAIT_ON_PART WF_AIP_W
54. You can create an Initiator program using ATA SCSI Task and SMP commands Frames and or Events These commands can execute in a program loop or be subject to user specified conditions Number of Program Lines to add Add ATA Command Add SCSI Command Add Task Command y y Add SMP Command i Insert f1 instance s ATA scs1 TASK smp Frame Event se Insert Frame Insert Event Insert Instruction Delete Program Line Figure 2 88 SAS Host Emulator Program Dialog SATA You can create a Host program using ATA Frames and or Events Add Program Lines To add program lines enter the number of lines to add in the Insert field then click a command button ATA SCSI TASK SMP Frame or Event Note SAS Initiator Emulator supports a queue depth of 32 commands 110 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture Adding Initiator or Host Emulator Commands Adding an ATA Command LeCroy Corporation Click the Insert ATA Command button click one of the command categories and choose a command ATA scsi PIO In Others User Define Fl b CFA Write Multiple Without Erase CFA Write Sectors Without Erase Download Microcode Security Disable Password Security Erase Unit Security Set Password Security Unlock Set Max Set Password Set Max Unlock SMART Write Log Write Buffer Write Log Ext Write Multiple Write Multiple Ext Write Port Multiplier Write Sec
55. You can save any check result by checking the Save error details check box and specifying a destination file name Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 295 LeCroy Corporation Tools 296 Number of Runs Each Test You can specify to run a test more than once Run All Tests Sequentially This option runs all items in the Clock Memory Serdes Crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion and LED Buzzer tests in order After you check this check box the command button becomes Start All Tests You must click the Stop Test button on the LED Buzzer tab to stop the check Memory Check To perform a SDRAM or Exerciser RAM memory check select the Memory tab x Clack Memory Serdes Crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer Test Result Ms Memory e SDRAM MW Exerciser RAM Save error details Cave It C Program Files LeCronLeCrop SATA Protocol Suite UsersErrors detail elf E i Append error details ale Mumber OF Run Each Test f Aur All Tests Sequentially Start Memory Check Close Figure 3 135 SAS Self Test Dialog Memory Tab Choose the SDRAM Exerciser Data or Exerciser Instruction to test and click the Start Memory Check button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Tools LeCroy Corporation Serdes Check To perform an FPGA 1 or 2 Serdes Chip check select the Serdes tab C
56. are set the Connect command forces the Trainer to disconnect the physical link before executing the Connect command When AdvanceConnect is not set this setting does not affect the Trainer When set the Trainer uses the PHY Capability and SupportSNW settings instead of the Set Speed settings for executing the Connect command If set to On Trainer puts DC Idle on line when it detects sync lost on the link When set the generator will go through the stages of bringing up the link automatically including waiting for and responding to the device or host it is connected to When set the generator will respond automatically to Hold requests Not supported for version 1 1 reserved When set the generator will respond automatically to DMAT requests Not supported for version 1 1 reserved When set the generator will respond automatically to TBD commands Not supported for version 1 1 reserved When set the generator will automatically go throughthe speed negotiation process for the speed set in the PINTERFACEC_SERDES register for the Trainer When set the generator will automatically inserting the stream 2 Align 0 primitives every 254 DWORDs as specified in the SATA spec When set the generator will automatically inserting the stream Align primitives every 2048 DWORDs as specified in the SAS spec Two Align modes can be turned on simultaneously to support STP Si
57. enter Start TX SSC Type and or Requested Logical Link Rate For Line 1 enter G1 without SSC G1 wirth SSC G2 without SSC G2 with SSC G3 without SSC and G3 with SSC Inserting Instructions Instructions are logical program elements that allow the definition of how the Initiator Emulator program executes Using instructions you can define program loops make conditional jumps and insert delays and stops To insert an instruction click a command in the Initiator Emulator program where you want the instruction inserted then click the Insert Instruction button then choose the instruction to insert fa S Loop Start Loop End Goto IF Wait For Any Frame Delay Stop Label Figure 2 100 Insert Instructions Dropdown List 118 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture LeCroy Corporation Start Loop Click the command at which to start the loop and then insert the Loop Start instruction com EJ Figure 2 101 Start Loop Loop Count Enter the number of times to run the loop in the number text box or click the down arrow on the Count Drop down combo box and choose Infinite End Loop Click the command at which to stop the loop and then insert the Loop End instruction End Loop Figure 2 102 End Loop Add a Goto To insert an unconditional jump to a previously labeled command insert a Goto instruction Then click the down arrow on the Drop down combo box and choose the
58. fi O00 Tk Enable First Burst Task Attribute Simple Head Of Queue Ordered f ACA Cancel Figure 2 131 SAS Protocol Error and Command Settings for SCSI Dialog Connection Rate Select the Connection Rate to allow a higher speed port to communicate with a lower speed port Physical Rate 1 5 G 3 or 6 Trigger Source Click the down arrow on the Trigger Source combo box and choose trigger type Immediate Wait for external trig or Wait for Analyzer trig External Trigger Out Click the down arrow on the External Trigger out combo box to choose the external trigger level High Low or No change on command execution Retry Enter a value for the number of command retries for failed commands in the Retry text box Random Error Injection Random Error Injection specifies the probability of Error Injection on the command The probability percentage that you select applies to all Error Injection items Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 133 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture 134 Close Connection Setting Checking Close Connection Settings enables the Error Settings button Click this button to display the Close Connection Setting dialog x Close Sequence Type Close with DONE Normally l Delay in Sending DON Delay Time 1000 Close Connection Settings DONE Primitive DONE NORMAL CLOSE Primitive BRES Sees CLOSE BREAK Primitiv
59. label to designate the destination command GC se E Figure 2 103 Goto Add an If To insert a conditional jump to a previously labeled command insert an If instruction Choose a specialized condition for the If from the If flyout On Last Received Frame Wait For Any Frame On Last Handshake Delay On Payload Stop On Last Command Status Label On Aborted NCQ Command On Host Queue Count Figure 2 104 If Then click the down arrow on the If Drop down combo box choose the condition for the jump and then the down arrow on the Goto Drop down combo box and choose the label to designate the destination of the jump A La Motch CI MES Figure 2 105 If on Payload Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 119 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture For commands with incoming payloads you can specify patterns for a condition by clicking the options button on a payload instruction and defining pattern s Data pattern to compare with specified command payload From a Dword Length fi Dword Match y O00000 Da P0000 Diz P0000000 Dw 000000 DO Cancel POOR Diaz PARO Dwg POOOR DWS 0000K Dvd A Duda OTEK a la Dv A le EER a Dw a Duk OEE Dd a NH RETR Dwg OEE DBD a DHT POOEIER HEE POR DHE OTEK NEL ETE Dw POSEAN O Figure 2 106 Specify Patterns Add Wait for Any Frame Insert this instruction and set an expiration time and a label for the Goto This instruction causes the Initiator
60. primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive LeCroy Corporation WF OPEN REJECT PATHWAY BLOCKED WF_OPEN_REJECT PROTOCOL NOT SUPP ORTED WE_OPEN_REJECT_RETRY WF_OPEN_REJECT_STP_ RESOURCES BUSY WF OPEN REJECT WRONG DESTINATION primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON _ 0 primitive WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON _ 1 primitive WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON _ 2 primitive WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 3 primitive WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE _ 0 WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE _ 1 primitive primitive WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE 0 primitive WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE 1 WF OPEN_REJECT RESERVED STOP O WF OPEN REJECT RESERVED STOP 1 WF ALIGN O primitive primitive primitive primitive WF ALIGN 1 WF ALIGN 2 WF_ ALIGN 3 WF NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP WF NOTIFY RESERVED O primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive WF NOTIFY RESERVED 1 WF NOTIFY RESERVED 2 WF _ BROADCAST CHANGE WF BROADCAST RESERVED O Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual primitive primitive primitive primitive 423 LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Wait Command Name Description WF_ BROADCAST RESERVED 1 primitive WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED 2 primitive WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED 3 primitive WF_ BROADCAST RESERVED _4 primitive WF BROADCAST RESERVED CHANGE O primitive
61. select 4 Trainer Sierra M6 2 can have Analyzer and Trainer or Analyzer and Jammer on same port Note To display the current Port Configuration click the green button in the lower right corner to display the Port Status window see Port Status on page 214 Port Configuration and Projects Port Configuration depends on Project selected Performance Analyzer and Performance Analyzer with Initiator Emulator do not use ports Protocol Analyzer Protocol Analyzer with Initiator Emulator and Target Emulator can have the following port configurations Project Number One analyzer Two analyzers and or and or one emulator two emulators Protocol Analyzer Port1 One analyzer eachon 1 and 2 Protocol Analyzer Port 1 One analyzer each on with Initiator Port 1 and Port 2 Emulator Pair on Port 1 One emulator each on Port 1 and Port 2 Target Emulator Port1 One emulator each on Port 1 and Port 2 Pair on Port 1 Analyzers work with Emulators Jammer and Trainer see below One Initiator Emulator can work by itself or work with one Analyzer 98 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation One Target Emulator can work by itself or work with one Analyzer Note that Host Emulator and Analyzer can be on one port and Analyzer and Device Emulator can be on another port at the same time Emulators do not work with Trainer Emulators work with Jammer see below Note
62. ve Cursor Position ve Layers P Decode MET Unit le Viewer Settin Unitz iv view Type Units mitt Units init Cursor Position Channels Unit 1 Unit2 and so on Viewer Setting Once enabled the toolbars can dock at the Viewer Display window or float on the windows desktop Main Toolbar See SAS Software Menus and Toolbar on page 44 View Type Toolbar See Switching Views on page 194 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 215 LeCroy Corporation Toolbars Viewer Toolbar The Viewer toolbar allows searching filtering collapsing expanding and data reporting APPLEK R MPI 216 The Search button opens the search dialog see Search on page 238 The Filtering Setup button opens the Filter dialog see Filtering on page 222 and allows you to specify the criteria for filtering the result The Enable Disable Filtering button toggles the result between a filtered and unfiltered view see Filtering on page 222 The Filter Idle button toggles the display to show hide idle packets see Filtering on page 222 The Hide RRDY Primitives button toggles the display to show hide RRDY primitives see Filtering on page 222 The Hide Unassociated Traffic button toggles the display to show hide unassociated traffic see Filtering on page 222 The Hide All Primitives button toggles the display to show hide all primitives see Filtering
63. window 450 Display pre filtered cells as blank in column view 257 DMA activate FIS 68 DMA setup FIS 68 469 LeCroy Corporation Index Don t care Snapshot 71 Don t check credit 136 166 173 downloading a scenario 367 dragging buttons 440 Drop Length for ms 138 Drop link after ms for ms 167 Drop link for ms 167 DWORD Matcher 334 E Easy Mode 36 41 Edit as Text button 383 Edit Comment 378 Edit script 311 e mail 465 Email CATC Support 465 Enable Outlining command 396 Enable Tooltip box 247 Entire Memory 93 error connection management 168 Error Injection 314 Error Injection tab 163 error log 397 error message startup 20 errors 371 SAS commands 175 Ethernet connecting with 34 Ethernet port 18 Event 325 event counter 337 scenario 332 Event button 116 Event buttons creating 439 dragging 440 Event pop up menu 442 Event Properties dialog 442 events 443 actions 441 443 buttons 439 copying 442 deleting 442 moving 442 Events Group box 448 example files 53 exclude from capture Align 43 Idles 44 Notify 44 OOB Signals 43 patterns 57 470 Payload of Data Frame 43 RRDY 43 SATA_CONT 43 SATA_SYNC 43 XXXX 43 Exclude Idle checkbox 57 Exclusion search 448 exercise specific addresses 123 Expand All 201 Expand Log button 308 Expand Collapse all Layers button 216 expandability 23 Expanded Waveform View 210 Expansion Card Data Status or Clock Status check
64. 100 ms Run Pattern Generator Off nes 512 Byte s Run Initiator Emulator On NO TETT Descrambling Enabled ATA Command Execution Time out my Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP IV Send NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP primitive 8 Connection Details Simulation Mode Advanced Queue Settings 8 Easy switch to Advanced mode Pot m y Collapse Al Expand All Figure 2 139 SAS Initiator Setting Tab Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 139 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture Choose Initiator Emulator Port For each port select a speed and then click the Speed Negotiation Setting button PHY Setting Speed Negotiation Window 1 1 5 Gbps Speed Negotiation Window z 3 0 Gbps SNW 3 phy capabilities Calculate PARITY bit Bit Byte T 6 El 4 a 2 1 0 Start Tx SSC Type Reserved Requested Logical Link Rate Gil Without 552 G1 With SSC 0 G2 Without 552 Gz With SSC GS Without 552 G3 With 55C Reserved 1 0 1 0 1 0 00 Reserved DOOOOO00 Reserved PARITY Figure 2 140 SAS PHY Setting Dialog Select the port speed settings see PHY Setting Dialog on page 118 After you click OK you can Enable Muxing On Pattern Generator You can select a Pattern Generation file Initiator Emulator You can run an Initiator Emulator while setting QO Auto stop exerciser when Analyzer stops SAS Address Data Frame Payload Size Frame Receive Timeout Logical
65. 133 Figure 5 29 Custom Colors Note You cannot change the color of an Invalid Data packet error field It is permanently set to red Formats Display Options For each type of data in each group of data the program has a default data format Examples of number data formats are Binary Decimal and Hexadecimal An example of a text data format is ASCII To specify a data format for an information type in the Color Format Hiding tab select a row such as Data in the Group and Color column and expand it Select a data type in the Group Select a format in the Format section The following formats are available Eit Mrder HSB to LSB f LSB to MSE Hexadecimal f Decimal E Binary Hiding FASO Hidden Figure 5 30 Formats If available select Bit Order in the Format section The options are MSB to LSB or LSB to MSB Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 453 LeCroy Corporation Display Options Hiding Display Options By default no data is hidden You can hide any group of data and any type of data To hide one or more fields select the Group and Data type in the Group and Color column then click the Hidden checkbox in the display or the Hidden checkbox in the Hiding section of the Format section Level Hiding Options By default nothing is hidden You can hide O Packet Types Primitives Source Addresses Destination Addresses Data Length SMP Frames SSP
66. 17 7 02 SMP Frame T gt I 4 53333330 us 17 7 02 Open Address Frame 1 gt T 18 39999962 us 69 26 51 0 00015528 242 100 00 Figure 3 129 Toggling Type Sort Order Hiding Columns To hide a column right click in the column and choose Hide To unhide a column right click any column and choose Unhide 292 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Data Report LeCroy Corporation Data Report When a captured sample is in the Sample Viewer the Data Report button is on the Viewer toolbar and Data Report is in the Report menu The data report displays all the data sent from the host to the device and from the device to the host All PIO In gt In commands are grouped as a data packet until the occurrence of a PIO Out gt Out command creating a new data packet Data Report button on the Viewer toolbar or To display a Data Report click the select Report gt Data Report ae Port H Command Direction gt gt Data 2048 Bytes Duration 0 0x00 Out 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 gt es Port H Command Direction gt gt Data 4096 Bytes 104 962 426 ms 500050000104755 0x00 Out 000000000000000000000000 x to Y 136 880 293 ms x to T 136 880 293 ms Y toT 0 ns For Help press F1 Tx out Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop og jit Figure 3 130 SAS Data Report Click the Down Arrow in a data field to display Data Report detai
67. 2 for Repeat Error the system injects error on the 2nd 3rd 4th 6th 7th and 8th commands Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 171 LeCroy Corporation Target and Device Emulation If you enter 3 for Repeat Error target emulator injects error on the 2nd 3rd 4th 6th 7th 8th 10th 11th and 12th commands If you set Repeat Error to O it means infinity and the system injects error on the 2nd 3rd Ath 6th 7th 8th 10th 11th 12th 14th 15th 16th 18th 19th 20th 22th 23th 24th and so on commands Note Repeat error resets the target emulator received command counter In the API use the following functions a ErlnjSetSCSICommandGenerateError Enable error injection on a command Specify Command Number and Number of Error Commands in the 4th and 6th parameters See API reference manual section 5 5 139 page 748 QO ErlnjSetSCSICommandRepeatedErrorOnCommandNumber int nCommand BOOL bEnable short iCountOfRepeatedErrorsOnCommands nCommand specifies SCSI command See 6 52 SCSI Command type definition in the API manual bEnable TRUE means you want repeat error as much as iCountOfRepeatedEr rorsOnCommands 3 Click the Command fail with check condition check box click the down arrow on the Sense Key drop down list box choose an error type and then enter values for ASC and ASCQ in the corresponding text boxes 4 Set up Outgoing and Incoming frame errors Note Once you check the
68. 300 Expansion module 18 Expansion ports 23 Export 378 Export command 126 Export Paired SAS Address Report 50 Export Read Write Command Report 49 Export to Excel button 286 Export to Generator 49 Export to Initiator Emulator 48 External Trig In Setting 96 262 External Trig Out Setting 96 262 External Trig Setting 316 External Trig Setting dialog 262 external trigger 18 96 External Trigger dialog 74 External Trigger Out 133 External Trigger out combo box 128 Extract Sample File dialog 48 126 F fax number 465 features 18 field Show hide 198 Field List Settings 258 field list view 202 Field of Frame 131 137 Field Settings 246 file library 327 File Manager 327 File Menu 378 File menu InFusion 316 file type definition 52 files utg 39 377 tabs 396 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index LeCroy Corporation Fill reserved fields with 131 filter 222 by tag number 229 check condition 229 options 227 save setup 225 type 224 filter enable 232 filter idle 216 233 filtering 222 direction 224 filtering column content 290 Filtering menu 222 filters 437 Find command 447 utility 447 Find and Replace button 383 Find button 383 Find command 381 Find Device 302 Find Device button 302 Find New Device command 123 Find Next 381 Find Next command 450 first burst 130 enable 135 FIS Pattern dialog 65 81 87 FIS Patterns dialog 61 FIS Report 283 FIS Type dialog 64 86 FIS types 66
69. 38 waveform display 209 web site 465 Website CATC 465 Window Menu 383 Windows default 253 Wrap 382 Wrap button 383 Wrap Packet box 247 wrap packets in results display 219 Z Zone Broadcast Method field 457 Zone Device field 457 Zoom In 382 results display 218 Zoom In button 383 Zoom Out 382 results display 219 Zoom Out button 383 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual
70. Block Size ATA Command Execution Timeout a Send NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP primitive DOOCOD Check Autostop exerciser when Analyzer Stopped to halt the Initiator Emulator when the Analyzer stops If unchecked the Exerciser continues to run even after the Analyzer stops 140 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture LeCroy Corporation Queue Settings Click the Queue Settings button to display the Queue Settings dialog and specify O Queue Depth O NCQ Error Recovery O Queued Non Queued Items Status a NCQ Queue Command Timeout x Queue Settings n NCO Error Recovery Send Read Log Ext when NCO command aborted i Do not Send Read Log Ext automatically Queued Non Queued Intermix Status f Prevent sending nor queued commands when queue exists send commands freely NCO Queue Command Time out Use ATA command execution time out for Queved and NCQ commands Do not time out queued commands Queue Depth 32 Set az factory Cancel Figure 2 141 Queue Setting Dialog Advanced Initiator Settings Click the Advanced button to display additional settable options a Align Transmission Period STP Initiator ALIGN Transmission Period Bus Inactivity Time Limit Maximum Connect Time Limit First Burst Size T nexus loss time Max Credits in each Connection Delay between getting HOLD and Sending HOLDA DOOUOUDOLUOD Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 141 LeCroy Corpor
71. Byte per STP Frame O DOODODDODDDODD oo oO oo oo O General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Min Compl Time Avg Compl Time Max Compl Time Init Bus Util Target Bus Util Efficiency Total Read Cmd Total Read Bytes 69 293 334 96 us 10 442 747 12 ms 50 291 065 22 ms 4 66 ms 10 97 ms 43 57 659 1331728 Figure 3 115 SAS Performance Report Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 281 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Content 282 Performance Report SATA To display the Performance Report click the Performance tab The Performance Report displays information in the following columns O Minimum Completion Time Average Completion Time Maximum Completion Time Host Bus Utilization Device Bus Utilization Efficiency Total Read Cmd Total Read Bytes Total Read Duration Cmd Minimum Read MB S Cmd Average Read MB S Cmd Maximum Read MB S Total Write Cmd Total Write Bytes Total Write Duration Cmd Minimum Write MB S Cmd Average Write MB S Cmd Maximum Write MB S Average Byte Per FIS FIS Average Difference Time OODOCOCOODODDODOoO ooo oo ooo o O la pe Ej En Sd la ra 4 JL gt gt 1 of 1 Code Violation ed General Primitive FIS ATA Command Protocol Eror Performance Others Min Compl Time w Avg Compl Time Max Compl Ti
72. C Minute m Counter Mode Analyzer Speed C Cumulative 11 T1 AutoSpeed 13 T3 AutoSpeed Y Instantaneous 12 12 AutoSpeed y 14 T4 AutoSpeed Analyzer Setting 7 i i Primitive R Ti t 16384 DWORD E A iri e ale y rimitive Response Timeou ALIGN Transmission Period 2048 for SSP 256 for STP Protocol Error Mask 2049 for SSP 258 for STP Save To File Setting Save to file mpie 100 Fille Na User Pertormance nal sl Figure 2 162 SAS Settings Dialog 158 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Performance Analysis LeCroy Corporation Note When you use the Exerciser channel 2 is not usable and is greyed out Update Interval SATAPerformanceAnalyzeri 3 0 x Performance Items Setting Notes Millisecond C Second Tms to 245 minutes C Minute m Counter Mode Analyzer Speed Cumulative H1 D1 AutoSpeed H3 D3 AutoSpeed y Instantaneous H2 D2 AutoSpeed H4 D4 AutoSpeed y Analyzer Setting l Disable descrambling Primitive Response Timeout 16384 DWORD ALIGN Transmission Period z Save To File Setting Sayeto Sample No fi 00 C 256 e 258 Protocol Error Mask hip Figure 2 163 SATA Settings Dialog The settings dialog allows you to set the Analysis update interval and define the counter mode 1 Choose the Update Interv
73. DIO 2 DLL 6 SymChain ChainThree k28 3 3EA 25 k18 IFA Primitive SOF kBC 18 E4 67 Primitive EOF kBC 18 FO 9B U Raw 10 bits codes This definition might cause running disparity errors Example Primitive CHAIN TWO 305 2D4 1E4 362 O Mixed bytes and 10b codes This definition might cause running disparity errors Example Primitive CHAIN TWO 305 2D4 1E4 362 CHAIN ONE Packets Frames Using the Frame or Packet keyword you can define a frame of traffic to use in the generation stream Declarations of prolog and epilog may be mixed with field declarations Frame name parent name Field Definition 0 Field Name Field Length Default Value Field Definition n Field Name Field Length Default Value Primitive Derintton 0 Primitive name Offset count Primitive D finition m TPrimitive name offset count Prolog primitive name Epilog primitive name 402 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language LeCroy Corporation Field Definition a Field length is in bits means that the length is variable and is set based on the assigned value a Field starting offset is calculated from frame start based on the length of the pre vious fields Examples Field32 32 UxXAABBFFEE FrameType oO ee LZ HashedDest gt 24 HEX DATA Reservedl 8 OxDA Fieldl6 gt 16 OxAAAA Reserved 8 0OXxAD CRC 32 Data fi
74. Defined Commands Tabanera E cool 180 Target Emulator Settings SAS iii cana aras 181 Notes AD cian iia 184 RUN Target Emulation ic adie mee thot ea cedasiaeedaeeae ean eee 184 Device Emulator Settings SATA OMIY aaa E a a E aia 184 Project NOIE A A A 189 Using the Power Expansion Car unitat 189 AUN DEVICE EMUI NON AAA Aa N 189 Chapter 3 Display Manipulation coooncconnnncconnncconcncconancnonancncnannnenannnnnnnnnnonan 191 viewer DIS DIAY nana 191 QUICK VIW essers ss aces ce sca a ae se A Era Eaa eee 192 Using the Viewer DISDIAY aiii aia 193 Sample PropertleSs aiii ida 193 SWICNINO VIEWS osiossa iio 194 Sav AMA Open a WORKS A abacus ES a U EEEE EEE Ea 194 Changing the Default View la 195 CATG Navigation VICW vesvcetessevencesteetertseseucasneneceustaotesbecewtetadweswedeulsiecestscsateaaveureusucasvecstuonssbeneeeuesududeeeeeases 195 onto cirie caneundatencundhed A a a a ra a dace aueatouusencassauboaneees 195 COMA VIEW eina Seale taeaeaveueeeaaeeeysteneteens ee 196 6 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents LeCroy Corporation GUSTOMIZO DISDA Vinicio ib 197 Rename Po diana da 197 Select and Apply Show Hide Port Mode ccscsssecceeesseeceeesseeeeesseeeeeesseeeeenseeeeeenseesoeeneeeseonneesaes 198 Show Hide SINGICS POM scrinia ai aa aaa aAa a aaRS 198 ShOW Hid Multiple POrIS a ai 198 SNOW IGE PICMG scsi ica 198 Relaled Frames acia aaa 199 BVE Onder uasai a eanaac emma a a aa aa
75. Diword 3 Capture Register x ere Ee Figure 4 19 Capture Data DWORD Action Using Captured Data DWORDs Captured data DWORDs can be used in creating events for data that match the captured DWORD s or in creating actions to substitute the captured DWORD s into the data stream To create an event using the captured DWORD in the Event Properties menu select SAS Data Pattern or SATA Data Pattern and then select any of the 12 DWORDs DWORD 0 Type through DWORD 11 Type The drop down menu provides the choice of a custom DWORD or any of the four captured DWORDs If you select a captured DWORD the Value field beneath this selection is hidden the Value field is only used for specifying custom DWORDs Note that choice of a mask and an offset are still available when using captured DWORDs 338 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions LeCroy Corporation da Event Properties 7 S E fm Type Properties k ATA Command Frame Type Event la E ATAPI Description ba Both Links Up Count Randomly No z CRC Error Counter alue 1 pe Dword Matcher Direction From Initiator FIS Frame Start of Frame SOF po FI5 Type E Condition O A gt Frame Type Dword O Type Custom Dword Invalid 10bit code Error Dword O Value Custom Dword Links Speed 3G Dwad 0 Mask Captured D word 0 Links Speed 6G Captured D word 1 D word Offset C t d B d H2 5 Primitives El Condition 1 Captured Dword 3
76. Emulator Ports 2 Yes Enable two ports for SATA Host or SAS Initiator Host Initiator Emulator Ports 4 Yes Enable four ports for SATA Host or SAS Initiator Emulator Feature Muxing No Enable Muxing in Emulator Trainer Ports 1 Yes Enable one Trainer port for blade Trainer Ports 2 Yes Enable two Trainer ports for blade Trainer Ports 4 Yes Enable four Trainer ports for blade Infusion Ports 1 Yes Enable one Infusion port for blade Infusion Ports 2 Yes Enable two Infusion ports for blade Infusion Parts 4 Yes Enable four Infusion ports for blade Infusion Feature Muxina Yes Enable Muxina in Infusion we Figure 3 95 Licensing Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 269 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Statistical Report Whenever a captured sample is in the Sample Viewer a Statistical Report selection in the Report menu and a Statistical Report Button on the viewer toolbar are enabled You can create a Statistical Report for the entire capture or select a portion of it To display a Statistical Report click the Statistical Report button on the viewer toolbar or select Report gt Statistical Report to display the Select Statistical Report Range dialog Select Statistical Report Range 3 x All Samples C From T Cursor y To T Cursor y C From Sequence y No fi To Sequence y Nofi OK Cancel A Fi
77. Event Properties dialog box Click the prompt to add an action for State 1 New Scenario O qd box Mo action specified For the event Address Frame 0x00 IDENTIFY in Sequence O State 1 Click here to jump to the pro Status Not saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event Sequence fal State O la Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFreameType Value 4 Bites 0x00 IDENTIFY Mask OxF From Initiator then Branch to State 1 State 1 La E Wait for Click here to add i action Figure 1 Example 7 Adding an Action to the Second State The Action Properties dialog box appears 1 In this example you enter the action Beep and you set the duration of the beep for 1 second 2 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box You are finished creating the first sequence Click the add another sequence prompt to create an area in the scenario for the second sequence Sequence 1 358 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence LeCroy Corporation New Scenario O X Scenario is valid Status Not saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event Sequence O State O E Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO ddressFremeType Value 4 Bits Ox0
78. Figure 2 33 DMA Setup Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects LeCroy Corporation BIST FIS Pattern Figure 2 34 BIST PIO Setup FIS Pattern Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp Figure 2 35 PIO Setup Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 69 LeCroy Corporation Projects Data FIS Pattern Figure 2 36 Data Vendor Vendor is for FIS Pattern FIS Pattern Figure 2 37 Vendor 70 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation The Trigger tab in the analysis project dialog allows you to specify when the analyzer completes a data capture Three trigger modes are available The default Don t care Snapshot Manual Trig and Pattern When data capture starts with Don t care Snapshot selected the analyzer triggers on the first data pattern on the bus Starting a data capture with Pattern selected triggers when specific pattern s are detected in the captured data stream The following three ways can trigger the analyzer with Pattern selected a Trigger on any pattern Any Trigger Mode a External Trigger O Trigger on a sequence of patterns Sequential Trigger Mode Snapshot Mode To trigger immediately on any pattern check the Don t care Snapshot button Capture Trigger Settings Notes AAA APA C Manual Trig C Pattern Paramet
79. Handshake C Primitive Type Defer Handshake after i000 ps coa Figure 2 179 Incoming Frame Setting Dialog Handshake Error Check Handshake Errors to enable selection of error on handshake Check NAK CRC or any other Primitive to send as an incoming frame response Check No Handshake to send no response Defer Handshake Errors Check Defer Handshake and enter a value for the time to defer the handshake 174 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation LeCroy Corporation ATA Commands Errors SATA only Click the ATA Commands icon in the Errors window to display the ATA Commands Error Setting dialog Status a Indication General sin Check Power Mode To JO H f Command number fi Repeat error f times Device Reset y w Download Microcode qi Execute Device Diagnos Flush Cache ETE Y eh Cache Ext ommands yl e Se Y Number of error commands f gt y Idle Immediate Command fal on Response ole y HOP Response No Error Signature y Read Dhl w Read DMA Ext v Read DMA Queued v Read DMA Queued Ext A Read FPDMA Queued Generate Error On v Read Multiple w Read Multiple Ext 7 Outgoing frame th frame Data Settings ye a a MaxAddes Incamina feme lin frame FRegster Hosta Device Sets Read Sectors y Obsolete Read Sectors Figure 2 180 SATA SAS Commands Error Setting Dialog
80. Hex 5 TP Porte W Don t Care I STP Port 0 Search By C Hashed SAS Address SAS Address Search Direction Fowad C Backward Search From ie Start i Advanced C Trig Pointer search Logic Pointer AND Selected Items E Y Pointer OF Selected Items Last Found Reset All Save Load Cancel Domain lt lt Figure 3 65 Search Parameter Definition Dialog You can continue to search the output file using Next Search F3 or Previous Search F4 for the same pattern until you redefine the data capture search parameters Save Search Setup After you have set up a Search configuration you can save it as a SAS Search configuration file ssh or a SATA Search configuration file tsh by clicking Save You can then use it on a different capture by clicking Load in the Search dialog Search By Choose Hashed SAS Address to search on hash address or choose SAS Address to search for address Search Direction Choose either Forward or Backward direction in which to perform the search Search From Choose a starting point to begin or continue a search Start of the sample file Trigger Pointer X Pointer Y Pointer or Last Found Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Search LeCroy Corporation Search Logic The default setting is Or Selected Items With this setting clicking Find Next locates all selected items in turn If you ch
81. IP Settings 28 472 IP Setup 265 IP Setup dialog 265 J Jammer 320 Jump to Next button 289 Jump to Previous button 289 Jump to Specific button 289 K K Codes 334 key sequences 108 L label 121 lanes report 280 launching 35 Launching the CrossSync Control Panel 51 Layers Toolbar 219 Layers toolbar 220 LCD display 19 LED check 301 LEDs description 19 library 327 device 328 main 327 License Configuration 261 License Manager 261 line condition 333 line numbers 396 link layer command interpretation 45 Link Script Selection dialog 398 Link With Sample View 289 Load command 456 Load dialog 155 log error 397 log file 371 Loop End instruction 119 Loop Start instruction 119 M MAC address 25 Main Display Area 437 Main FPGA tab 299 Main Library window 327 Main Toolbar 215 main toolbar 44 Main Window 41 Manual Trig 71 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index Manual Trig button 71 manual trigger 71 Maximum Number of Uploader Threads 253 Memory Assignment 259 memory check 296 Memory Size 93 Mode 258 Mode of frame field list 258 Move drop down list 289 Move Event to option 442 moving events 442 Multi Sequencer check box 105 MUX Setting 99 MUX Setting dialog 99 Muxing 99 N NCQ commands 188 NCQ Commands Time out Threshold 253 network 34 Networks 28 New Batch Script command 315 New Event button 439 option 442 pop up menu 439 New GenFile 378 New Prot
82. Incoming Open Primitive Response Dialog 129 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture Affiliation Setting Check Clear Affiliation After Command Complete to release device to commands from other sources or check Leave Affiliation State Unchanged to retain control of device Enable First Burst Check Enable First Burst to allow first burst Task Attribute Choose Simple Head of Queue Ordered or ACA Outgoing ATA Frame Settings 130 Before selecting Outgoing Frame Settings select the Types Of Frames and the Frame Number on which to inject an error Then check Outgoing Frame in the Generate Error On area and then the enabled Settings button to display the Outgoing Frame Settings dialog Outgoing Frame Setting k x Frame Name Register Host to Device Frame Number 1 Frame Type error Remove Frame from sequence J Delay in sending frame fo ms M NoWTRM Code Violation on SATA primitive I Disparity error on SATA primitive Ignore XRDY RADY sequence Delay in HOLD responsefin sending HOLDA Frame Length Error Code violation error Disparity error DWord Offset fi Number of error Dw ords fi yer frame lengt 1 Under frame length Set frame lenath to 2051 DWords Fill reserved fields with 0 H C SOFEnor Double Omit Insert Primitive at f th DWord EOFEnor Double C Omit Primitive Type AIP NORMAL CRCEnor
83. Initiatori OR ALIGN 1 from Initiator OR ALIGN 24 from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to Error Detected and Substitute with ALIGN 3 Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt Error Detected Wait for Any Dword from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Beep 500 ms and Branch to Wait for AliqnO Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt A a File Libr File Libr For Help press Fl CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 45 Example 9 Bottom Half of Scenario 366 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Downloading Scenarios LeCroy Corporation Downloading Scenarios After you have created a scenario you need to download it to the InFusion device for execution If you use a general library as a scenario archive then the process of creating and downloading a scenario is as follows 1 Open the general library Main library or a File library Scenarios in the library are listed in the Main Library window 2 Open the Device Library window by clicking the Show Device Library button on application toolbar 3 Openthe Device Library for the device to which you want to download a scenario or scenarios You can open the device library in two ways by clicking the Device Library icon in the device list window or by double clicking the device name 4 Copy the scenario from genera
84. Invalid Omit Number Of Primiti fi Reset OK Cancel m Field of Frame Destroy Specify Value Insert Frame Field Destroy z e After current frame PM Part O Before current frame E O Command O Type Register Host to Device y Features O a User Defined Frame Data BF CAL EGF Figure 2 128 Outgoing Frame Settings Frame Type Error Check this to introduce a frame type error Remove Frame from sequence Check this to remove frame from sequence Delay in sending frame Check this to delay sending frame and enter a value for the delay Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture LeCroy Corporation Frame Length Error Check Frame Length Error and choose the type of error to introduce Code violation and Disparity error Check these and specify DWORD offset and number of error DWORDs Additionally check No WTRM Code Violation on SATA primitive Disparity error on SATA primitive Ignore XRDY RRDY sequence Delay in HOLD response in sending HOLDA SOF EOF and CRC errors Check these and specify Double or Omit by checking the corresponding option button Insert Primitive Check Insert Primitive and then click the Type button to open the Primitive Type dialog and select the primitive type x Type Not Specific of type to conditions C Used only inside SSP and SMP conditions C Used inside STP connections ei Figure 2 129 Primitive Type Di
85. Launch editor application in full screen Path to the template file for a new script Je program files lecroy eas protocol suite SA5 Browse Display settings M Show the full path for the trace file in dialog caption Restore don t maximize dialog at start I Load last output from saved log files when possible M Activate dialog after script s stop running I Remember dialog layout Ignore possible run time errors and warnings Saving settings Save log files to the folder which is relative to the trace file path Path to the folder where to save output log files Je program files lecroy eas protocol suite SA5 Browse Save logs automatically after scripts stopped running OF Cancel Figure 3 147 Run Verification Scripts Settings Dialog Choose the editor application Notepad or other Edit all selected scripts in one process If the editor supports multiple documents you can edit all scripts in the editor Open all included files You can edit included files as well as the main script Launch editor application in full screen You can use whole screen Path to the template file for a new script You can use a template for the script Display Settings can show full trace file path restore dialog at start load last output from save log files activate dialog after scripts have run remember dialog layout and ignore errors and warnings Saving Settings can save log files to relative file folder
86. Manual China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table The following tables are supplied in compliance with China s Restriction of Hazardous Substances China RoHS requirements ASA EPRA IA da AS HARE i ee L EE PEDE cis ESE paj ed pa paj pi O RRAS A EPA ATEA ap ITA HAH X RRRA EE i E EFUP PIR RATA E ABT iy HH me REE ORRE MEE 3 95 Re AA sci AR ee 20004 Part Nam PCBAS Mechanical Hardware Sheet Metal Plastic Parts Power Supply Power Cord Protective Case if present Cable Assemblies if present Fans LS resent Probes Gf m Toxic or Hazardous Substances and Elements Polybrominated Hexavalent Mercury Cadmium Chromium Hg Cd Cr Som m E ae a ee FO fee LITE S T 11363 2006 4 Em HRE ith gt 57 i Pet 517 11363 2006 EEIE WIR EEK o Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers O Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement specified in 51 T1 1363 2006 X Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogenous materials used for this part is above the limit requirement specified in 51 11 1363 2006 EFUP Environmental Friendly Use Period Us Temperature SC to 40C Humidity 3 to 95 max RH Altitude Up to 2000 meters Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User e Conditions non condensing Manua
87. Manual 253 LeCroy Corporation Software Settings Sample Viewer Tab Software Settings he xx General Sample Viewer Spread Sheet View Column view Field List View Open Sample File In Optimization Default Workspace MW Sampling memory usage optimization As Previously Saved IY Quick view 2 More Info F Switch to CATE Navigation Cancel button kills upload immediately MW Reverse Link Data close previous sample file when new sample file opens Pack Repeated Primitives Create statistical report read write page Set as Factory Cancel Figure 3 78 SAS Software Settings Dialog Sample Viewer Tab The SATA Software Settings dialog has the same options Open Sample file In Default Workspace The software opens a sample file in view s based on the specified default workspace As previously saved The software opens a sample file in view views based on the last saved configuration for the sample file Optimization Sampling memory usage optimization Enables memory cascading for two ports The analyzer will use memory of another port if there is not data on another port see Sampling Memory Usage Optimization on page 259 Quick View Quick View allows full access to the whole trace more quickly especially when using a Gigabit Ethernet connection However the trace is NOT written to the Host PC hard drive To save the trace you must manually click Save If you do not check Quick View th
88. Modifier Fie view Configuration Tools Help Main Library DAG SaIPax 0 de e TA e A Set Port ls Library Scenario Main Library Device Library SN 12880008 Gutput Bie 110985 09 40 38 628 000 000 SN 12580005 Device Joined 09 40 48 272 000 000 SN 122280008 Device connected For Help press F1 Version 3 00 Build 12 SCRL g Figure 4 1 InFusion Windows Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 313 LeCroy Corporation Key Features InFusion supports SAS SSP SMP STP and SATA based protocols operating across a single SAS or SATA link up to 6 G InFusion monitors traffic from both directions in real time and relies on predefined rules to replace any bit primitive or parameter with one you specify InFusion can change traffic when it detects a specific sequence or reaches a designated time interval yet it requires no complicated scripts programming or simulation tools InFusion can monitor traffic in both directions and act on events occurring in either direction of the communications link InFusion can modify traffic in only one direction within a given test scenario but that direction can be either from the Initiator or from the Target InFusion is specifically designed to verify recovery characteristics within a subsystem An easy pop up menu interface allows you to create specific test scenarios in just minutes Once a InFusion session starts the system automatically handle
89. Normal amp RDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 gt x Status Nok saved Mo action specified For the event RRDY RESERVED 0 From Initiator in Global Rules Click here to jump to t Scenario Name EDDY Normal 4 EDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 J Description Replace BODY Normal w EREDE It BODY Reserved 07 Inject PD Error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules 7 Wait for BRDY NORMAL from Initiator lt lick here to add combined event gt then substitute with ERROR lt Click here to add another action e Wait for RBDY RESERVED 0 from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt Eo Click here to add an actions Click here to add anoth event gt i For Help press F1 CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 30 Example 4 Entering Second Action The Action Properties dialog box appears 7 Use it to choose Inject RD Error as the action triggered by RRDY Reserved 0 8 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box RDDY Normal amp RDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 d Test 1 Scenario Name BDDY Normal 4 EDDY Peserved 0 Description Peplace BODY Normal w ERROR If BODY Reserved 01 Inject PD Error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for BRADY NORMAL from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Substitute with ERROR lt Click here to add another action gt Wait for BRADY RESERVED O from Initiator Click here to add combined event
90. OxF From Initiator lt Click here to add combined event gt then Branch to State 1 lt Click here to add another action lt Click here to add another event gt State 1 Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddresstFrameType Value 4 Bits 0x00 IDENTIFY Mask OxF From Initiator Click here to add combined event then Beep 2 5 Click here to add another action gt Click here to add another event Click here to add another state gt Click here to add another sequence gt J 2 Status Mot sawed al Se Figure 4 41 Example 7 Sequence Area of Scenario 360 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States 1 LeCroy Corporation Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States 1 In this example a five state sequence detects if a group of primitives is received out of order from the initiator The expected order is Align 0 Align 1 Align 2 Align 3 If this scenario detects any other order of these primitives it causes the device to beep and the scenario to restart This example is designed to give you an idea of the powerful logic that you can implement with sequences Note that the states in this sequence have been renamed do not have their default names The following table summarizes the sequence logic TABLE 4 10 Example 8 Logic of Sequence 0 State Description Wait for Align 0 When an Align 0 is recei
91. Ports 1 and 2 are a pair Put related hardware on one pair For example put two analyzers on ports 1 and 2 Jammer can pair with one or two analyzers on a port Jammer does not work with Trainer Trainer can pair with one analyzer on a port Trainer does not work with emulators Trainer does not work with Jammer MUX Setting SAS only Enable Muxing on port combinations Mux setting ES Enable Musing 2 n Bo Eo M 2 T2 14 74 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 71 MUX Setting Dialog Box If you enable this option on two ports the data of both ports transfers on one physical link whose speed is twice the speed of each link and the data of two links multiplexes on one physical link For example two 3 G ports together make one 6 G port Note the following a The muxing check boxes are usable only if two or more emulator channels are selected a The initiator emulator check box is greyed out if only one emulator channel is selected initiator Emulator Capture Trigger Initiator Setting Settings Notes Project Tree SASProtocolAnalyzer2 4 Capture Y Everything Exclude NOTIFY Include Xx Include SATA_SYNC Include SATA_CONT Include DOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame c Include RADY Exclude Idle a Ay Trigger Non Sequential Run Initiator Emulator Snapshot h PA Cabtinno Initiator Emulator Port 11 0 T1 0 3 0Gbps v Port Speed 6 0Gbps M Enable Muxing
92. Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation Bus Condition Double click Bus Condition in the Pattern window to open the Bus Conditions dialog Bus Conditions m xl Conditions OK T Electrical Idle as T Electrical Burst Cancel COMINIT COMRESET M COMWAKE M COMSAS Uncheck All Vi W 12 M T1 Iv T2 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link i Figure 2 43 SAS Bus Conditions Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog separates the COMINIT and COMRESET check boxes and replaces COMWAKE with Host COMWAKE and COMSAS with Device COMWAKE Check Conditions on which to trigger then click OK Note You can define triggering for specific ports by checking or unchecking Port IDs Symbol Double click Symbol in the Pattern window to open the Symbol dialog x K Symbol k28 3 y K28 3 CD Symbol K285 Vill 1 le Tl v T2 Check All U ncheck All oan Expected number of occurences on each link 1 Figure 2 44 Symbol Dialog Choose a symbol type by checking either the K Symbol or D Symbol option then click the down arrow in the Symbol dropdown list choose a symbol to trigger on and click OK Note that the D Symbol choice does not have a down arrow Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 75 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup Primitive Double click Primitive in the Pattern window to open the Primitive dialog
93. Read Write Command report displays the report data in columns with the following information Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address Protocol Type OpCode Command Tag LBA Sector Count Xfer Length Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Good Completion Time Performance Standard Deviation Count All Custom or a number O ODOO0ODODODDODODOD oO O O Read DMA Ext 5000626000001074 5000C50000104765 7 Write10 0x182 Oxaefaa 0x4 a 3 352 266 662 6i 5000625000001074 5000C50000104765 SSP Read10 Ox17C 0x1e65352 0x4 2048 Good 14 481 987 00 5000626000001074 5000C500001047B5 SSP Write10 Ox176 Ox2a206a5 Ox4 2048 Good 966 693 359 3i Figure 3 114 SAS Read Write Command Report 280 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Statistical Report Content LeCroy Corporation Performance Report SAS To display the Performance Report click the Performance tab The Performance Report displays the report data in columns with the following information O Minimum Completion Time Average Completion Time Maximum Completion Time Initiator Bus Utilization Target Bus Utilization Efficiency Total Read Cmd Total Read Bytes Total Read Duration Cmd Minimum Read MB S Cmd Average Read MB S Cmd Maximum Read MB S Total Write Cmd Total Write Bytes Total Write Duration Cmd Minimum Write MB S Cmd Average Write MB S Cmd Maximum Write MB S Average Byte per SSP Frame Average
94. Response DC Idle Time Request Wakeup Time Response Wakeup Time Count All Custom or a number DOUODODDODCODoUOo Co E Sa Y tt gt of 1 PMREG_P PM Statistic Move x Cursor y General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Protocol Error Performance PM Statistic PM Performance Others REQ Port Response Type Response Time REQ Wakeup Time RESP Wakeup Ti PMACK 24 160000 us Figure 3 119 SATA PM Statistic Report PM Performance Report SATA 284 To display the PM Performance Report click the PM Performance tab The PM Performance Report displays information in the following columns e Port e Partial Request Partial ACKed Partial NACKed e Slumber Request Slumber ACKed e Slumber NACKed Partial Time Slumber Time Partial Time Total Time e Slumber Time Total Time Su Sa 11 gt Move x Cursor y General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Protocol Error Performance PM Statistic PM Performance Others Slumber Time f Total Time o 0 03 Na Figure 3 120 SATA PM Performance Report Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Statistical Report Content LeCroy Corporation Read Write Command Report SATA To display the Read Write Command Report click the Read Write Command tab You can enable or disable creation of this page under Software Settings see pag
95. SSC A G3 WITH SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G3 with SSC The PARITY bit provides for error detection of all the SNW 3 phy capabilities bits The PARITY bit shall be set to one or zero such that the total number of SNW 3 phy capabilities bits that are set to one is even including the START bit and the PARITY bit 433 LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Default Setting Value SATA Speed Negotiation Settings OOB _SpeedNeg RCDT 750000 OOB _SpeedNeg SNTT 163840 OOB SpeedNeg SNLT 153600 Speed Settings Speed gt gt gt gt gt RateMatching 0 Scrambling Mode Settings Scrambling gt gt gt gt gt Wait Timeout Settings WaitTimeout 1000 434 Description Maximum time in OOBIs during the speed negotiation window for a transmitter to reply with ALIGN 1 Time in OOBIs during which ALIGN 0 or ALIGN 1 is transmitted at each physical link rate during the speed negotiation sequence Time in OOBIs during which the transmitter shall transmit idle between rates during speed negotiation Link Speed Possible Values LINK_SPEED_ 1 5GLINK_SPEED_3G LINK_SPEED_6G Default Value LINK_SPEED_1_5G When set the generator will automatically inserting the stream Align 0 primitive after every DWORD Raw Data Scrambling Mode Only those raw DWORDs will be scrambled that contain only data bytes no 10 bit symbols or K bytes Scrambling is reset by changing ScramblingMod
96. Settings Notes Operation Code fi H New Name New Command Apply Type None Data y Remove Confia Data Pattern LFPT CDB Length E y Figure 2 185 SAS Command Definition Dialog To define a command Enter an Operation Code and a Name in the corresponding text boxes Click the down arrow on the Type combo box and choose a command type a For command types requiring configuration data click the down arrow on the enabled Config data combo box and choose appropriate configuration data Enter the CDB length 6 10 12 or 16 When done click the New button The defined command appears in the command name window ee a To make changes to a previously defined command highlight the command make the changes and click Apply Note After creation the User Defined commands appear in the Event Selection dialog 180 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation LeCroy Corporation Target Emulator Settings SAS Click the Settings tab to display the Target Emulator Settings dialog Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes Media Setting SAS Address Average Access Time 1 ms Data Frame Payload Size fi 024 Byte s Number Of Areas fi Logical Block Size 512 Byte s Start Address End Address rea Type 0 PEER Circular W ritable Linked Command Expired Time fi 00 ms ALIGNTra
97. T2 gt Filter Logic gt Reset Al Check All Save Load 0 5008058000000305 gt 0 5000628000001 074 Jo 50050550000003C4 gt 0X5000628 000001074 JOs5000E 85000000001 0E 44 E SE _JO0x5000E s5000000001 050000500001 030 51 J 0 5000C500001 03091 gt 0x5000E 85000000001 025000C500001 030 91 gt 05000626 000001 074 005000628 000001 074 gt 0s50060560000003C5 105000626 000001 074 gt 0250000500001 04765 1 JOx5000626 000001 07 4 gt 0250000500001 030 31 05000626000001 074 gt Ox50060560000003C4 i Multi Level Filtering ted It an Use Pair 545 Addresses le Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 3 48 First Level of Multilevel Filtering LeCroy Corporation After you have set up a Filter configuration you can save it as an SAS Filter file sfl or SATA Filter file tfl by clicking Save You can then use it on a different capture by clicking Load in the Filter dialog After you have set up Filter options you can set filter logic to And Related Items to apply AND logic on related selected options for example SCSI commands and SAS Addresses or OR to apply OR logic on all selected options You can set up a filter in a sequential steps by Multi level filtering In each level you can select specific items to AND to the previous level The results of all levels show in views 225 LeCroy Corp
98. Target Emulation Project Pages Tab The Target Emulator pages open with default settings for each page To change settings for your application 1 Select a page in the Supported Pages box and set values for each of the enabled white Value fields 2 Enter values for Density Code Medium Type and Device Specific Parameter for the target emulator 3 Check SSP or SMP to specify the protocol to support 4 To reset the pages to the default settings click the Default Settings button 5 To use a previously defined Target click the Import button and choose a previously defined Device Identifier saf file Note Clicking the Import button on any of the Target Emulation dialogs sets all the parameters for the current emulation including User Defined Commands SATA To set up a Device Emulation click File gt New gt Device Emulator The Device Emulation project opens with the Pages tab selected 162 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation LeCroy Corporation E DeviceEmulator2 h BT Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes Supported Pages r Show Na f Reserved and Obsolete Word Description Value 0 General configuration bit significant information 0000 15 0 4TA device 14 8 Retired 7 D notremowvable media device 6 Obsolete 5 3 Retired 2 Response incomplete 1 Retired 0 Reserved 2 Specific configuration C837 10 19 Serial number
99. The Floating License dialog displays the available functionality by Function Total Ports Assigned To ports and Not Used It also displays the Current License Configuration by License Type Serial Number Analyzer Device Emulator Host Emulator and InFusion Floating License Available Functionality by Setup and Licensed Features Function A Analyzer Device Emulator 0 D EM Infusion o D 0 Current License Configuration Type Serial Num Analyzer Device Emulator Host Emulator Infusion Simulation SN 00 LAN HE i Default Licenses mess Figure 3 82 Floating License Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 261 LeCroy Corporation External Trig Setting External Trig Setting The External Trig Setting dialog displays the External Trig Out Setting and External Trig In Setting as High Active Low Active or Toggle External Trig Setting h x External Trig In Type High Active External Trig Cut Setting Type High Active Low Active Toggle External Trig uk pulse width 1 x 66 ns C Low Active Toggle nel Figure 3 83 External Trigger Setting Dialog To display the External Trig Setting dialog select Configuration gt External Trig Setting External Trig Out Setting The Analyzer can send a Low or High external signal anytime a trigger occurs Select the External Trig Out Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle f
100. The SATA Parameters window displays the following pattern capture categories a FIS FIS Pattern Data Pattern Protocol Errors OO O 56 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects LeCroy Corporation Choose a Parameter To choose a parameter for capture from any of these categories highlight the category in the parameter window and click the Add gt gt button This opens selection dialogs for each of the categories displaying all of the parameters for that category All patterns added appear in the Project Tree Exclude Patterns Check this box to allow for the capture of everything except the patterns that have been added to the Project Tree When you check this box the Primitive category appears in the Parameter window and the window enables the Exclude Idle checkbox Capture Trigger Settings Notes Project Tree SASProtocolAnalyzer2 C Everything T Exclude SATA_CONT 5 9 Capture Exclude 5 Pattern E Exclude SATA_SYNC Iv Exclude Idle G Include 509 Exclude OOB Signals Exclude Xx 4 Include SATA_SYNC Exclude Payload except fo Dword Y Include SATA_CONT Parameters Y Include DOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame Y Exclude Idle Primitive a P Primitive AIP NORMAL STP Frame P Address Frame Any Address Frame Type SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type Address Frame S Trigger Non Sequential SMP Frame y Settings o 7 SSP Frame y Trigger Position in Memory 50 Data Pattern Rem
101. To set errors for ATA commands 1 Click a command for which to set an error and then check the Generate Error when check box and chose LBA or Command number with a value in the corresponding text box Note Hard drive password security commands as described in ATA8 are Data Set Management Write Uncorrectable Ext Security Disable Password Security Erase Password Security Erase Unit Security Freeze Lock Security Set Password and Security Unlock 2 When you choose Command Number you can use Repeat error for periodic series of errors in commands Set the number of times to repeat the error by entering a value in the Number of Error Commands text box Note Once you check the Generate Error when check box for a command a red status indication appears next to the command selected indicating an error condition 3 To force the system to send a defined response frame to the host check the Command fail on Response check box and then choose a pre defined response 4 Repeat for every command for which to set an error Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 175 LeCroy Corporation Target and Device Emulation Outgoing Frame Settings Before selecting Outgoing Frame Settings select the Types Of Frames and the Frame Number on which to inject an error Then check Outgoing Frame in the Generate Error On area and then the enabled Settings button to display the Outgoing Frame Setting dialog Dutgoing Frame
102. Transport Fields ATA Cmd Fields or SCSI Cmd Fields node select the field such as LBA High and then change the Format Histogram View The Histogram View displays a histogram of frame type transfers To display the Histogram View of the current capture click View gt Histogram View or click the im u button on the View Type toolbar E Y Eome Y Era E Use Defined Zoom 6 zj y y 1 po gt Figure 3 28 Histogram View Hide Frames You can customize the histogram by including only frame types that you want Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 205 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views a tu tas tus tas tu tas al STP Frame STP Read Data STP Write Data SSP Frame SSP Read Data SSP write Data SMP Frame Address Frame Figure 3 29 SAS Histogram Frames 7 Frame wf FIS w Read Data FIS wf Write Data FIS Figure 3 30 SAS Histogram Frames Hide Error Frames SM button To choose frame types to include in the display click the down arrow on the Frame button on the Histogram toolbar and check frame types Frames with errors are displayed in red To hide error frames from the histogram click the Note To display the error code of a protocol error click the error icon with the red x Pending IO Graph User Defined 206 The Tool menu has a Pending lO Graph command with horizontal zoom vertical zoom click and drag
103. User Manual 279 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Content Lanes Report SAS To display the Lanes Report click the Lanes tab The Lanes Report displays the report data in columns with the following information Port Open Accept All Custom or a number Open Reject All Custom or a number AIP Waiting on Con Break SCSI Command All Custom or a number ATA Command All Custom or a number SMP Command All Custom or a number Out Standing Command All Custom or a number Transfer Bytes All Custom or a number Link Utilization time a Link Utilization General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Desrarmaranna manos O OUODO0ODODCDO UOC Port Open Accept Open Reject AIP Waiting on Con Break SCSI Command ATA Command SMP Command Out Standing Cmd Transfer Bytes Link Utilization Link Utilizal All v All All v All v All All All All I1 9 0 0 0 6 0 0 1 0 4 293 334 us 0 03 Ti 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 172 5 360 000 us 0 03 12 776 102 0 0 700 300 25 2 661504 4 552 893 ms 29 1 Figure 3 113 SAS Lanes Report Read Write Command Report SAS To display the Read Write Command Report click the Read Write Command tab You can enable or disable creation of this page under Software Settings See Software Settings on page 252 The
104. You can enter multiple actions which take place simultaneously After defining the event and actions within the Global Rule area you can save the scenario and download it to a InFusion device Sequences The Global Rules are all you need for simple test scenarios However a scenario also can contain one or two sequences which can define multiple states and allow branching between states With a sequence you also can do looping which allows you to repeat a test state or to execute a test for a specified period of time As with Global Rules the menu driven interface guides you in building a sequence Some of the prompts are different however because you now are encapsulating groups of events and actions as distinct states Recall that a state is a combination of events and actions at a specific point in time If the event or combined event defined by a state occurs the corresponding action or set of actions follows Scenario Name Test 3276 Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for SOF from Initiator then Beep 500 ms Sequence State O Wait for CEC Error from Initiator then Branch to State 1 Figure 4 11 Global Rules and Sequence Areas of a Scenario InFusion hardware provides the capacity to have up to two sequences co existing in a scenario in addition to the Global Rules Recall that both the Global Rules and any sequences are active at all times Each is a separate stat
105. _NAK PS _REQ_PARTIAL PS REQ SLUMBER Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 417 LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Generation Commands 418 Primitive Category 060 000 0 DOOCOD O ALIGN O 1 2 or 3 NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP RESERVED O RESERVED 1 or RESERVED 2 ACK NAK CRC ERROR RESERVED O RESERVED 1 or RESERVED 2 RRDY NORMAL RESERVED 0 RESERVED 1 AIP NORMAL RESERVED 0 RESERVED 1 RESERVED 2 RESERVED 3 WAITING ON CONNECTION WAITING ON DEVICE or WAITING ON PARTIAL BREAK CLOSE CLEAR AFFILIATION NORMAL RESERVED O RESERVED 1 CREDIT BLOCKED OPEN ACCEPT OPEN REJECT BAD DESTINATION CONNECTION RATE NOT SUPPORTED NO DES TINATION PATHWAY BLOCKED PROTOCOL NOT SUPPORTED RESERVED ABAN DON 0 RESERVED ABANDON 1 RESERVED ABANDON 2 RESERVED ABANDON 3 RESERVED CONTINUE O RESERVED CONTINUE 1 RESERVED INITIALIZE O RESERVED INITIALIZE 1 RESERVED STOP 0 RESERVED STOP 1 RETRY STP RESOURCES BUSY or WRONG DESTINATION BROADCAST CHANGE RESERVED 0 RESERVED 1 RESERVED 2 RESERVED 3 RESERVED 4 RESERVED CHANGE O or RESERVED CHANGE 1 DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT CREDIT TIMEOUT NORMAL RESERVED 0 RESERVED 1 RESERVED TIMEOUT O or RESERVED TIMEOUT 1 SATA FLOW CTRL PRIMITIVE SATA IDLE PRIMITIVE SAS PS PRIMITIVE PS_REQ PARTIAL PS_REQ SLUMBER PS_ACK or PS_NAK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Wait Commands Syntax WAIT FOR
106. a Label and a Goto Label to make loops First make the label then make Goto Label The Command Parameters window shows only enabled Labels Labels are disabled by default and are in gray color To enable them click them to make purple color 372 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files LeCroy Corporation El Command Parameters Run flsStop Beep WaitForStop Stop Disabled g ave Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER lt Click here to add another scnpt command Label 1 Run S N 12871 Port 2 REPORT PHY LOG ERROR Click here to add another senpt command gt f Enabled Label 0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 20 ms lt Click here to add another script command gt Goto Label 2 lt Click here to add another script command gt PAT FLSE Beep 40 Hz 20 ms lt Click here to add another script command gt Goto Label 0 lt Click here to add another script command gt END IF Label2 Run S N 12871 Port 1 ZONED BROADCAST Click here to add another script command gt Run Runs the scenario on hardware on specified ports If you call this command for the first time and the scenario was not assigned to the hardware and ports before the scenario is assigned to specified hardware and ports and then scenario runs on the hardware Format Run Serial Number Scenario Name Target Port Parameters O Serial Number Seria
107. a SAS Frame with Data Offset 11223344 you are limited to a maximum of 9 dword offset i e if you trigger 324 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Scenarios LeCroy Corporation on the 20th payload of a Data FIS you can change capture the 12th dword onwards 11th payload dword and preceding dwords are not accessible for change capture You can not change a state based on back to back events At 6G speed there should be at least one dword between the triggering event of two consecutive states At other speeds back to back dword state transitions might rarely be missed so best practice is to never assume back to back dword events As described later in this chapter you can create any number of scenarios and store them in libraries on the PC hard drive Scenario library files names are in the following format lt filename gt infdb Creating InFusion scenarios is easy but it requires an understanding of the following terms defined in Table 1 TABLE 4 1 Key Scenario Terms Term Definition Action InFusion response to an event Event Condition that is detectable by InFusion Combined Event Logical OR association of events for example event A OR event B Portion of a scenario that can define a single InFusion test state You can think of the Global Rules and each sequence as a separate test routine or program operating within the scenario Each Global Rules operates independently and in parallel
108. addresses in the ATA command The results display shows each transaction for every layer identified in a different color and the data direction identified with data direction arrows Upstream traffic has an arrow from right to left lt Downstream traffic has an arrow left to right gt Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 45 LeCroy Corporation Saving a Trace Capture You can hide any layer by clicking the corresponding Show Hide button on the menu bar The system retains all captured data but the display has only some data layers for simpler viewing You can configure the viewer display for test and viewing preferences See Viewer Display on page 191 for details about configuring the viewer display The Analysis Project dialog offers you a comprehensive set of choices to create a trigger and capture project satisfying some specific need You can set the Analyzer to O Capture specific patterns see Patterns and Data Capture Setup on page 56 Capture different patterns pre and post trigger Exclude parameters from capture Trigger on a pattern or sequence of patterns see Trigger Setup on page 71 Configure trace capture memory Settings tab Select file to save trace capture in memory Settings tab Include a project note Notes tab DOOOUOCDLD Saving a Trace Capture 46 You can save a Trace Capture for review at a later time using the Save As dialog Savein C9 User My
109. and a Speed Negotiation Failure Type Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 147 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture 148 OOB Signal Setting Tab Click the OOB Signal Setting tab in the Advanced Host Setting dialog to specify OOB parameters in the enabled editable fields Advanced Host Setting h 7 l x General OOB Signal Setting Power Managment Setting Idle Time 00BI Hegation Time 0061 Burst Time 0061 COMINITARESET Accept 480 COMA KE Accept gt 160 i esolution of Idle Time Negation Time and Burst Time are 20 OOBI M Asunchronous Signal Recovery OOB Retry Interval Time 10000 us COMMWARE Response Timeout 533 m3 SATA port Selection T1 IBanonod ODEI SATA port Selection T2 f 000000 ODEI Set as factory Cancel Figure 2 150 SATA OOB Signal Setting Tab Asynchronous signal recovery Set the OOB Retry Interval Time check the Asynchronous signal recovery option check box and enter a value for the time Inter reset Delay Settings Enter a value for SATA port Selection T1 to specify the inter reset assertion delay for the first event of the selection sequence and SATA port Selection T2 to specify the inter reset assertion delay for the second event of the selection sequence Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture LeCroy Corporation Power Management Settings Click the Power Management Setting tab in the Advanced Ho
110. another sorint commands Edit lt Click here to add else body gt END IF Delete To delete a command right click and select Delete from popup menu or select command and press Delete key on keyboard After finishing if everything is correct push the Run Batch button to execute scenario and save result in the log file il ld Rec Analyzer 00 Zoe 4 New Script 0 Batch Script is valid Note Before you run a Scenario Batch file that requests scenarios you must download the scenarios to the Scenarios box 370 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files LeCroy Corporation Error Checking The Script Workspace shows errors by red color The program reports all errors in the log file If you use a script from other InFusion hardware it may cause an error for example mismatch in hardware Mac addresses or scenarios that are not already in current hardware 4 New Script 0 b x Label0 Run N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Label 1 Run N 12871 Port 2 REPORT PHY LOG ERROR lic te to add another scnpt command gt Log Results of executable batch commands are saved automatically into a log file with user specified name The status of executable commands is shown in log area Statements Statements can be conditional statements or non conditional statements IfisStopped Shows whether a scenario is already stopped or not Format TfIsStopped Seri
111. between selected cursors You can view expander traffic particularly during discovery in a spreadsheet format You can use column headers with SAS Address Pairs For example instead of 11 T1 12 T2 and so on the columns are Source Destination SAS Address pairs such as S1 SEP or S2 EXP O 50 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual CrossSync Control Panel LeCroy Corporation CrossSync Control Panel The CrossSync Control Panel allows you to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process Launching the CrossSync Control Panel To launch CrossSync from the SAS SATA Protocol Suite software application select the Launch CrossSync Control Panel entry in the Project Setup menu see the screens below Or you can launch CrossSync from the Start menu File View Configuration Project Setup Tools Help gt El tl 2 he Last Protocol Analyzer Last Performance Analyzer Last Target Emulator Launch Cross ync Control Panel Figure 2 11 Launching CrossSync from the SAS Protocol Suite Application LeCroy SATA Protocol Suite File View Configuration Project Setup Tools Help gt El e ls 0 Last Protocol Analyzer IL Last Performance Analyzer El Last Device Emulator Launch CrossSync Control Panel Figure 2 12 Launching CrossSync from the SATA Protocol Suite Application Please refer to the CrossSync Control Panel User Manual for more information Sierra
112. break and the user will be able to resume generation by pressing Resume button on Generation toolbar Generator shall transmit idle DWORDs while in the Pause Takes the Trainer out of Electric Idle state If it is already out of Electric Idle this is a NOP Generator will send COMINIT OOB signals using current COMINIT settings Generator will send COMRESET OOB signals using current COMRESET settings Generator will send COMWAKE OOB signals using current COMWAKE settings Generator will send COMSAS OOB signals using current COMSAS settings Generator will go through SATA_ALIGN stage of SATA SpeedNeg process using current SATA_ALIGN settings Generator will go through SATA_D10_2 stage of SATA SpeedNeg process using current SATA_D10 2 settings 413 LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Generation Commands SPEED_NEG_RCDT SPEED_NEG_ALIGNO SPEED_NEG_ALIGN1 Set Speed LINK_SPEED_1 5G Set Speed LINK_SPEED_3G Set Speed LINK_SPEED_6G Send_Phy_Capability Send_Train_TrainDone Delay Power _Expansion_On Power Expansion_Off Exit ExitCode 414 Generator will go through SPEED_NEG_RCDT stage of SAS SpeedNeg process using current SPEED_NEG_RCDT settings Generator will go through SPEED_NEG_ALIGNO stage of SAS SpeedNeg process using current SPEED_NEG_ALIGNO settings Generator will go through SPEED_NEG_ALIGN1 stage of SAS SpeedNeg process using current SPEED_NEG_ALIGN1 settings Generator will c
113. data in columns with the following information Q Protocol Error All Custom Code Violation CRC Error Disparity Error Align Notify Error a Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a of total count O Protocol Error Direction Count All v Code violation CRC Error I gt T 1 50 00 Figure 3 104 SAS Protocol Error Report Others Report To display the Others Report click the Others tab The Others Report displays information in the following columns Items QO Idle No Number of idle packets QO Payload Size Total number of payloads in trace files SCSI ATA commands a Sample Time Sample time QO Idle Initiator Host idle time a Idle Target Device idle time total QO SSP Bus Utilization SSP bus utilization time SSP frames OU SMP Bus Utilization SSP bus utilization time SMP frames QO STP Bus Utilization SSP bus utilization time STP frames Report QO Count or Time General Primitive SSP Transport SCSI Command Task Command 545 Address Performance Lanes Pending O Others Idle Mo o Payload Size 3168 Sample Time 13 3335 566 12 Idle 0 000 000 00 Idle 0 000 000 00 55P Bus 2 746 666 6 SMP Bus 0 000 000 00 STP Bus 0 000 000 00 Figure 3 105 Others Report Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 275 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Content SSP Transport Report SAS To display the S
114. dialog ATA Command Pattern Check Power Mode Format MEA Command Any Command A Xj C Binary Eo Hexadecimal Configure Stream 0x51 I Show f Device Configuration Freeze Lock 0xB1 C1 Device Configuration Identify 0xB1 C2 Device Configuration Restore 0xB1 C0 Command Device Configuration Set 0xB1 C3 Device Reset Ox 8 Download Microcode 0x92 Sector NU E vecute Device Diagnostic 0x90 Cylinder Lt Flush Cache OxE7 Cylinder H Flush Cache Ext OxEA Get Media Status OxDA y DEV Heat Sector Num exp Cylinder Lowflexp Cylinder Highfexp Features exp JEJEJEJE MH MH MH Hs MDI MD D3 M D4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link fi Figure 2 59 SATA ATA Command Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Click the down arrow next to the Command list box choose an ATA command and click OK Soft Reset SATA only Double click Soft Reset to open the Soft Reset dialog Ce x Port MHI M H2 VDI M D2 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fo Figure 2 60 SATA Soft Reset Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS 88 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation Sequential Trigger Mode In Sequential Trigger mode triggering occurs whenever the system detects a specific sequence of patterns Defining the triggering patt
115. e ed E 200 Choose D ta Format sonhsspypsstuooshiinone e uaaa aaa ae aaaea aNd 201 SNOW AMD a aiii A ne a a a E OR Un 201 Field IS VIO a e a a evae andes yale ewideahiaceadvieeatvoea 202 Field List View Displayed in a Seperate WINGOW ccccccesssseccceesseeeeeesseeeseenseeeenenseessonesneeseoeneees 203 Field List View Embedded in Frame or Spreadsheet Views oooocccccononcccnnonoccnononnonennnnnnnnannnnnnnannos 203 SPreadS Neer VIEW sra a E vevacseeaueeueceauceatvenwuecBageveteseiedetes 204 Histo ram View saurus tilda 205 BUS UHNIZION Vie West daa 207 BUS UtiliZatlO nt BUON Sissi 208 WaVetorMiDISDIA Via li 209 ODEL VICU ari A ac 210 Data Payload VIEW insista 212 Compare Two Data Payload cian en unas akaa aa paaa eaaa anaa aae aaa Naatan a Eisai iania 213 TUS AMVIEWS Horizontally iige E Ea 214 POSMS ana oa 214 TOCINA asas E aaa a llas 215 ENADINO TOO Bal SS riiin iria a aa AAEE A a aaia a D 215 Mai TOOI Dar aorin a a eaaa a a aaa a aaa eeadestudeas 215 VIEW Type TOO Da iii ida 215 Viewer TO OUD ANG nissan dd da EEES 216 Viewer Setting Toca itn 218 Cursor Position Status Bal reinicia ii As 219 Layers Toolbar SAS mecanica toledana 219 E E E E A A E E A E E E A A E A E T E sanctus E E E A teeta es 220 Layers Toolbar SATA issic aaa A aa aid ta 220 Decode TOOID AP siosan E A 221 Stats Balan 222 Secar Salsa ais 222 al lo A PP ciwesnnecdeweecensconecceteeuenesees 222 PUTS SUD AA AA AAA 223 Selectable Filter Options
116. e esenceestes 405 Preprocessor Integer Ar AMOO ansiada aaa ae a iaaea aa aaa 406 Trainer Script Enhancements ccccssseccesseeccsenseccesseeseoeneeseeaseeseenseesoesseseoensesoosseeseeeseessoaes 407 Variable Deli Macast icias 408 ASSIGNING Variable VALES a 409 EXpression on V AMADICS iii a 409 MV Alem Logical EXPressIiOA Si 410 Using Variable Values in Creating Patterns on BUS ccoooonncnncccccocnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nene 410 MEIN E Ue sce Sey tases EAE TE E A A PEE A E A A A T E E T E T A EE 412 PATTERN COUNT aio ice anaaias 412 Procequre DeinitoON s naaa 412 Sierra Trainer Generation COMMANdOS occonccnncnnnccnncnnncancnnncnnncnnrnancnancnnrnan cnn cana cana narran cananananas 413 General COMMANIAS is 413 SATA COMMANA S cursante cad 415 Primitive GOMMANG S sidas os 415 PEINE Category iioii a a a me oeapeeeerevetewteccetee 418 Wal COmMmand Smilies 419 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 13 LeCroy Corporation Contents WalCommand GlOUDS citadas 425 Predelined Constan aia 428 Generation SENOS ista tias 429 Generation OPHONS url od itis 437 Generation Rules TODA aa 438 Generation Rules Page How It Works ooooooccccccnncccncconconnnnoconcnonncnncnnnnnnnnnncrrrnnnnnnnrrrrrennnnnrrrrnnannannnnns 439 Creating EVentiBUTONS iii A 439 Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area cooooonccconnncccononccccconononcnnnnononnnnnrnnnnnnnernnnnnnrnnnnanrrrenaanos 440 PASSIGMING ANACO aaa 441 Generat
117. each CLOSE primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR ACK command immediately after each EOF primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR ACK or NAK command immediately after each EOF primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR OPEN_ACCEPT command immediately after each Open Address Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR OPEN_REJECT command immediately after each Open Address Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR Identify Frame command immediately after each Identify Address Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SMP Response Frame command immediately after each SMP Request Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR CLOSE command right before each CLOSE primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR CREDIT command right before each SOF primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR Identify Frame command right before each Identify Address Frame When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR Open Frame command right before each OPEN_ACCEPT primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR Open Frame command right before each OPEN_REJECT primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR Open Frame command right before each primitive of AlP group When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SMP Request Frame command right before each SMP Response Frame 435 LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Generation Commands
118. following Look in 5 InFusion i TestCasesFPors4TA infdb i y E TargetTransportLayer infdb Mu Recent TargetLinkLayer infdb Documents RealWorld infdb EE ManualExamples infdb El InitiatorTransportLayer infdb E InitiatorLinkLayer infdb DEFAULT infdb fem Docs PE hy Computer 4 E My Network Files of type InFusion Library Files info iv Figure 4 12 Open Library File List Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 327 LeCroy Corporation Scenario Libraries By selecting the TestCasesForSATA infbd file you get an additional library window with predefined SATA test cases similar to the following File Library c program Filestlecrowlinfu A X MIE Scenarios 01 HOST Buffer Underrun 02 HOST Write Failed O03 HOST R_RDY Failed 04 HOST Read Failed O05 HOST Break Link with Pending 10s 06 HOST Write DMA Flow control error OF HOST Write DMA terminate protocol 08 HOST Write DMA transfer count erro 09 HOST_Link Layer Retry 10_HOST_Invalid FIS type 11 HOST Vendor FIS type 12 DEVICE Buffer Underrun Figure 4 13 Test Cases for SATA Library Device Libraries 328 In addition to general libraries the application defines device libraries Each device library is associated with a specific InFusion device Each device library opens in a separate Device Library window and holds up to ten InFusion scenarios for the device When you connect to the device and click the entry for that de
119. following types of object cells events and actions Cell Pop up Menu If you right click a cell in the Main Display area that has an Event button contained in it the Cell pop up menu appears The Cell pop up menu has the following options O New Event Displays the same menu that you get when you click the New Event button on the toolbar QO Properties Displays the Properties dialog for the selected cell Action Pop up Menu If you click an Action button in the Main Display area the Action pop up menu appears with the options A through F and No Action Event Pop up Menu If you click an Event button in the Main Display area the Event pop up menu appears The Event pop up menu has the following options QO Specify Action s Opens the Actions submenu allowing you to assign an action to the event Options on this submenu are the same as those on the Action pop up described previously O Move Event to Moves the selected event to a different position in the Record ing Rules window O Copy Event to Copies the selected event to a different position in the Recording Rules window QO Delete This Event Deletes the selected Event Alternatively you can use the Delete button on the toolbar or keyboard to delete events a Properties Displays the Event Properties dialog for the selected event 442 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Generation Options Event Properties k ee Primmitive Actions Le
120. from Initiator from Initiator from Initiator Error Detected event gt another from Initiator ms Wait for Align event another to add another state gt Click here to add another action Click here to add combined event LeCroy Corporation b x File Library c 4 X ed Sequercerz GH Align Test a Sequercer exa Click here to add combined event Click here to add another action Click here to add combined event gt Click here to add another action Click here to add combined event Click here to add another action Click here to add combined event Click here to add another action File Libr File Libr CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 43 Example 8 Bottom Half of Scenario Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 363 LeCroy Corporation Example 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States 2 364 Example 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States 2 In this example a five state sequence not only detects if a group of primitives is received out of order but it fixes any incorrect order The logic is similar to that of example 8 with a few small changes The following table summarizes each state TABLE 4 11 Example 9 Logic of Sequence 0 State Wait for Align 0 Wait for Align 1 Wait for Align 2 Wait for Align 3 Indicate Error Description When an Align 0 is received go to Wait for Align
121. high speed serial busses A lightweight software control panel allows users to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process Captured traffic is displayed using the latest analyzer software in separate windows with all the protocol specific search and reporting features Captured packets are displayed in separate windows that share a common time scale Navigating the traffic in either direction will scroll to the same timestamp in a synchronized window When using the CrossSync option users can access the full complement of analysis capabilities available within the individual LeCroy software Search reporting and decoding all operate normally This feature is available with the LeCroy SAS SATA Protocol Suite application Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 39 LeCroy Corporation Viewing Captured Data 40 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Protocol Analysis The system performs Protocol Analysis by defining and running an analysis project An analysis project definition defines what to capture what the analyzer triggers on and the memory settings You can save defined projects as project sac files for later use Easy Mode Pre Defined Setups After you install the Analyzer software See Software Installation on page 20 and set up the Analyzer See Hardware Setup on page 21 launch the Analyzer software See Launching Your Analyzer on page 35
122. indicate output log file path and save logs automatically Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 309 LeCroy Corporation Running Verification Script Engine VSE 3 Click the Run scripts button after you select scripts to run VSE starts running the selected verification scripts shows script report information in the output windows and presents the results of verifications in the script list Je LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite Run verification script s y C Program Files LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite User SampleSeg1 scs ETE scrip pt Example SATA ATAPI Verification Script Provides an example of processing E of SATA ATAPI traffic at the ATA command level a sample aa commande This script counts some specific SCSI commands that is issued by ATAPI commands M3 sample_ssp_protocol These SCSI commands are counted ys SMP_Discover4ndReporT racking Inquiry Read 10 Write 10 ModeSelect 10 and ModeSense 10 O Run scripts AAA ATAPI SCSI commands count ATAPI SCSI command Result Mode Select 10 Mode Sense l10 3 Expand Log fey Save Output A Settings Done XtoY Ons XtoT Ons YtoT Ons For Help press F1 TxWout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Figure 3 148 Run Verification Scripts Dialog 4 Right clicking in the script list displays some additional operations over selected scripts Run verification scriptis
123. nEndAddress Specifies the End address of the Area eAreaType Specifies the Area Type This parameter should be in TrgEmulMediaAreaTypeEnum format Its possible values are typedef enum eNORMAL WRITABLE 0 eCIRCULAR_WRITABLE 1 eNONE_WRITABLE 2 TrgEmulMediaAreaTypeEnum Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 181 LeCroy Corporation Target and Device Emulation Choose Target Emulator Port Click a port option button then click the Speed Negotiation Setting button see Speed Negotiation Tab on page 143 Select the port speed settings all by default Ports Configuration Click the Port Configuration button to display the Ports Configuration dialog see Ports Configuration on page 97 Device Activation Enter a number of times in the Activate Device field If Activate Device 1 the software activates Target Emulator until you deactivate it This is the default behavior Period of Activation has no effect If Activate Device n where n gt 1 the software activates and deactivates Target Emulator n times with activation period specified in the period of activation field For example if Activate Device 10 and period of activation 2000 ms the software activates Target Emulator for 2000 ms and then deactivates it and then repeats activation and deactivation 9 times for a total of 10 times You must enter Period of Activation Advanced Settings Click the Advanced Button to display
124. not show MUX Setting button Memory Settings The Trace Memory Status section has the following fields Trigger Position Pre Trigger defaults to 50 which defines the percentage of data to capture before and after the triggering event You can change this percentage by dragging the slider Capture of the specified percentage of the data prior to the triggering event cannot be guaranteed and may be 0 This can occur if the triggering event occurs before storing the required amount of pre trigger event data In such a case the data display shows fewer than the specified data points prior to the triggering event For more detail See Pre Trigger on page 91 Note Trigger Position only works when the triggering option is Pattern 92 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation Sample File Name Click the ellipses next to the Sample File Name text box and choose a file name and location for the results of your current project Auto Run To repeat the current capture and trigger setup automatically check the Auto Run checkbox and enter the number of times in the Number of Run text box The capture and trigger repeat automatically for the specified number of times and the results are saved in consecutively numbered Sample scs files Memory Size In the Protocol Analyzer Settings tab you can allot memory for the trace recording Check Entire Memory to allow recording to use the who
125. of the specified events e a Intersection Find packets matching ALL of the specified events a Exclusion Exclude packets matching any of the specified events Exclusion works with the other two options Select Union AND Exclusion Exclude packets with ANY of the following fields or Intersection AND Exclusion Exclude packets with ALL of the following fields Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Find LeCroy Corporation 5 Optionally set the search Direction and Origin 6 Optionally check to Search in Hidden or Find All 7 Click OK After the search finishes the program displays the packets meeting the search criteria Data Pattern Mask and Match If you select Data Pattern as the Event Group in the Find dialog you can set the Bitmask Mask and Match for each bit Search by Hex Search by ASCII Bitmazk Mask Oo 07 On E to Pe Co Figure 5 26 Data Pattern Bitmask and Match always correlate When you set Bitmask or Match the other changes to maintain their correlation Note If you set Bitmask Match before setting Mask the Mask changes to the default mask You must change to the Mask that you want If you set an appropriate Mask before setting Bitmask Match the Mask does not change automatically to a default mask if you change Bitmask Match Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 449 LeCroy Corporation Display Options Find Next To apply the prev
126. on if Ti Figure 2 72 Initiator Emulator Check Box and Channel Speeds Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 99 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup QO The target emulator check box is not displayed at all until two or more emulator channels are selected Pages Eror Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes Media Setting SAS Address 5000E85000000100 H Average Access Time 1 ms Data Frame Payload Size 1024 Byte s Number Of Areas fi Logical Block Size 512 Byte s _ Start Address End Address Area Type 10 AH Circular Wrtable Linked Command Expired Time 100 ms ALIGN Transmission Period 2 048 Dword s Target Emulator Port Activate Device fi times 110 710 30Gbps Period of activation 1000 ms Port Activate emulator with old settings Y Enabling Muxing on 11 T1 Ports Configuration Advanced Figure 2 73 Target Emulator Check Box and Channel Speeds Note Analyzer must detect MUX primitives from both host and device sides to capture traffic correctly in Muxing mode Add a Project Note To enter and save information about the current project click the Notes tab and enter the data about the project Pre Trigger Capture Trigger Post Trigger Capture Settings Notes Project Tree SASProtocolAnalyzer2 a Project Name Pre Trigger Capture Exclude Include lt lt Note Include SATA_SYNC Include SATA_CONT Include OOB S
127. remove paint from the prongs 32 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability LeCroy Corporation 3 Rotate the extraction tool to a horizontal position to lock the prongs into place and make a handle 4 Using the screwdriver loosen both retaining screws by rotating them counter clockwise approximately two full turns until feeling slight resistance Do not force the retaining screws after two turns Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 33 LeCroy Corporation Connecting via Ethernet 5 Using the extraction tool as a handle gently wriggle the expansion card forward about 1 8 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 approximately three times until the card is free from the retaining screws and you can remove the card from the system Connecting via Ethernet The Ethernet connection can have any of these configurations 1 Analyzer connected to a network using a hub switch Gigabit Ethernet interface Or similar device 2 Analyzer connected to the host computer machine running the application software using a hub switch Gigabit Ethernet interface Or similar device 3 Analyzer connected directly to the host computer using a SATA cable Connecting to a Network When connected to a network the analyzer can communicate with the DHCP server to establish a connection The DHCP server continually sends the next available IP address to the analyzer until the software starts 34
128. steps 1 Select View gt Toolbars from the menu bar 2 Select Customize from the submenu to display the Customize dialog box Commands Toolbars Keyboard Menu Options Categories Commands Protocol Analyzer Protocol Analyzer Initiator E mulat Performance Analyzer Performance Analyzer e Initiator Em Target Emulator Figure 5 34 Customize Commands 458 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Resetting the Toolbar LeCroy Corporation 3 Select the Toolbars tab to display the Toolbars page of the Customize dialog box Commands Toolbars Keyboard Menu Options Reset Rezet All Mew Rename Delete Shows text labels Toolbars Figure 5 35 Customize Toolbars 4 Click the Reset All button The toolbar resets to the factory defaults Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 459 LeCroy Corporation Resetting the Toolbar 460 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Pattern Generator File You may use any text editor or word processor to create a pattern generator file spg using the following conventions Key words ALIGN CONT DMAT EOF HOLD HOLDA PMACK PMNAK PMREQ_P PMREQ_S R_ERR R_IP R_OK R_RDY SOF SYNC WTRM X_RDY XXXX LOOP Enable Disable Host Device Scramble Role END_OF_FILE Comment format Comment text Primitive definition format To add an ALIGN primitive use ALIGN or 27 3 10 2 10
129. the analyzer detects the occurrence of each pattern in order and triggers on the last one You can re order the sequence of triggering patterns To change the sequence order highlight a trigger pattern and use the Up or Down arrow to move it to a new position Y Include RADY amp fA Trigger On Sequential P Other Triggers External Trig Positive Edge P Symbol K28 3 Piaf Timer 1 Milli Seconds de P Primitive BROADCAST RESERVED 1 P Symbol K28 3 8 MA Settings e Remove Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Space 200 KB tr Primitive Response Timeout 20 DWORD Run Pattern Generator Off ay Y Enable 10 8 Decoding Enable de scrambling Figure 2 64 Triggering Order Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation Pre Trigger You can set the amount of data to capture before and after the trigger as a percentage of pre trigger between 1 and 99 Position the pre trigger slider to a percentage This feature allows the evaluation of bus activity leading up to and after the triggering event Figure 2 65 illustrates the operation of pre trigger in data memory Pre trigger data is capture of the specified percentage of data prior to the triggering event It cannot be guaranteed and may be 0 This can occur when the triggering event occurs before storing the required amount of pre trigger event data In such a case the data display shows
130. to begin the recording If the script does not have a connect block built into it connect the exerciser to the DUT by clicking the Connect Link button a Clicking this button causes the generator to invoke the various settings in your script for example the global settings and then establish a connection 3 Click the Start Generation button H on the Toolbar While generating traffic a bar appears on the right of the trace view indicating that traffic generation is taking place The green light on the Traffic signal button also blinks during traffic generation Stop Traffic Generation Normally traffic generation stops automatically when the application reaches the end of the Generator file Tm To manually stop traffic generation click the Stop Generation button Resume Traffic Generation If traffic generation is stopped prior to the end of the script it can be resumed To resume traffic generation click the Resume Generation button F E Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 399 LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Generation Language Sierra Trainer Generation Language The Sierra Trainer File Generation Language is an API that allows you to separate traffic into text commands These commands are used construct primitives and frames that are sent to the host or the device File Structure Traffic Generation files ssg should have the following structure Declarations QO Global generation sett
131. to open the error setting dialog Outgoing FIS Commands Error Setting h i x Frame Length Error Code violation error Over frame length MT Disparity error Value of Reserved fielde o H Under frame length Diword Offset Ignore EERE sequence f Set frame length to 2051 Diwords P ee Yarar T anette Response o SOF Error f Double f Omit Insert Primitive at 1 th Dwods EOF Error f Double f Omit Primitive types cont P CACEror Imvalid E Omit tel alive 1 Cancel Figure 2 171 SATA Outgoing FIS of Command Error Setting Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 165 LeCroy Corporation Target and Device Emulation Frame Length Error Check Frame Length Error and choose the type of error to introduce O Under frame length Data frame payload returned by the DE is O bytes QO Set data frame length to xxxx DWORDs Sets the frame length and not the pay load length You need to consider the frame header in the calculations QO Over frame length 2049 DWORD payloads are sent instead of 2048 because four 00 bytes are added to the payload Code violation and Disparity errors Check these and specify the DWORD offset and the number of error DWORDs Don t check credit SAS only Check this to disable credit checking Value of Reserved Fields Enter a value Ignore XRDY RRDY sequence SATA only Check or not Delay in HOLD Response SATA only Check or not No WTRM SATA only Check or n
132. to test for Emulation SATA Compliance and SAS Verification The Power Expansion Card can supply 5 V or 12 V Holes in the Expansion Card You can turn the card on or off through the software during SATA Compliance or SAS Verification tests 30 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability LeCroy Corporation Host Emulator Capture Trigger Host Setting Settings Notes mo eta gt Self Test Exit PM Request PM Response Wake Up Soft Reset DDE Signal Primitive Attach Detach Power On Power OFF Insert i instances ATA You can turn the card on or off through the BusEngine by user emulation scripts during Emulation Removing Expansion Cards You can remove expansion cards using two tools a Standard flat blade 3 16 screwdriver a LeCroy Extraction Tool part number 230 0160 00 leGroy EXTRACTION TOOL Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 31 LeCroy Corporation Expandability To remove an expansion card follow these steps 1 Unplug the system from AC power and turn the system so the expansion port is facing you Note the two retaining screws and the holes for the extraction tool that are located on the panel of the expansion card Holes in the Expansion Card 2 Insert the extraction tool prongs into the holes in the expansion card panel Note If the prongs do not slip easily into the holes use a small nail file or similar device to
133. to the frame by clicking the down arrow next to the Function list box and choose a function SSP Frame SAS only Double click SSP Frame to open the SSP Frame Pattern dialog SSP Frame Type r Format C Binary Hexadecimal SSP Frame Type Any Type x v Destination SAS Address Source SAS Address POROS Changing Data Pointer ReT ransmit Retry Data Frames Number of Fill Bytes Tag 20O Target Port Transfer Tag AAA Data Offset pe ttt ots Vi Y TI im 12 M T2 xj Cancel Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 25 SAS SSP Frame Type Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the SSP Frame Type list box and choose an SSP Frame type Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 63 LeCroy Corporation Projects FIS Frame Information Structure SATA only Double click FIS to open the FIS Type selection dialog AA Format FIS Type Any Type v su Register Host to Device 0x27 Hexadecimal Register Device to Host 0x34 _ Cancel TON Set Device Bits 0x41 DMA Activate 0x39 DMA Setup 0x41 BIST 0x58 PIO Setup Ox5F 0x46 x IV H2 IV D2 V H1 Y D1 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 26 SATA FIS Types Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Click the down arrow next to the Type drop down list box choose a FIS type to capture and click OK Repeat for additional types Available FIS Types
134. truncated data in the Data Payload View the truncation points are marked with a separator placed between payloads You can get more information about the data exclusion using the tooltip over the separator Note You can control the number of bytes per line Find Data Pattern To quickly locate a data pattern in the current frame enter the pattern in the Text Box and click the Find button Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Switching Views Compare Two Data Payloads LeCroy Corporation To compare two data payloads select two different payload packets one as reference Right click a payload field in View to display a menu the Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Format Byte Order Expand All Open as data view A Set as Refrence Data Payload Set as Second Data Payload Right click a payload field in Packet View or a related frame in Text View or Spreadsheet n select Set As Reference Data Payload Packet View or a related frame in Text View or Spreadsheet View to display a menu and choose Set as Second Data Payload To compare data payloads click the BE Show Hide Compare 2 Data Payloads button on the View Type toolbar File Edit View Configuration Project Setup Filtering HE itl 2 0 Record nie n SCSI Cmd 1 04 716 444 386 min FUA H A 52 43 52 44 26 00 Metrics 5 Hex Layer Transport oo c 00000000 01000000 18000000 O ASCII X to Y O
135. version 4 or later xj A 5 Compact E 8 680 AAA AS Hot A 14 kemea COMINIT Completed ai oe Figure 3 39 SATA Expanded Waveform View Spec View Spec View shows packet header information To obtain the Spec View from the CATC View left click to display a popup menu then select the View Field option To obtain the Spec View from the Catalyst View right click to display a popup menu then select the View Field option 210 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Switching Views Yiew Fields for Link 1 bs Hexadecimal Binary Address Frame Type Device Type Reserved 000 0 AN 01 Reason Reserved 00 Ox0 Restrict SMP Ini STF Ini SSP Init Reserved o 1 o 1 0x0 Restrict SMPT S5TPTa 55P Ta Reserved 0 0 0 0 0x0 Device Name 1 000000000 Device Name 2 000000000 545 Address 1 Save As gg Previous Next gt gt _ ox Figure 3 40 Spec View The tabs allows you to display Hexadecimal or Binary The buttons allow you to go to Previous or Next You can Save As a text file Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Ox01 002 D03 0x04 005 00E 0 07 0 08 0 09 00A LeCroy Corporation 211 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views 212 Data Payload View To display the Data Payload View double click a data payload field in a Packet or Spreadsheet view or right click a data payload field and select Open as Data View
136. xx HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout 255 C Disable descrambling Y lransmission Penod Frame Type Error Wrong frame type Frame Length Error Reported frame length is different than actual frame length Frame Direction Error Wrong frame direction For example Register Device to Host coming from the Host CRC Error CRC error detected ACK NAK Timeout SAS only ACK or NAK primitive missing or encountered unexpectedly Disable Disparity Error and Symbol Violation during the Speed negotiation No longer detects Code Violation or Disparity Error Delimiter Error Detects two SOF primitives without an EOF between them Also detects two EOF primitives without an SOF between them STP Frame SAS only Double click STP Frame to open the FIS Patterns dialog FIS Pattern x Format FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 Binary Register Host to Device 0x27 Hexadecimal c Register Device to Host 0x34 Canca Set Device Bits Dre 1 0x39 0x41 Value 0x58 tto Device Ox5F 0x46 Features Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp JEJEJEJEGEJEJE Cyl Low exp Vn mi M T1 Iv T2 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 22 SAS FIS Patterns Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the Type drop down list box choose an FIS type to capture or exclude and click OK Repeat for additional types Sierra M6 2 SAS
137. zoom graph area zoom synchronize with trace view fit to graph area and graph view You can define additional items for inclusion in the Histogram by clicking the User Defined l E User Defined button to open the User Defined dialog Primitive alr NORMAL f Hot Specific To Type OF Connections Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections Used Inside STP Connections Frame T Outside Connections Cancel xl Figure 3 31 SAS Histogram User Defined Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Switching Views LeCroy Corporation You can include Primitive and or Outside Connections frames Primitives To include Primitives check the Primitive check box click the down arrow on the Primitive list box and choose a Primitive User Defined e Primitive AIF NORMAL AIP NORMAL AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION AIP WAITING ON DEVICE AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL ALIGN O Cancel Figure 3 32 SAS Choosing a Primitive User Defined x W Primitive Figure 3 33 SATA Choosing a Primitive Check a Connection Type option radio button if available and click OK Zoom You can Zoom from x1 to x256 Bus Utilization View The Bus Utilization View displays information on pending IO To display the Bus Utilization View of the current capture click View gt Bus Utilization View or click the ee button on the View Type toolbar Pe
138. 0 IDENTIFY Mask OxF From Initiator then Branch to State 1 State 1 Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO ddressFremeType Value 4 Bits Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask OxF From Target Figure 4 40 Example 7 Adding a Second Sequence 4 Create two states in the second sequence with the characteristics shown in the following table TABLE 4 9 Example 7 States for Second Sequence State Event Action 0 Address Frame from Target Branch to State 1 1 Address Frame from Initiator Beep for 2 seconds Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 359 LeCroy Corporation Creating a Sequence 5 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario New Scenario O Sequence State oO Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO ddressFremeType Value 4 Bits Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask OxF r From Initiator lt Click here to add combined event gt then Branch to State 1 lt Click here to add another action lt Click here to add another event gt State 1 Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddressFrameType Value 4 Bits 0x00 IDENTIFY Mask OxF From Target Click here to add combined event then Beep 1 s Click here to add another action lt LClick here to add another event gt Click here to add another state Sequence 1 State oO Wait for Address Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY FO AddrestFrameType Value 4 Bits Ox00 IDENTIFY Mask
139. 1 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 2 OPEN_ REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 3 OPEN_ REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE 0 OPEN_ REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE 1 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE 0 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE 1 OPEN_ REJECT RESERVED STOP 0 OPEN_ REJECT RESERVED STOP 1 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands LeCroy Corporation DO ODODDODODODODOoO Do ooo ooo ooo oo o ooo oo ooo ooo o oo ooo oo oo ooo D OPEN_REJECT RETRY OPEN_REJECT STP RESOURCES BUSY OPEN_REJECT WRONG DESTINATION DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT DONE CREDIT TIMEOUT DONE NORMAL DONE RESERVED 0 DONE RESERVED 1 DONE RESERVED TIMEOUT 0 DONE RESERVED TIMEOUT 1 SAS Specific Script Defined Constants SAS_AF_DT_NO_DEVICE_ATTACHED SAS_AF_DT_END_DEVICE SAS_AF_DT_EDGE_EXPANDER_ DEVICE SAS_AF_DT_FANOUT_EXPANDER_DEVICE SAS_AF_FT_IDENTIFY SAS_AF_FT_OPEN SAS_AF_PROTOCOL_SMP SAS_AF_PROTOCOL_SSP SAS_AF PROTOCOL _STP SAS_AF_PROTOCOL_UNKNOWN SAS_AF_RATE_1_ 5 GBPS SAS_AF_RATE_3_GBPS SMP_FRAME_TYPE_REQUEST SMP_FRAME_TYPE_RESPONSE SMP_REPORT_GENERAL SMP_REPORT_MANUFACTURER_INFO SMP_DISCOVER SMP_REPORT_PHY_ERROR_LOG SMP_REPORT_PHY_SATA SMP_REPORT_ROUTE_INFO SMP_CONFIGURE_ROUTE_INFO SMP_PHY_CONTROL SSP_FRAME_TYPE_DATA SSP_FRAME_TYPE_XFER_RDY SSP_FRAME_TYPE_COMMAND SSP_FRAME_TYPE_RESPONSE SSP_FRAME_TYPE_TASK SSP_FRAME_TYPE_VENDOR MUX LOGICAL 0 MUX LOGICAL 1 BREAK_REPLY TRAIN TRAIN DONE PS ACK PS
140. 1 10 23 26 Firmware revision SOOOOOON 27 46 Model number Catalyst Device Emulator 47 15 8 80h 8010 O1h FFh Maximum number of sectors that shall be transferred per interrupt on READ WRITE MULTIPLE commands 49 Capabilities 2F00 15 14 Reserved for the IDENTIFY PACKET DEWICE command 13 1 Standby timer values as specified in this standard are supported 12 Reserved for the IDENTIFY PACKET DEVICE command 11 1 INRDY sunnarted owl 4 Ports H1 D1 y Device Type ara Device y LBA 28 Capacity 4 GB LBA 48 Capacity 4 GB Import Default Settin For Help press F1 TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Device Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop B li Figure 2 167 SATA Device Emulation Project Pages Tab The Device Emulator pages open with default settings for each page To change settings for your application 1 Set the Device Type of either ATA or ATAPI 2 Set values for each of the enabled White Value fields on the Identify page 3 To reset the pages to the default settings click the Default Settings button To use a previously defined emulation click the Import button and select an emulation Writable Buffer Size Field Writable buffer size field is about 3 5 GB Error Injection Tab Clicking the Error Injection tab opens the General Errors dialog SAS In addition to specifying general errors you can also set errors for Identify Connection Management and SAS Commands by clicking the correspondi
141. 13 10 POE C Program Files LeCrop s Update il Sierra Emulator 2 23 10 2310 PE C Program FileshLeCroysS Sierra Analyzer 33 10 33 10 POE C Program FilestLeCrowsS l Siera Self Test 43 12 4312 MES C Program FilestLeCropsS Sierra Infusion 5320 53 20 GR C Program Files LeCrop 5 pl Sierra Trainer les LeCrop 5 lose Figure 3 87 Device Setup Dialog with DONE Device Status 264 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual USB IP Setup LeCroy Corporation USB IP Setup If you are connected to a device using USB you can use IP_ SETUP to change the IP settings QO DHCP automatically assigns an IP address DHCP is the default a Static IP prompts you to enter a specific IP address To change from DHCP to Static IP while connected to a device using USB 1 Select Configuration gt Setup IP from the menu bar of File View Edit Configuration Project Setup Tools window Help ce el Sl py B Data Block E a Tout amp Preemphasis Software Settings E Manual de Update Sierra Device Pattern Setup IP Parameters Figure 3 88 Configuration Menu with Setup IP Command Note If you are not connected to the device using USB the Configuration menu does not have the Setup IP command The IP Setup dialog appears For IP Mode two radio buttons are available Static IP and DHCP DHCP is the default IP Setup IF Mode Static IP Static IP Address Subnet Mask mas
142. 2 Data Pattern Mask and Match 444 449 Data Payload View 212 data report 38 293 Data Report button 216 293 Data View 38 DataPatternCapture 193 Decode CDB of Commands 256 Decode Toolbar 221 Decode toolbar 38 Default Data Block button 150 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation Default Workspace 253 254 default workspace 253 default infdb file 327 Defer Handshake 133 138 Defer Handshake Errors 174 178 Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures 44 Define Pattern dialog 152 defining patterns 90 Delay in HOLD Response 166 Delay in sending frame 130 136 173 176 Delay instruction 121 Delete button 442 Delete This Event option 442 deleting events 442 Destroy Field of Frame 174 177 Device Activation 182 device emulation 162 Device Emulator 36 device emulator settings 184 Device Emulator Settings dialog 184 Device Identifier dialog 124 302 device library 328 Device Library window 328 367 Device Setup dialog 263 Device Type field 457 DHCP 265 DHCP server 34 direction search 381 450 Disconnect 27 Disconnect Link 380 Disconnect Link button 383 disparity indication 221 display fonts 248 display Configuration 244 display configuration 244 display customization 244 Display License Information 269 display manipulation 193 Display Options 379 Color Format Hiding tab 451 factory settings 450 level hiding 454 loading 456 saving 456 values 450
143. 2 K28 5 To add a CONT primitive use CONT or 25 4 25 4 10 5 K28 3 Loop definition format You may write a defined pattern into memory repeatedly by enabling a loop Loop definition allows either Enable or Disable To enable looping use Loop Enable Scramble definition format Scramble definition allows either Enable or Disable To enable scramble use Scramble Enable Role definition format To specify SATA hardware role Role Host or Role Device END OF FILE definition A pattern generator file must include END_OF_FILE as the last statement in the file Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 461 LeCroy Corporation Example Pattern Generator File Example Pattern Generator File Figure A 1 illustrates a typical Pattern Generator file J annn SOT Device BITS MA Device 23 2 3 ed e2l 3 K28 3 f X_RDY E 9 A f X_RDY 25 4 23 4 10 5 K28 53 J CONT ION OSO POS OSO pes OSO pes LL dd dsd K283 f SOF 00 50 40 Al EO 00 00 00 flee 21 0 21 3 K263 MEOF 24 2 24 2 21 5 K28 3 WTRM 24 2 24 2 21 5 K28 5 WTRM 4 25 4 25 4 10 5 K28 3 f CONT pes FOSO pes OSO 4455 Pies 2158 K23 3 J SYNC flied de 408 E263 J ESYNC 23 4 23 4 10 3 K28 5 f CONT OSO ps ION OSO Role Device Loop Enable Scramble Disable END_OF_FILE Y add Figure A 1 Sample Pattern Generator File spg 462 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User
144. 20 Response Data Length 00000000 Response Code 70 Valid 1 Sense Key Aborted Command 0xB ILl 0 EOM 0 Filernark 0 Information OOOOOSCO Additional Length 18 x Field List View in a seperate window Figure 3 24 Field List View Displayed in a Seperate Window Field List View Embedded in Frame or Spreadsheet Views Click Configuration gt Software Settings and select the Field List View tab refer to Figure 3 81 on page 258 to see the default settings of the Field List View dialog The Show Field List in Column View checkbox is selected as the default setting Select the Show Field List as Embedded in frame spreadsheet views checkbox in order to view the Field List View embedded in the Frame or Spreadsheet View Refresh the spreadsheet view to see the Field List View embedded as a column as shown in the following screen capture Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 203 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views xj Ime stamp El Mi Diagnostic 0207 Norrial Output 0101010000000 Diagnostic Code 01 Signature 0000000101 Phi Port Protocol Device Diagnostic x05 Status Normal Output 00075 FIS Type Register Host to Device cL D H Reg FIS 34 AED D H Reg FIS 34 A D H Reg FIS 34 ME D H Reg FIS 34 D H Reg FIS 34 X D H Reg FIS 34 X D H Reg FIS 34 36 PIO Setup FIS SF Data FIS FIS 46 D gt H Reg FIS
145. 34 D gt H Reg FIS 34 D gt H Reg FIS 34 36 i D gt H Reg FIS 34 36 i 0i D gt H Reg FIS 34 36 i o1 ddo USS 3 seh Der GUUS 01 01 Figure 3 25 Field List View In the Column View check the Show Field View in Column View checkbox in the Software Settings dialog under the Configuration file menu then display Field View while the Column View is open Spreadsheet View Spreadsheet View displays all of the Packet View fields in a time sequential spreadsheet format To display the Spreadsheet View of the current capture click View gt Spreadsheet View or click the E button on the View Type toolbar la pe Time Stamp Relative Time T Src SAS Address Dest 545 Address 124 697 690 040 min o one 1 CIT 0 ne O ne l 22 01 253 M3 Figure 3 26 SAS Spreadsheet View xl lative Time Fo ame Ts El O mes E E Ox90 Execute Device Diagnostic 20 2793 us DOI FISa D H Reg 0x90 Execute Device Diagnostic 4380 us FIS 2 HeD Reg fxEC Identify Device ol 399 133 7 z F FIS SF PIO Setup UE Identity Device FIS 46 Data FIS 512 bytes xEL Identify Device Ure Check Power fuode FIS 2d MH Ren ve heck Right click a column heading to go to Software Settings make all columns the same width choose Time Stamp Format or Goto a position Righ
146. 4 then 376 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Traffic Generation The Sierra Trainer is a traffic generator that can emulate a SAS initiator target or SATA host device Traffic generation enables engineers to test designs under realistic conditions and to transmit known errors allowing engineers to observe how devices handle faulty link conditions Traffic generation is performed via the execution of text based scripts These traffic generation files ssg contain statements about the types of traffic to be generated These script files can be edited with either a simple text editor such as Notepad or with the Script Editor utility provided by the application To open the Traffic Generation window click the Show Trainer Frame E button in the SAS Protocol Suite or SATA Protocol Suite window loj x Lecroy 545 Trainer i File Setup Generate View Tools Help CHE MiQ Ql ABI EEH SS ti ME je 1 0S PH 0000 Figure 5 1 Sierra Trainer Window Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 377 LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Menus Sierra Trainer Menus The Sierra Trainer menus are File Menu New GenFile Starts a new Generation File Open Opens a file Close Closes the current window Save As Saves the current file with a new name Print Prints part or all of the current traffic data file Print Preview Produces an on screen preview before printing Print Setup
147. 4000 to 4003 O UDP Ports 4015 to 4017 Launching Your Analyzer To launch the software double click the SAS or SATA Icon in the Program Manager Window Operating in Simulation Mode The system operates in Simulation Mode by default if the software detects no hardware However you can operate in Simulation Mode directly without installing the Analyzer hardware To operate without hardware select Hardware Not Installed Simulation Mode in the Device Selection dialog box and click OK The Analyzer software launches and displays the appropriate tool bar but with the limitation that the Analyzer operates only on static previously captured bus data Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 35 LeCroy Corporation Using the Software Limitations Simulation Mode lets you try all of the available functions but the system is not capturing any real data and is displaying only pre captured results Using the Software The Sierra M6 2 application has the LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite and the LeCroy SATA Protocol Suite The LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite can be a QO Protocol Analyzer Captures data triggers on events and saves Easy Mode allows standard Trigger and Data capture Advanced Mode requires license allows you to program custom triggering in and out capturing state jumps and timers See Protocol Analysis on page 41 a Protocol Analyzer Initiator Emulator Generates bus traffic for capture It also has Easy M
148. 41 Advanced Host Settings 147 Advanced Initiator Settings 141 Advanced Mode 36 101 Advanced Settings 182 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index Affiliation 130 affiliation setting 130 alias name 303 ALIGN Transmission Period 95 Analysis Project dialog 46 analyzer connecting 21 analyzer overview 17 Anchor the Selection bar 256 Any Trigger mode 72 application overview 36 Apply Show Hide Link Setting 47 As previously saved 254 Ask user to close the previous captured sample before running the new project 253 assigning actions 441 Asynchronous notification 189 Asynchronous signal recovery 148 ATA Command 111 ATA Command Pattern dialog 77 88 ATA Command Report 273 ATA Commands Error Setting dialog 175 ATA Commands icon 175 ATAPI Pattern dialog 78 ATAPI Report 274 ATAPI spec assignment 253 Auto Run 20 93 Auto Update LBA 134 Auto Update LBA check box 128 AutoAlign 390 Autostop exerciser when Analyzer Stopped 140 146 Available Events Area 437 B Based on Cell Type 256 Based on Port No 256 Based on Read Write Command Type 256 Based on Specific Command Type 256 batch command editing 370 467 LeCroy Corporation Index batch script 367 Batch Script Setting 316 Beep statement 376 BIST FIS 69 bookmarks 234 finding 237 Break Link Recovery 314 Browse Default Path 253 buffer full 214 Buffer Starvation 167 bus condition report 273 Bus Conditions dialog 75 Bus Utilization buttons 208
149. 42949 ms You can set a timer in the state or continue the timer set in the previous state QO Output an external trigger High or Low Note In Advanced Mode events on each link are counted independently A condition is met if the number of events on a link equals the defined occurrence Working in Advanced Mode To start working in the Advanced Mode click the Easy Switch to Advanced Mode button in an open Analyzer window Easy switch to Advanced mode You can O Display the state definition Set Output Trigger level Select up to three timers Define the If condition and up to three Else If conditions Set number of occurrences before trigger Set captured data Set excluded data Go to next state Add state Choose link for Sequencer setup O OODODODDODO O Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 101 LeCroy Corporation Advanced Mode User Defined State 0 SO Start State 1 51 a Diworals O o m m m m k m State 0 SO Start Ej wl Diworals peek m oe Bus Condition Primitive FIS Protocol Errors Port Make Same as Current e Delete State Txvout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Device Emulator Inactive 4 Simulation Mode Stop HG num y Figure 2 76 SATA State Programming Dialog 102 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Advanced Mode User Defined LeCroy Corporation SAS vs SATA S
150. 45 HHRHHRHHRHHRHHRHH RHR RRR RRR IR IO IR IRSE IO DR ODO DD DEDO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DADO DO OO AAA 36 Advanced wait sessions with conditional branching 97 HHRHHRHHRHHRHHRHHRAH RAH RAH RAH RRP RAR RRRRR RARE RIR RUS R ORURO RRRRRARRAR 45 49 wait no timeout value specified it means we assuyme current global UW 50 E si g when WF_ACK WF_SATA SYNC do 52 H 53 ACK 1161 4 Mm 4 gt h BranchingSample ssg la E Figure 5 12 Script Editor 394 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Starting the Script Editor LeCroy Corporation Script Editor Toolbar The Script Editor toolbar contains buttons for saving your edits navigating searching and other functions AE MAS gt tales me Figure 5 13 Script Editor Toolbar The buttons have the following functions 4 Save Saves your edits and Add Remove bookmark Allows lal immediately updates the setting E markers to be set or removed to bars and Frames shown in the aid in navigation trace window View Options Opens a menu with LE three options Enable Outlining Go to next bookmark Toggle Outlining and Show Line Numbers See View Options Menu below ES Cut 7 Go to previous bookmark En Copy Clear all bookmarks Paste LJ Find my Undo Find and Replace Redo Pe Go to Trace View z Go to Definition of Print Selected Keyword E Open File under Cursor Opens the us file pointed to with the
151. 82525 Network tools 1 5000 85000000001 DB182F Catalyst SO05056000000305 500252 Network tools 2 5000C500001047B5 CCADSC Seagate 1 5000C50000103D91 EGAEDS Seagate 2 i Apply alias to all view Set4sD efaut i Cancel Figure 3 74 SAS Assign SAS Address Alias Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 249 LeCroy Corporation SAS Address Alias SAS only Assign a meaningful name to each SAS address in use and click OK The assigned names replace the SAS address in the sample view Search filter and Statistical report Source SAS Address H Destination 545 Address H Command 594 696 38 F Intrasever Network tools 1 ro AAA 0x25 Read DMA Ext gt Normal Output H ATA Command Data 2048 Bytes Search Items Filter Options Data Pattern Iintrasever Bus Condition Network tools 2 gt Intrasever Bus Condition Network tools 1 Primitive Network tools 1 gt Intrasever JPrimitive Catalyst Olncomplete Frames Seagate 1 gt Intrasever Jincomplete Frames Network tools 2 Address Frames JCatalyst gt Seagate 2 Address Frames Seagate 1 OSSP Frames Catalyst gt 0xE 94E 8E CISSP Frames Seagate 2 OISMP Frames Seagate 2 gt Catalyst SMP Frames ISTP Frames Seagate 2 gt Intrasever CISTP Frames SCS Commands Intrasev
152. A Protocol Analyzer User Manual 37 LeCroy Corporation Viewing Captured Data 38 Viewing Captured Data After data capture the captured data is in the Viewer See Display Manipulation on page 191 You can display the same data in a Packet View Shows packets Text View Shows transaction frames grouped in columns by port Column View Shows DWORDs in columns by port Spreadsheet View Shows Packet View fields by time Histogram View Shows frame type transfers Waveform Display Shows waveform display for all active ports on which you can perform timing measurements QO Data View Displays data payloads DOOCDLD You can show or hide fields and ports change port names and change data format You can show the layers and channels using their toolbars You can decode using the Decode toolbar You can Search and Filter Configuration For special work you can use the Configuration menu to configure Data Blocks Software Settings and TxVout amp Pre emphasis See Display Configuration on page 244 Port Status You can display an overview of the active ports by clicking the buttons at the bottom right of the main window See Port Status on page 214 Statistical Reports You can generate statistics for all transports commands primitives bus conditions addresses lanes and errors See Statistical Report on page 270 Data Report The data report displays all the data sent from the h
153. AIT_ON_CONN WF_AIP_WAIT_ON_DEVICE WF_AIP_WAIT_ON_ PARTIAL WF_REC_RESOURCES_OUTPUT_A WF_REC_RESOURCES_OUTPUT_B WF_REC_RESOURCES_OUTPUT_C WF_REC_RESOURCES_OUTPUT_D WF_REC_RESOURCES _OUTPUT_E WF_REC_RESOURCES_OUTPUT_F WF_SATA_R_ERR WF_SATA_R_OK WF_SATA_PMREQ_P WF_SATA_PMREQ_S WF_SATA_PMACK WF_SATA_PMNAK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Wait Command Group WE_OPEN_ REJECT WF_OPEN_ REJECT continued WE_OPEN_ RESPONSE WE_ALIGN WF_NOTIFY Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation Group Contents WF_OPEN_REJECT_BAD_DESTINATION WF_OPEN_REJECT_CONN_RATE_NOT_SUPPORTED WF_OPEN_REJECT_NO_DESTINATION WF_OPEN_REJECT_PATHWAY_BLOCKED WF_OPEN_REJECT_PROTOCOL_NOT_SUPPORTED WF_OPEN_REJECT_RETRY WF_OPEN_REJECT_STP_RESOURCES_ BUSY WF_OPEN_REJECT_WRONG_DESTINATION WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_ABANDON_O WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_ABANDON_1 WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_ABANDON_2 WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_ABANDON_3 WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_CONTINUE_O WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_CONTINUE_1 WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_INITIALIZE_O WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_INITIALIZE_1 WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_STOP_O WF_OPEN_REJECT_RESERVED_STOP_1 WF_OPEN_ACCEPT WF_OPEN_REJECT WF_ALIGN_0O WF_ALIGN_1 WF_ALIGN_2 WF_ALIGN_3 WF_NOTIFY_ENABLE_SPINUP WF_NOTIFY_RESERVED_O WF_NOTIFY_RESERVED_1 WF_NOTIFY_RESERVED_2 427 LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Wait Co
154. AR _ REC RESOURCE OUTPUT_A CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUI_B CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT iC CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT D CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT_E CLEAR REC RESOURCE OUTPUT_F Procedure Definition Procedure definition syntax is procedure procedureName Procedures allow creating simple syntaxes for complex reusable parts in scripts You can write such code once as a procedure and use everywhere required Calling procedure syntax is Call procedureName Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Generation Commands General Commands IDLE n CLEAR_CREDIT_AVAIL RD_ERROR CONNECT DISCONNECT PAUSE OUTPUT_ON OOB Commands COMINIT COMRESET COMWAKE COMSAS SATA_ALIGN SATA D10 2 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Generator will insert n idle DWORDs into the generation stream This commands clears the credit established with the command WF_CREDIT_AVAIL See WF_CREDIT_AVAIL in following section on Wait Commands for explanation Generator will insert one idle DWORD into the generation stream which will intentionally break RD sequence creating RD error Generator will go through connection sequence using current GenFile settings gen mode speed and so on Generation will not resume until connection is established Generator will break existing connection to DUT Generator will come to a
155. AS To set up SAS Target Emulation click File gt New gt Target Emulator to display the target emulator with the Pages tab selected Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 161 LeCroy Corporation Target and Device Emulation Je TargetEmulator1 5 oj xj Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes Supported Pages TP Show Reserved and Obsolete UI Offset Field Value Device Identification PD Page 0 Paroherl Discs 7 Supported WPD Pages O Dio Fates Disconnect Reconnect Mode Page 5 Peripheral Qualifier Format Device Mode Page Rigid Disk Geometry Mode Page 15 RMB Control Mode Page 16 Version Notch and Partition Mode Page Protocol Specific Port Mode Page short format 24 Response Data Format Protocol Specific Port Mode Page Phy ControlAn 99 HISUP Protocol Specific Log Page 29 NORMACA 32 Additional Length 43 3PC 44 ALUA 46 ACC 47 SCCS 48 ADDR165 Density Code 51 MCHNGR 52 MULTIP 53 VS Device Specific Parameter 0 54 ENCSERY Direct access device 000b 0 on n Medium Type a a a a 00 2 Hb 00 GQ a O Go O O cy 0 O Ol Ol cy N ER onic Supported Protocol F y u Pra Ports 11 71 SBC Target Device Capacity 4 GB Import Default Settings For Help press F1 TxWout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive amp Simulation Mode Stop Figure 2 166 SAS
156. ATA Dialog removes Exclude ALIGN Exclude RRDY and Exclude NOTIFY SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC SATA Dialog has patterns Bus Condition Primitive FIS FIS Pattern Data Pattern and Protocol Errors and does not have STP Frame SMP Frame STP Frame or Address Frame Advance Mode Settings Notes State 0 SO Start Capture Everything Exclude Items Idle Notify Address Frame Open then Go To State 1 State 1 S1 Capture Everything Exclude Items idle Notify Primitive OPEN ACCEPT then Go To Stat State 2 S2 Capture Everything Exclude Items Idle Notify SSP Frame Command then Go To State 3 State 3 S3 Captu Exclu le Notify Primitive ACK then Trig Ext Out Ac Pattern Primitive ACK Else lf Else If Capture Everything Nothing C Pattern State 3 o _ Cont Trig Timer ExtOut GoTo 1 Be E Ace j Nose g O Nochange NoJump m1 E Nochange NoJump O 1 Nochange NoJump V Exclude Idle l Exclude Xxx l Exclude OOB Signal l Exclude RRDY T Exclude ALIGN M Exclude NOTIFY Exclude SATA_CONT l Exclude SATA_SYNC l Exclude Payload except Dwordl amp Add State JE Delete State Figure 2 77 SAS Advanced Trigger with multiple branches Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 103 LeCroy Corporation Advanced Mode User Defined State Number for Comp
157. ATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 237 LeCroy Corporation Search Set Time Stamp Origin Right click in the sample viewer to open the fly out menu AN Duration 2 60 Us Burst Idle SER 160 OOBI Byte Order F Burst idle Copy Data A a e Absolute Show Field Hide Field Trigger Current Position Based on system time H M E Figure 3 63 Bookmark Found Example in Data Viewer Display Highlight Set Time Stamp Origin and choose either Absolute Trigger Current Position or Based on system time Search The Search menu and toolbar options permit you to examine any data capture file to quickly locate the packet or data pattern To perform an initial search select Edit gt Search or click the Search button to open the Search setup dialog Figure 3 64 Note Only items captured in the sample file are enabled for search 238 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Search LeCroy Corporation as Search Items Search Sub ltemz Data Pattern Data Type Bus Condition Prirnitive Incomplete Frames Address Frames Data pattenpayload length S5P Frames SMP Frames JSTP Frames Search Domain 2 orks Data pattern only Iv 11 fw 2 Data payload length only W Ti 4 T2 Data Pattern Check All UnCheck All Protocol Error W Packet with Error I Packet without Error SC5 Commands SMP Commands Task Management Functio
158. ATA dialog does not show ACK NAK Timeout and has FIS signal latency and state transition errors not STP ones Check protocol error s to omit or not capture then click OK Protocol Error Descriptions Code Violation Wrong 10b symbol detected Disparity Error Wrong disparity detected ALIGN Error ALIGN primitive frequency is outside the specification requirements STP Signaling Latency Error SAS only or FIS Signaling Latency Error SATA only DWORD difference between HOLD and HOLDA is greater than entered value in the HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout field STP Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive SAS only or FIS Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive SATA only Second SATA_SOF is encountered before SATA_EOF and other unexpected primitives STP Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout SAS only or FIS Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout SATA only Timeout between two paired primitives is above entered value 65000 DWORDs is default For example it can occur between WTRM and Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects LeCroy Corporation R_OK or X_RDY and R_RDY It expects device or host to send a response but response is not received after 65000 DWORDs You set Primitive Response Timeout and HOLD HOLDA Response Timeout in the Settings tab Analyzer Settings section Auto Run Number of Run 20 Analyzer Settings Primitive Response Timeout E5000 DA ORD 7 Show
159. Bus Utilization View 207 buttons bus utilization 208 Main toolbar 383 Seript Editor 395 Buzzer check 301 Byte Order 200 Bytes in Column 247 C cables usage 22 Cancel button kills upload immediately 255 capture parameter 57 pre and post trigger 58 Capture tab 43 Capture tab for Pattern 56 captured data 38 cascading 23 cascading STX 430 s amp STX 460 s 23 CATC Script Language 308 CATC Technical Support 465 cell address 153 Cell pop up menu 442 cells 440 highlight 440 Check for Updates 268 383 Choose Port Speed 96 Choose SATA Signature Content 178 Click here to add another script command 370 Click here to add script command 369 Clock check 295 Clock ports 23 Close Connection Definition 170 Close Connection dialog 170 Close Connection Setting 129 134 468 Close previous sample file when new sample file opens 255 Code violation and Disparity 168 Code Violation and Disparity error 173 Code violation and Disparity error 131 136 138 176 Code Violation and Disparity errors 179 Code violation and Disparity errors 166 Collapse All 202 Collapse Log button 308 color 247 colors Display Options 452 column hiding 292 rearrange 197 resize 197 column content filtering 290 sorting 292 Column View 38 column view 196 Column View Memory Size 257 Column View Packet Size 257 Columns in Row 247 Combined Event 325 Command Parameters dialog 369 Command Properties dialog 369 Commands Error Setting dialog 171
160. C6 5PC4 Maximum Number of Uploader Threads 8 SCSI Spec Assignment 5EC3 5PC4 Convert port configuration without prompt for confirm M Ask user to close the previous captured sample before running the new project Browse default path Software default C windows default Found device list mode Reset clear the list of found devices Refresh append to the list of Found devices Setas Factory Cancel Paths 252 Figure 3 77 SAS Software Settings Dialog General Tab The SATA Software Settings dialog has the same options except that it does not have SCSI spec assignment User Path specifies the User folder path used by the software after launching the Open dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Software Settings LeCroy Corporation Template Files Other Protocol Analyzer You can use a pre saved analyzer and or analyzer emulator project file as a template Whenever you make a new project file the software uses the template to initialize the project file New Protocol Analyzer Project in Advanced Mode When you use the New menu item to create a new project file the software switches to Advanced mode automatically Default Workspace specifies the default workspace file for opening a sample file You can save any viewer configuration as a workspace and then specify it as the default workspace The software always open a trace file based on the d
161. CD SF EB 81 91 9D CS 87 BS E7 80 63 BO FS BE C4 94 49 EE FE DS DA EO 81 8C EO AF 96 F1 DC DF 98 E4 9E B6 B2 C3 9F F7 A4 95 DB C4 C2 Random 112 CD FS DO ES E9 D7 94 AE 99 96 B3 AE D4 9E 83 8D Pale 128 8 98 F9 ED 81 DS AA 93 A6 88 80 CB OF OF E7 BA 144 AC CB CD F4 E6 SF B4 E6 E2 D2 BO ED C9 9D AA B3 Counter 160 DO 86 AD F3 D6 Ci 83 EA C7 80 BB EC 8B 92 AS OF 176 AO 94 BB B4 9B 87 81 EB EA A8 9D FO Fi BC F6 A2 Walking Bit ne cn ce a co DA oc OA cc op EN AT OF AA FS Ce CD Figure 2 152 Default Data Block Dialog Box 150 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture LeCroy Corporation To add another data block 1 Click the New button in the Data Block dialog box a C Program Files CATALYST SAS System DataBlock DataBlock dat Random Data Pattern Counter Data Save Figure 2 153 New Data Block Dialog Box 2 Choose the number of data columns up to 16 data cells row and the cell length up to 16 bytes cell This is a display function only 3 Click either the Bin Hex or Ascii option button to choose a number format 4 Click either the LSB or MSB option button to choose a bit order Naming a Data Block Each new data block automatically receives a sequential data block number To assign a unique descriptive name to a data block right click the data block name to open the Data Block Edit menu Figure 2 154 Data Block Edit Choose Rename Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Pro
162. Command ATA Command Frame ATAPI Both Links Up CRE Error z Dword Matcher FIS Frame FIS Type os Frame Type 2 Invalid 10bit code Error Links Speed 3G Links Speed 6G E 00B b COMINIT Complete COMINIT Detected i COMSAS Complete i COMSAS Detected i COMWAKE Complete i COMWAKE Detected i OOB Signal Primitives a Primitive Group SAS Primitive SATA Primitive z Running Disparity Error 545 Data Pattern i SMP Frame E SMW 3 Final SM Properties Type Description Count Randomly Counter Value Direction FO AddressFramel ype Value 4 Bits FQ AddressFrameT ype Mask Fl DeviceType value 3 Bits F1 DeviceType Mask F2 Reserved Value 1 Bit F2 Reserved Mask Fa REASON Value 4 Bits Fa REASON Mask F4 Reserved Value 4 Bits F4 Reserved Mask F5 Restricted Value 1 Bit F5 Restricted Mask FB SMPinitiatorPort Value 1 Bit Fe SMPinitiatorPort Mask FY STPinitiatorPort Value 1 Bit FF STPinttiatorPort Mask Fe 55PinittatorPort Value 1 Bit Fe SSPinitiatorPort Mask FY Reserved Value 4 Bits FY Reserved Mask FIO Restricted Value 1 Bit FIO Restricted Mask F11 SMPtargetPort Value 1 Bit F11 SMPtargetPort Mask F12 S7PhargetPort Value 1 Bit F12 S7PtargetPort Mask F13 SSPhargetPort Value 1 Bit F13 S5PhargetPort Mask Fl4 Reserved Value 4 Bits Fl4 Reserved Mask F15 DeviceName Value 64 Bits F15 DeviceN ame Mask FI6 SAS address Value 54 Bits F16 SAS ad
163. Corporation Toolbars wO v SCSI Cmd and Task Mng Y SMP Cmd v ATA Cmd Click the down arrow on the Show Hide All Commands Packet button to choose command types to show hide The Order Reorder button toggles the time order of packets The Pack Unpack Repeated Primitives toggles packing repeated primitives in one port Layers Toolbar SATA The Layers toolbar shows or hides packet types En FFAS e 220 The Show Hide Physical Packet button toggles the display of physical layer packets The Show Hide FIS packet button toggles the display of FIS layer packets When OFF the FIS layer and its links are hidden The Show Hide CMD packet button toggles the display of the CMD packets When ON only the command layer displays The Show Hide Command Queue button displays queued commands The Order Reorder toggles the time order of packets Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Toolbars LeCroy Corporation Decode Toolbar The Decode Toolbar controls encoding and scrambling features 1188 8B SC Ki D 108 The 10B button displays the payload data as 10 bit encoded data The 8B button displays the payload as 8 bit scrambled or unscrambled data 66 depending on the Scrambled setting SC The SC button selects scramble unscramble for the 8 bit payload data To view corresponding Unscrambled and Scrambled payload data values instantaneously position the mouse
164. Croy Corporation EMP AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION AIP WAITING ON DEVICE AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL ALIGN 0 ALIGN 1 Desc the specified Primtive Unknown on channel Generation Figure 5 23 Event Properties The dialog lists the Properties and their Values Events and Event Properties Generation rules are associations between events and actions These associations determine how trace recording occurs The supported events are E a 0 DODDO Primitives Primitive Categories or Primitive Frames Open Address Frames Identify Address Frames Zone Broadcast Address Frames SSP Frames or SMP Frames SCSI Commands SCSI Status SATA FIS Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bits DMA Activate DMA Setup BIST Activate PIO Setup Data Route or Vend FIS SSP Frame Header DATA XFER_RDY COMMAND RESPONSE TASK VENDOR or RESERVED SSP Information Unit Command IU Task IU XFER_RDY IU or Response IU SMP Request Response RPT_GENERAL RPT_MFG_INFO DISCOVER RPT_PHY_ERR_LOG RPT_PHY_SATA RPT_RT_INFO CONFIG_RT_INFO PHY_CONTROL PHY_TEST_ FUNCTION CONFIG_PHY_ZONE CONFIG_ZONE_PERM RPT_ZONE_PERM or RPT_ZONE_RT_TBL ATA Commands ATAPI Commands SATA Data Pattern SAS Data Pattern Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 443 LeCroy Corporation Generation Options Data Pattern Mask and Match If you select Data Pattern as the Even
165. DOGI ING File ci a aa a din o 393 Address FramesDecl ine Pile coccion dida 393 Se AIS SING MS risa ace cect nea ce a ewe E acm a aces den ca sane A E E E teeccus tenn E A E T 393 SMPFramesS ne Fleur 393 SIPP AMOS ING F E cacccccrsc ai tectescossryiecesaectacsieeseatcacacecuntesesccencessers ucts neccas wucsan sect ven socaunecesosaencesebeceuaeene ctceucns 393 12 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents LeCroy Corporation Starting the Script EGON arica oli 394 SCHIDE EGON TOCA aii 395 VIEW ODHONS Mela lib 396 POD U MENU ii ini 396 Fle Tasio eds 396 EN ORLOO iii iaa 397 TOO MIS miii A EE 397 Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to LINKS ooonccccnnncccnnnncicocancnenannnonnnannnonanonenanannnnananos 397 Generalnd TALI C miniin ead eacwacewneuwneaeueneeeasewsaaneasiacs 399 Stop Traffic GENGratlOM sisi A Siew dnearenses 399 Resume Traffic General ininianaar ne caceuestenedasehuwateeusvensvess 399 Sierra Trainer Generation Language ooonccccnnnnccconcconoccnnancncnnnnancnnnnnnnnrrrnnnanerrnnnannrrrnnnanrrrnnnaannns 400 File STUCIUTO ias 400 AAA E A E EE ste E E E 400 Comment Sonina a a a a a a a e 400 MCO OS susana de 400 SONNO ia E a E E E A 401 CONSTAMiS iros 401 Predetined GonstantS msi 401 pata Pattern iaa 401 PrIMIIVES cana ias 402 Packets Frame S nt oi 402 Generation Block Ea E 405 De TIMI OWNS aoaaa aa EAA AEA EEA i 405 Field Variable Declara aaa 405 Changing Frame Fields siisii a aa A Gist
166. Data Payload Layer FIS Facket Mo 258 oo 0000 oo 0010 oo d z oo 0030 oo 0040 oo 0050 oo 0060 oo 0070 oo 0080 oo 0020 oo OOA0 oo 00E oo 0020 oo O0r0 oo ODE0 oo O0FO oo 0100 oo 0110 oo 0120 oo 0130 oo 0140 Hexadecimal 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 40 00 00 00 no 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 00 0 00 OO 00 no 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 OO OO 00 00 00 bo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 OO 00 00 00 00 006 0 00 00 00 no 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 OO 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 no 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo oo 00 OO 00 00 00 00 00 OO 0 0 0 00 00 00 no 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 OO 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 OO 00 00 00 bo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 OO 00 00 00 00 00 OO 0 0 0 00 00 00 no 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 OO 00 00 00 no 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oo 00 00 OO 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 0 0 00 00 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Copy Data Export data in file Figure 3 41 Data Payload View in Hex ASCH Columnsin Row 16 Columns se Bytes in Column 1 Byte s NOOOOOOOOOO0O0OOODOD Note When showing
167. Dialog Speed Negotiation Click the Speed Negotiation tab to display the Speed Negotiation dialog Specify Speed Negotiating Failure Option s and a Speed Negotiation Failure Type Advance Target Setting i x OOB Signal Setting Speed Negotiation Power Management Setting NCO Command Settings Miscellaneous Features Speed Negotiation Failure Options Speed Negotiation failed after POWER ON Speed Negotiation failed after LINK RESET Speed Negotation Failure Type f fot sending 4lign f Wot sending non 4lign Cancel Help Figure 2 192 Speed Negotiation Dialog 186 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation LeCroy Corporation Power Management Settings Tab Advance Target Setting E xX OOB Signal Setting Speed Negotiation Power Eu e Setting NCO Command Settings Miscellaneous Features Host initiated power management Report in identify page ME For PMAEG PF Response type PMACK Response delay i 100 ug Minimum number of response primitives 4 For PMAEGS Response type PMACK Response delay f 100 us Minimum number of response primitives fa Wake up after jo ae Device initiated power management To enable Device Initiated Power Management Host shall issue a SET FEATURE command with Enable use of SATA feature and sub command spec 3 Supported Report in identity page Stark when e Standby timer exp
168. E x Upload Options f Preview D ME around segment trigger position Show Traffic Summary Preview Select All Deselect All el A Figure 2 67 Upload Manager Dialog The dialog displays the segments in the format Segmenti Segment2 and so on Select segments by clicking the checkbox You can also Select All or Deselect All segments You can Upload segments for display Save segments as sample files and Delete segments The Preview radio button allows a preview of an integer number of megabytes around the trigger position You can set the trigger position as a percentage and select the segment number Click the radio button to Show Traffic Summary with the preview To show the preview click the Preview button 94 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation Analyzer Settings Primitive Response Timeout The Primitive Response Timeout parameter specifies the number of DWORDs between two pair primitives after which the analyzer detects a protocol error Default value is 65000 When host or device sends a primitive such as X_RDY HOLD or WTRM it expects device or host to reply with a primitive such as R_RDY HOLDA or R_OK This parameter detects FIS Signaling Latency error between HOLD and HOLDA and FIS State Transition error between X_RDY and R_RDY between SOF and EOF or between WTRM and R_OK or R_ERR You can set a trigger on these protocol errors Disable S
169. EX DATA Reservedl 38 OXDA Bede 16 OxAAAA Reserved2 y 8 OK AD Data E PATTERN ok CRC e PEIMItIVe Primitive SOF 48 Primitive SOF 96 Primitive CLOSE NORMAL y 36 3 3 ProLog DOF Epilog EOF Frame Some Frame _ 1 Some Frame Field32 Some Hex Data Data 4 TILIA 22222222 33333333 24444444 555555955 Opcode SILO Hp OXA LBA gt 64 Primitivo Primitive CLOSE NORMAL 24 48 Prolog CHAIN ONE T Epilog CHAIN ONES 404 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language LeCroy Corporation Generation Block Sierra Trainer generates the stream that is defined in this block Generation Chain Definition Repeat N Idle M Chain Definition N M Chain Definition Frame Definition Frame Definition RunningDisp ON OFF Frame Definition Field DETTIRATETON Data Definition Repeat N Idle M RunningDisp ON OFF Definitions Chain Definition a Without any parameters the chain is sent once a With Repeat and Idle parameters the chain is sent N times and then nothing is sent idle M times Repeat and Idle are optional Frame Definition QO Without any parameters send the frame based in default values a With RunningDisp ON send the frames based on default values and insert a running disparity error a With parameters overriding or adding to a template frame with or wit
170. Error When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured packets with the specified Protocol Errors in the Sample Viewer Port When selected depending on the Filter Type the Show Hide selection shows or hides packet traffic for the selected port ATAPI SCSI Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Show Hide selection shows or hides ATAPI SCSI commands Miscellaneous When you choose Miscellaneous an additional dialog displays allowing you to specify the filtering of State Range and or External Signal In see Filter Miscellaneous on page 230 Enable Filter Select Filtering gt Enable Filtering or click the 2 Filter Enable button on the display menu bar to toggle between Filtered and Unfiltered display Filter Idle Depending on the Filter Type Hide Show Idle packets in the Sample Viewer are shown or hidden 232 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Using the Cursors and Bookmarks LeCroy Corporation IDL W You can quickly filter idles by clicking the between Show and Hide items Filter Idle button This button toggles Using the Cursors and Bookmarks Cursors The data viewer display incorporates three cursors labeled X Y and T All cursors are initially overlaid and positioned at location O which is the trigger position of the display The Trigger or T cursor is the measurement reference and is always at location O in th
171. Ev ES Trp EEE M mi 2 T2 13 13 14 ta 15 T5 16 T6 17 T7 18 Te la jx amp Relative Time 0 Src SAS Address Dest SAS Address DEN Link Target RD Relative Time Ss A 2 34 i 46 ns 4 PA 2616 792153 hr 494917 R_RDY NORMAL MAS 13 ns 3 gt 306 ns gt 213 ns 213 ns 213 ns Transport SSP Frame Type Hashed Dest SAS Addr H a s lt lt 3 hr ns b 3 45 52 616 792 200 hr 35658 e2 0x07 Response DFFS6A Chr 313 ms Hashed Src SAS Addr H Changing Data Pointer H ReTransmit H Retry Data Frames H 2 616 792 500 hr PES q 2 616 792 506 hr 213 ns q DAD3E9 213 ns q TLR CONTROL Num of Fill s H Tag H Target Port Transfer Tag H 486 ns P PE 130s S CELOS ee 2 616 792 693 hr 213 ns A Data Offset H gt Info Unit H Retry Delay Timer H i 213 ns q 00000000 000000000000000000000202000000000000 gt 0000 Ee 3 nr q Data Present Status Sense Data Len H Resp Data Len H r 160 ns 33 ns I SSP Frame Type Response 0x07 ali El Hashed Destination SAS Address DFF564 Hashed Source SAS Address OADSES Changing Data Pointer 0 ReTransmit 0 Retry Data Frames 0 TLR CONTROL 0 Number of Fill Bytes 0 Tag 8E10 Target Port Transfer Tag 009D Data Offset 00000000 Retry Delay Timer 0000 Data Pres Sense Data 0x2 Status Check Condition 0x02 Sense Data Length 000000
172. Event Properties dialog box appears 1 In the Event Properties dialog box select Address Frame as the event 2 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 3 Inthe State O area click the prompt to add an action New Scenario O X No action specified For the event Qddress Frame Ox00 IDENTIFY in Sequence O State O Click here bo jump to the pro Status Mot saved Scenario Name New Scenario O Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Bules Click here to add an event Sequence State O P Wait for Click here to add combined event gt Click here to add a npaction Click here to add anoth event gt Click here to add another state gt Click here to add another sequence gt Figure 4 39 Example 7 Adding an Action for the First State Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 357 LeCroy Corporation Creating a Sequence The Action Properties dialog box appears 1 For the action select Branch to gt New State Click the OK button to close the Action Properties dialog box This saves the action and automatically creates an area for State 1 in the scenario A In the State 1 area click the prompt to add an event The Event Properties dialog box appears 5 Choose the Address Frame event In the Direction column select From Target you want State 1 to trigger on an Identify Address frame received from the target Click OK to close the
173. Expansion Card on page 30 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 307 LeCroy Corporation Running Verification Script Engine VSE 308 Running Verification Script Engine VSE You can perform custom post process analysis of the open trace by running a verification script over the trace A verification script instructs the application to send trace and analysis information to the script A verification script also contains script code written using CATC Script Language CSL see the CSL_RefManual pdf document in the docs directory of the installation used to process trace data and output that data in different formats Note You may write your own verification scripts to perform custom verification and analysis For information on how to write a verification script see the Verification Script Engine Reference Manual To run a verification script over a trace 1 Select the main menu item Tools gt Verification script or click the Running verification scripts button E on the main tool bar The Run Verification Scripts dialog opens from which you choose and then run one or several verification scripts de LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite Run verification script s C Program Files LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite User SampleSegi scs Of x ik File Edit View Configuration Project Setup Filtering Report Tools Window Help x 60 To gt b Cl S na es Ban sa 14 5 P Py om R D E il
174. F_AIP_RESERVED_O WF_AIP_RESERVED_1 WF_AIP_RESERVED_2 WF_AIP_RESERVED_WAIT_ON_PART WF_AIP_WAIT_ON_CONN WF_AIP_WAIT_ON_DEVICE WF_AIP_WAIT_ON_PARTIAL WF_IDENTIFY_FRAME WF_OPEN_FRAME WF_SMP_REQUEST WF_SMP_RESPONSE WF_REC_ RESOURCES OUTPUT A WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT B WF REC RESOURCES OUTPUT C Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation Description primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive Identify Address Frame Open Address Frame SMP Request Frame SMP Response Frame Advanced Wait Condition A This command causes generation to wait for Event A to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter Advanced Wait Condition B This command causes generation to wait for Event B to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter Advanced Wait Condition C This command causes generation to wait for Event C to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter 421 LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Generation Commands 422 Wait Command Name WF_REC_RESOURCES_OUTPUT_D WF_REC_RESOURCES OUTPUT E WF_REC_RESOURCES_OUTPUT_F WE_COMRESET_COMINIT WE_COMSAS WF_COMWAKE WF_BLOCK1_MISC_RESERVED_O WF BLOCK1 MISC
175. Fit to Graph Area 208 Floating License dialog 261 format display options 453 Found Device List Mode 253 FPGA 1 or 2 Serdes Chip 297 Frame button 115 Frame Length Error 131 136 138 166 168 173 176 179 frame settings incoming ATI 132 incoming SCSI 137 outgoing ATT 130 outgoing SCSI 136 173 176 Frame Type 137 Frame Type Error 130 136 138 168 173 176 frames hide 206 From Initiator 329 From Target 329 full screen results display 218 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual G General Errors dialog 163 general report 272 Generate Error On area 130 Generate Menu 380 Generate Periodic Error 165 Generating Traffic 384 399 Generation Commands 413 Generation Files 386 Generation Language 400 Generation Options 380 Generation Rules 437 Generation Rules page 437 Generation Rules toolbar 438 Getting Started manual 18 Gigabit Ethernet interface 34 Global Rules 325 examples 341 Go to ATA SCSI Cmd 208 Go To button 216 Go to command 381 Go to Event 380 Go to Event dialog 380 Go to Marker 380 Go To Timestamp dialog 234 Goto Command 199 Goto instruction 119 Goto Label statement 372 Goto Response 199 Goto Within Packet command 200 grouping by port 95 H Handshake Error 132 137 174 Handshake Errors 178 hardware run 45 hardware setup 21 Hash Address Utility 382 Hashed Address field 382 Help Menu 383 Help Topics 268 383 Hide All Primitives 216 Hide RRDY Primitives 216 Hide Unassociated Traff
176. Frame E Time 0 OOOOOODO0 secs Cancel Figure 5 5 Go to Event Dialog Go to Marker Positions the display to the selected marked packet Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Menus LeCroy Corporation Go to Packet Types SSP Frames SMP Frames Primitives Errors Data Lengths Speed SATA FIS Type SATA FIS Port or Hash Address Source or Destination Find Displays the Find dialog See Find on page 447 Find Next Applies the previous Find parameters to the next search Search Direction Toggles the search forward or backwards The current direction is indicated in the menu Search View Tools Window Help Go to Event Chia EIN T Go to Marker Ml Find ML Find Next F3 Packet Types SSP Frames K P SMP Frames d Data Transfer Ready Primitives Command Search Direction Errors Response Data Lengths Task Weg AutoAllansATA OFF Speed Vendor Specific Value SATA FIS Type Reserved SATA FIS Port gt E engin lade Cengi 60 480 Hash Address Figure 5 6 Trainer Search Menu Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 381 LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Menus View Menu Show Analyzer Frame Go to Analyzer window Show InFusion Frame Go to InFusion window Toolbars Displays list of available toolbars Standard Frequently Used Generator Analyzer Ports or Customize
177. Frames Channels FIS Types FIS Ports Gen Global Settings OUDODDODODOLDO O O Select the Level Hiding tab then select the data types to hide Display Options x General Color Format Hiding Level Hiding Headers Event Groups MPacket Types Facket Types Frimitives Source Addresses CID estination Addresses Open Address Frame Identity Address Frame one Broadcast Address Frame Short one Broadcast Address Frame SSP Frame SMP Frame ELECTRIC IDLE OFF ELECTRIC IDLE ON STP SATA Frame Raw Data Hide selected items Show selected items Restore Factory Presets Save Save s Default Load caca a Figure 5 31 Level Hiding Tab You can select to Hide selected items or Show selected items 454 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Options LeCroy Corporation Headers Options You can choose the appearance of header fields Select the Header tab then select the header Display Options _ X General Color Format Hiding Level Hiding Headers Header Fields Appearance Select Header Hashed Source Address Hathed Destination Address Move Up Move Down Restore Detaults For 55P Frame Header Restore Defaults For All Headers Restore Factory Presets Save Save As Default Load cuca o Figure 5 32 Level Hiding Tab Available headers are SSP Frame Header SMP Rep
178. Generate Error On check box for a command a red status indication appears next to the command indicating an error condition 172 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation LeCroy Corporation Outgoing Frame Settings Before selecting Outgoing Frame Settings select the Types Of Frames and the Frame Number on which to inject an error Then check Outgoing Frame in the Generate Error On area and then the enabled Settings button to display the Outgoing Frame Setting dialog Outgoing Frame Setting k X Frame Name Data Frame Number 1 Frame Type error Remove Frame from sequence Delay in sending frame fo ms Frame Length Error 7 Code violation error TF Don t check credit k l Disparity error Over frame lenath Under frame length DWord Offset f E Set frame length to E gt DiWords Number of error DWords _ Fill reserved fields with 0 H I SOFEnor Double Omit Insert Primitive at fi th DWord EOFError Double Omit Primitive Type fAIP NORMAL l CRCError Invalid Omit Number Of Primiti fi Reset OK Cancel m Field of Frame Destroy Specify Value Insert Frame Field Destroy e After current frame Tag O Before current frame Data Offset O Type User Defined Y User Defined Frame Data BoF CAL EGE Figure 2 178 Outgoing Frame Setting Dialog Frame Type Error Ch
179. HARD RESET SAS Suncronization failed after LINE RESET BCT 220 10 OOBI Maximum TRAIN DONE pattern during MTT 4 for 1 5 Gbps E for 3 0 Gbps E for 6 0 Gbps Pause TRAIN scrambler on primitives Setas factory Cancel Figure 2 145 Speed Negotiation Tab Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 143 144 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture Host Setting Tab SATA The Host Emulator Setting dialog allows you to select the Port s for exercising choose to use the Host Emulator or Pattern generator and specify Host Emulator characteristics Click the Host Setting tab Host Emulator Capture Trigger Host Setting Settings Notes Host Emulator Port 6 OGbps y H1 D1 Run Pattern Generator File Name Run Host Emulator J Auto stop Exerciser when Analyzer stopped V CONT Usage Delay between getting HOLD to Sending HOLDA 27 DWords 512 Byte s 15000 ms 512 Byte s Data Frame Payload Size ATA Command Execution Time out Logical Block Size For ATAPI Advanced Queue Settings Project Tree SATAProtocolAnalyzer2 Capture Everything Include ox Include SYNC Include CONT Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude Idle Trigger Non Sequential Snapshot Settings Trigger Position in Memory 1 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword Speed Aut
180. HOLD response in sending HOLDA Frame Length Error Check Frame Length Error choose the type of error to introduce and click OK Code violation and Disparity error Check these and specify DWORD offset and the number of error DWORDs 176 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation LeCroy Corporation SOF EOF and CRC errors Check these and specify Double or Omit by checking the corresponding option button Insert Primitive Check Insert Primitive to enable the Primitive Type dialog select the primitive type and number of primitives and click OK Destroy Field of Frame Click the More button to display the Field of Frame area check Destroy and check the fields to destroy Alternatively check Specify Value to choose from a predefined list of values Set Value of Field Check Fill Out in the Field of Frame area and enter values for fields Insert Frame Check Insert Frame and then click the down arrow on the Type combo box and choose the frame type Make sure that you have clicked More Note In addition to the pre defined frame types you can scroll down the list to User Defined and then enter your own frame data between SOF and EOF Incoming Frame Settings Before selecting Incoming Frame Settings select the Types Of Frames and the Frame Number on which to inject an error Then check Incoming Frame in the Generate Error On area and then the enabled Settings button to display th
181. IFY PACKET DEVICE data shall be cleared to zero Figure 3 145 Compliance Test Result 15 To save the current compliance setup for later use click the Save button to open the Save As dialog Assign a meaningful name to the setup and save it as a cst compliance file 16 To run a previously defined setup click the Load button and choose a previously defined setup to run Note When you are running Compliance Test do not connect the analyzer to the Host if testing a Device Do not connect the analyzer to the Device if testing Host Such improper connections can impact compliance test result validity Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 305 LeCroy Corporation Tools Using the Power Expansion Card You can use the Power Expansion Card for the SATA Compliance Test See Using the Power Expansion Card on page 30 SAS Verification SAS SAS Verification consists of a set of selectable tests to verify compliance with the SAS specification Note Speed Negotiation tests are documented in the SAS_2 0 Speed_Negotation_v0 4 pdf file in the installed Documents directory All other SAS tests are documented in the SAS Verification Suite Document pdf file in the installed Documents directory To run a SAS Verification Test 1 Select Tools on the main toolbar and choose SAS Verification to open the SAS Verification dialog SAS Verification V Speed Negotiation BUT Tos Test 6 7 1 1 Test 6 7 2 2
182. INIT IM COMIMIT 124 698 072 533 min Tr COMMIT E COMMIT 124 737 266 46 i COMINIT COMMIT COMINIT ES O COMMIT COMINIT COMMIT le i min COMMIT COMMIT 12 2 mind i COMBI 4 Figure 3 5 SAS Text View Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 195 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views me stamp 11 511 578 6 Bin ees PIO Setup FIS SF Data FIS FIS 46 oH Reg FISH SH Re GEE oH Rag FS pon Rag FE DSH Rag FS 36 D gt H Reg FIS 34 D gt H Reg FIS 34 X D gt HReg FI534 X D H Reg FIS 34 36 PIG Setup FIS SF Data FIS FIS 48 O gt H Reg FIS 34 D gt H Reg FIS 34 O gt H Reg FS 34 D gt H Reg FIS 34 D gt H Reg FIS 34 Ba E L3 S28 Oe G00 cs 01 01 Figure 3 6 SATA Text View Note The LBA and Tag Number value are shown in the All Lanes column Column View Column View displays the captured data grouped in columns by port Each row shows captured DWORDs on different ports related to the timestamp It also shows different speed 1 5G 3G 6G DWORDs Different DWORD cell height shows the duration of the DWORD To display Column View of the current capture click View gt Column View or l l i le LTTE 4 Figure 3 7 SAS Column View Ime Stamp do la Le Figure 3 8 SATA Column View Right click in the Colu
183. IS Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation FIS Pattern SATA only Double click FIS Pattern to open the FIS Pattern selection dialog x Format FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 C Binary Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type 0x27 Register Host to Device PM Port G Command Features Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp RI RIRI RI R R Ri R Cyl Low exp MH MH MH MH4 VDI MD MD M D4 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 57 SATA FIS Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS The FIS Pattern dialog opens with the default FIS Type Register Host to device To choose another available FIS Type click the down arrow next to the FIS Type list box FIS Pattern Format FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 C Binan Hexa Register Host to Device 0x27 Register Device to Host 0x34 Show f Set Device Bits 0x41 DMA Activate 0x39 DMA Setup 0x41 Value BIST 0x58 tto Device PIO Setup Ox5F Data 0x46 Vendor x Figure 2 58 SATA FIS Pattern Dialog Choices SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Choose an FIS Type and complete the corresponding dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 87 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup ATA Command Pattern SATA only Double click ATA Command to open the ATA Command Pattern selection
184. LIQ LIES RJ Eternal Link 2 L248 L2E 4 RJ External Link 3 LAR LE RJ Eternal Link 4 LpA L 4E RD Eternal Link 5 LS Ax ILSE vitess Test Type e Crosspoint Crosspoint bus test e Crosspoint external loop back Save error details Cave It C Program FilesSLeCroyLeLroy 5474 Protocol Sutes User Errores detail elf M Append error details Idle Number OF Run Each Test f Run All Tests Sequentially Start Crasspoint Check Close Figure 3 137 SATA Self Test Dialog Crosspoint Tab Choose the Crosspoint Interconnection Pair or External loop back to test and click the Start Crosspoint Check button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line 298 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Tools LeCroy Corporation Main FPGA Check SATA only To perform an Inter FPGA Connection check select the Main FPGA tab Self Test k Virtex Type festes o oo E inter FPGA Connection test TOA E Append eror details Figure 3 138 Self Test Dialog Main FPGA Tab Choose the Inter FPGA Connection test and click the Start Main FPGA Check button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 299 LeCroy Corporation Tools Expansion Check To perform a Expansion Card Data Status or Clock Status check select the Expansion tab E expansion Card Data Status AO SE ex
185. M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 51 LeCroy Corporation Projects Projects You can define a new project starting with the default project definition or modify the settings for the last project run New Default Project To start a New project select File gt New on the main menu bar and choose Protocol Analyzer to open a new project with default settings that you can modify See Main Window on page 41 Last Project Clicking the Green button opens the last project run so you can modify it Project File Types 52 Projects have the following file types asl Decoding script file in the Examples folder User Define Decoding Script subfolder cfg Display Configuration file in the System folder Config subfolder dat DataBlock file in the System folder DataBlock subfolder sac SAS Protocol Analyzer Capture Project Viewer file in the Examples folder EasyCaptr AdvanceCaptr or Exerciser subfolders saf Device Identifier file SCS SAS Sample file in the SAS Examples folder Sample subfolder sde Device Emulator file in the System folder Compliance subfolder sfl Filter configuration file spg Single role Pattern Generator file in the Examples folder SAS PatternGenerator Single role spg files subfolder and SATA PatternGenerator Single Role subfolder Single role means the file is for a Device or Host ssh SAS Search c
186. Memory Usage Optimization option 259 SAS Address 382 SAS Address Alias 249 SAS Address field 457 SAS address report 279 SAS Commands icon 171 SAS data pattern 334 SAS Parameters window 72 SAS Protocol Suite 36 SAS Verification 306 SATA cable 22 SATA data pattern 334 SATA Parameters window 73 SATA Protocol Suite 36 SATA Signature 178 SATA Signature dialog 178 SATA Signature Error Setting dialog 179 SATA Signature Errors 179 save Display Options 436 partial trace capture 46 47 48 49 50 trace capture 46 Save as Text button 286 Save As Text dialog 197 205 Save As Text Excel 47 Save button 383 Save Filtered Sample 47 Save Output button 308 scenario 323 action 335 creation 340 downloading 367 event 332 overview 323 properties 329 running 367 Scenario Batch file 367 Scenario Properties dialog 330 scramble unscramble payload data 221 scrambling disable 95 Script Assignment dialog 398 Script Editor 394 buttons 383 395 pop up menu 396 toolbar 395 Script Workspace 368 SCSI Command 112 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation SCSI Command Pattern dialog 85 SCSI Command report 278 SCSI commands address display 45 SCSI spec assignment 253 SCSI Spec Assignment button 217 SDRAM or Exerciser RAM memory check 296 search 238 by tag 243 complex 447 Direction 449 direction 381 450 domain 241 Exclusion 448 for data pattern 240 241 Intersection 448 logic 241
187. New Device opens the Device Identifier dialog Device Identifier E x Find E Allinfa C SAS Address Find Device in iv Ti Pre 13 Pa Length Supported Pages amp SubPages General Protocol Supported D SSP SMP T STP El Find device Export Save Load Cose Figure 2 117 SAS Device Identifier Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog does not show Find section All Info and SAS Address SATA Dialog has devices D1 to D2 and does not show T1 to T2 SATA Dialog does not show Supported Pages and Subpages SATA dialog lists Word Description and Value not Offset Field Length and Value SATA dialog lists Device Type Serial Number and Spec Version not Protocol Supported SSP SMP STP 2 Click the Find device button to display all active addresses Device Identifier h Find C Alllnfo f SAS Address Find Device in wT E Te E T Fra Device List s Find device Save Load Close Figure 2 118 SAS Active SAS Addresses 124 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture LeCroy Corporation 3 To assign commands to an active address right click an address and choose Insert To Cursor assigns all commands up to the cursor to the chosen address Insert To All assigns all commands to the chosen address Record and Play This feature allows the selection of a range of commands in a trace and exports them to a previously saved sac file fo
188. Number of Completed Commands 0000 E Number of Command Events 0 0000 the real time analysis for the selected items to display E Number of Frame Event 4257 0000 it Number of Data Frame Events 37 129 0000 Number of Protocol Errox 222773 0000 El Number of C lated Comman 0000 E Number of Command Eve 0000 E Number of Frame Eventa74257 0000 iv Number of Data Frame Eve 0000 E Number of Protocol Errox145519 0000 E Number of Completed Commandx0 0000 E Number of Command Eventx 0 0000 E FIS Number 74850 0000 E Command Number22455 0000 Command In Numben 485 0000 Command Out Numben7485 0000 El Protocol Error Number 97308 0000 Figure 2 165 SATA Performance Analysis Results Display Run Hardware button and wait for Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Run Hardware LeCroy Corporation Alternate Display Format You can display the result as 2D 3D and so on by clicking the corresponding Graphics Setting on the Performance Analysis toolbar tcr Bier Area Chart gt gt N blo BA al Columns and Bar Chart 4 Line Chart Pie Chart Switch between 2D and 3D Grid lines On Off Show Hide Legend Window rere ete Run Hardware To perform the defined analysis click the Ld Run Hardware button and wait for the result to display Target and Device Emulation You can run the analyzer while device emulation is active to monitor bus traffic Pages Tab S
189. O Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bit DMA Activate DMA Setup BIST PIO Setup Data Any Type DOOUOOUOCD 64 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects LeCroy Corporation FIS Pattern SATA only Double click FIS Pattern to open the FIS Pattern selection dialog Format gt FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 C Binary Hexadecimal Cancel Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type 0x27 Register Host to Device PM Port C Command Features Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp RI RIRI RI R R R R e Cyl Low exp MH M H2 IV D1 Iv D2 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 27 SATA FIS Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS The FIS Pattern dialog opens with the default FIS Type as Register Host to device To choose another available FIS Type click the down arrow next to the FIS Type list box FIS Pattern Format FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 C Binan Hexa Register Host to Device 0x27 Register Device to Host 0x34 FT Show F Set Device Bits O87 DMA Activate Dx 33 0x41 0x58 Ox5F 0x46 A Figure 2 28 SATA FIS Pattern Dialog Dropdown SAS vs SATA Not available in SAS Choose FIS Type and complete the corresponding dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 65 LeCroy Corporation Projects FIS Types SAS and SATA If you select
190. ON WF_ CLOSE NORMAL WF _ CLOSE RESERVED O WF CLOSE RESERVED 1 WF DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT Description primitive Credit Available This function is based on a 10 bit counter whose value can range from 512 to 511 twos complement This counter is cleared by sending or receiving an OPEN_ACCEPT primitive or by execution of a CLEAR_CREDIT_AVAIL command in the script This counter is incremented by receiving any SAS RRDY primitive and is decremented by sending SAS SOF The wait_for command will wait for this counter to have a positive value between 1 and 511 This wait_for condition is intended to be used before sending a SAS frame within a connection CIEAR_CREDIT_AVAIL clears this credit function CreditBlocked Received This function is based on a flip flop which is cleared by sending or receiving an OPEN_ACCEPT primitive It is set by receiving a CREDIT BLOCKED primitive It is intended to be used in conjunction with wf_credit_avail to prevent script hangs in those cases where there is not going to be any more credit granted primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Wait Command Name WF_DONE_CREDIT_TIMEOUT WF_DONE_NORMAL WF_DONE_RESERVED_O WF_DONE_RESERVED_1 WF_DONE_RESERVED_TIMEOUT_O WF_DONE_RESERVED_TIMEOUT_1 WF_ERROR WF_HARD_RESET WF_AIP_ NORMAL W
191. OWN Tag Data EOF Time Stamp 12 eee 0x0000 0 bytes O bytes 00 000 001 120 Time Stamp 00 000 000 320 In the screenshot global settings make up the eight bars at the top of the window Below that are five frames If you look at the script itself there are six frame commands five active and one commented out The following sections describe how to open and edit traffic generation files Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Opening a Traffic Generation File LeCroy Corporation Converting an SATrainer Traffic Generation File If you have old 2500 based SATrainer Generator stg files you can convert them to Sierra Trainer Traffic Generator ssg files using the legacy Convert function To convert an stg file into an ssg file 1 Inthe Sierra Trainer window select File gt Convert gt Convert stg to ssg to display an Open dialog Use Files of Type SATrainer Generator Files stg 3 Select an SATrainer Generator stg file 4 Click Open The application creates a Sierra Trainer Traffic Generator file ssg Opening a Traffic Generation File After the Traffic Generator file ssg file has been created you can open it in the application To open a Traffic Generator file 1 Select File gt Open on the Menu Bar or click on the Toolbar to display an Open dialog 2 Select a Generator text file ssg and click Open to display the file The install directory contai
192. P Frame SNW SSP Frame Timer Trigger Input Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation While many events are line conditions an event also can be a condition that occurs within a InFusion device for example detection of a trigger signal from another device The following table lists supported events Note that some events are applicable only in the context of creating sequences those events appear on the drop down list only if you are creating a sequence Sequences can have multiple states and they allow branching between states Description Occurrence of a specified address frame Trigger on Analyzer when its event matches You can see the trigger on the Status Bar but the Port Status dialog does not display any mark in the Trigger column Note This is different than the external trigger mechanism You do not need an external trigger cable Occurrence of any DWORD Occurrence of a particular ATA command Occurrence of a particular ATA command frame Occurrence of a particular ATAPI command from the list MMC4 RBC SBC2 SMC2 SPC2 SPC3 or SSC2 Occurrence of both line ports active not idling Occurrence of a CRC error Occurrence of a particular DWORD Occurrence of a particular FIS frame Occurrence of a particular SATA FIS type Occurrence of a particular frame type Occurrence of an invalid 10b code Both lines operating at 3 Gbps Both lines operating at 6 Gbps Occurrenc
193. P NUM SCRL E Figure 4 36 Example 6 Complete Scenario 9 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 353 LeCroy Corporation Creating a Sequence Creating a Sequence This section gives several examples for creating sequences Recall that a sequence can have multiple states but only one state is active at any time In other words at any point in time a sequence waits for one event or combined event and responds with the corresponding action or set of actions when the event occurs A sequence is more powerful than Global Rules because you can create branching or looping test logic with a sequence You can include up to two sequences in a scenario but each is completely independent of the other There is no branching or other interaction between the two except through the Restart All Sequences action You must follow some simple rules when creating sequences TABLE 4 5 Sequence Rules You can use only two branch actions per state When you specify actions for a state you can only use two instances of Branch to an Existing State or Branch to a New State If you try to use more than two a red error message appears in the status area of the application that says Too Many Actions You can use only one restart sequence action per state When you specify actions for a state you can only use one instance of Restart Current Sequence or Restart All Seque
194. RESERVED 1 WF _BLOCK1 MISC RESERVED 2 WF BLOCK1 MISC RESERVED 3 WF BLOCK1 MISC RESERVED 4 WF_SATA_CONT WE_SATA_DMAT WE_SATA_EOF WE_SATA_ERROR WE_SATA_HOLD WE_SATA_HOLDA WE_SATA_PMACK WE_SATA_PMNAK WE_SATA_PMREQ P WE_SATA_PMREQ_S WE_SATA_R_ERR WE_SATA_R_IP WE_SATA_R_OK WE_SATA_R_RDY WE_SATA_SOF Description Advanced Wait Condition D This command causes generation to wait for Event D to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter Advanced Wait Condition E This command causes generation to wait for Event E to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter Advanced Wait Condition F This command causes generation to wait for Event F to occur that you defined in the Generation Options dialog described at the end of this chapter COMRESET OOB Signals COMSAS OOB Signals COMWAKE OOB Signals reserved reserved reserved reserved reserved primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive primitive Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Wait Command Name WF_SATA_SYNC WF_SATA_WTRM WF_SATA_X_RDY WF_OPEN_ACCEPT WF_OPEN_REJECT BAD DESTINATION WF_OPEN_REJECT_CONN_RATE_NOT_SUP PORTED WF_OPEN_REJECT_NO_ DESTINATION Description primitive
195. RVED 1 NOTIFY RESERVED 2 ACK HAK CAC ERROR HAF RESERVED 0 MAK RESERVED 1 MAK RESERVED 2 CRECIT_BLOCKED RADY NORMAL RADY RESERVED 0 RADY RESERVED 1 AIP NORMAL AIP RESERVED 0 AIP RESERVED 1 AIP RESERVED 2 AIP RESERVED WAITING ON PARTIAL AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION D k x Cama E Figure 4 23 Example 1 Event Drop Down List 8 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 9 Inthe Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 343 LeCroy Corporation Creating Global Rules Remove RRDY Normal Mo action specified For the event RRDY NORMAL From Initiator in Global Rules Click here to jump to the p Scenario Name Remove BREDY Normal Description Wait for ER Normal and remove it Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Pules Wait for BEDY NORMAL from Initiator lt Click here to add combined event gt lt Click here to addyan action Click here t er event Click here to add a sequence For Help press Fl CAP NUM SCEL P Figure 4 24 Example 1 Entering an Action The Action Properties dialog box appears see Figure 4 18 on page 335 10 In the Type column on the left choose the action that you want to occur when an RRDY is detected In this example it is the Remove Primitive action Select Random Yes or No N for Every Nth occurrence and Monitor Count as Monitor
196. Recent Documents Desktop My Documents hy Computer de My Network File name Save as type Sample File F 202 Cancel All Samples From T Cursor To T Cursor O From Mo fi To nofi Bookmark From To E Save Filtered Sample Apply Show Hide Link Setting Figure 2 6 Save As Dialog at Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Saving a Trace Capture LeCroy Corporation You can limit the range of the saved file You can save a All Samples a range between selected cursors O range between selected Idle link commands a range between bookmarks Save Filtered Sample checkbox saves a trace file without filtered data You can Apply Show Hide Link Setting You can Save As Text Excel Save As Text Savein C9 User My Recent Documents Deskto p E LogFilesync txt My Documents PE My Computer Y My EOI File name New Save as type Mex Files txt Cancel Save s Range C All Packets f From T Cursor To T Cursor Bookmark From To Figure 2 7 Save As Text Dialog You can limit the range of the saved file You can save a All Samples O Range between selected cursors O Range between bookmarks Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 47 LeCroy Corporation Exporting 48 Exporting From the File menu you can Export to Initiator Emulator Export to Generator Expor
197. SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 61 LeCroy Corporation Projects 62 Available FIS Types O Register Host to Device Register Device to Host Set Device Bits DMA Activate DMA Setup BIST PIO Setup Data Vendor DOOUOUOUOCUD Address Frame SAS only Double click Address Frame to open the Address Frame Type Pattern dialog x Format Address Frame Type Any Address Frame Type X igi Any Address Frame Type X Hexadecimal Gai Value EN Address Frame Type x Any Address Frame Type Vill ri Vv T1 Iv T2 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 23 SAS Address Frame Type Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the Address Frame Types list box and choose an address frame type Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects SMP Frame SAS only LeCroy Corporation Double click SMP Frame to open the SMP Frame Pattern dialog SMP Frame Pattern Format SMP Frame Types C Binay Any SMP Frame Type x z Function FF Show Reserved arkrovso x Hexadecimal Cancel Parameter Value SMP Frame T ype Function Xx Any SMP Frame Type Any Function vi Vv 71 M 12 Y T2 El Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 24 SAS SMP Frame Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the SMP Frame Type list box and choose a frame type Assign a specific function
198. SEn eaaa 378 CU MNU sonaa A S E 379 Generale Mentir a a ai 380 Search Men iia a 380 VIEW Menta da 382 TOOLS MON id ici 382 Wind OW ME MU nacida dias 383 Hein M n sceite ae dpi 383 Silena Trainer Malh Toolbar a 383 Setting Up for Generating Initiator Tratfic ccccssseessseeesenseeceeseeseenseeseenseeseessesseeseeesons 384 Setting Up for Generating Target TraffiC oocccnnnciccnnnncccccncconcnncccnnnnccnnannncnnannnnnnannrnnnanerennanennnas 384 Creating a Traffic Generation File usina ino c s 384 Creating a New Generator Fille oir 385 Editing an Example Generation Elle niosicci cancionero ccisiRi n 386 Converting an SATrainer Traffic Generation File ccccessssseeeccenseeeseesseesecesseeeeoenseeeeoesseessenseesseoenss 387 Opening a Traffic Generation File o ccooioincioinndcinoiinicicicanecdican dni caricia 387 A 388 Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files ccoonnncccnnnccccncncoconcnconnnannnnnnnnnnnnnananos 388 Trattic Generation S50 FES iia dea 388 SEUINGS me Altuna a aa e a e a aaa aa aaa 389 The Global Setting AUTO ANN critica a iaaa NEEE 390 Placing Global Settings in the Generation BlOCK o ccccnnnnccoonnccccccccnncoconcnconcnnanononnanconennanncrrnnanrrrennannnenenas 391 Primitive and Frame DefinitiONS ooccoccccnnccconconcconnconaconanenanennncnnnronarenanenanrnnnrnnnrnnnrnnanrnnnrananos 392 Special SONdIMoONS TOK Frame Sissig a a Ea a aa aaa a AL 392 Primitives
199. SMP Target Port H STP Target Port 4 SSP Target Port M Restricted M SAS Address M Phy Kentifier H CRC M Link Osto 1 af MAS E 5333 us Relative Time 2 578 800 me zi I 2515 030m Address Frama Type Protocol intiator Port H Connection Rate Featwes H intiatoe Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H Source SAS Address H Compatkis Features H Pathrevay Blocked Count H Arbitration Wad Tine H More Compatible Features H CRC H Link Osta H 3 MIS 404704 57493 us Link AI Layer Changing Data Porter M ReTransmt Retry Data Frames H Num ot F Bytes H Tag H Target Port Transter Tag H 0 H E 0 7 oT 3064 E Dest SAS Addr H MashedSrc SAS Addr H Changing Data Porter H Relransmt M RetryDotaFrames H Num ot Fit Bytes H FFFFSA OCADOC 0 aja o i o ajl AAN LE r 31 HAS o x01 m Data Offset H gt gt P 00000400 www O 03382688 0x0 ACK RR NORMA 80 ne Figure 2 5 SAS Typical Packet View Results Display Note When using the Advanced Mode sequencer the analyzer logs the state transitions in the trace with the name the user gives to the state In the Packet View right click on any packet and select Show gt State to display these states and their transitions in the trace SAS In case of an STP interface the expander displays STP addresses provided to the SATA drive and the SAS software integrates the STP
200. SO Start State 1 9 Capture Everything Pattern Cont Trig Timer Ext Out GoTo Exclude items Idle Notify If Primitive HARD RESET 1 O Ss No change NoJump Bus Condition then Go To State 2 Else If Bus Condition 1 X Nochange NoJump Else If Timer 1 Elapsed 1 g y o No change State O State 1 81 Else If Eg 1 O No change NoJump Capture Everything Exclude Idle E Exclude Xx O Nothing C Exclude OOB Signal C Exclude RADY Pattern C Exclude ALIGN Exclude NOTIFY C Exclude SATA_CONT C Exclude SATA_SYNC Exclude Payload except o Dword Advanced switch to Easy mode Multi Sequence Port eal Make Same a rent a Add State 2 Delete State Figure 2 83 State Machine with Multiple Patterns and Timer Elapse In Figure 2 83 the port detects HARD_RESET which starts the Timer When the timer expires it jumps to another state If a trigger occurs between timer start and end the captured trace will have corrupt frames because of hardware queue overflow Advance Mode Settings Notes Project Tree State 1 o State 0 SO Start Capture Everything S Pattern Cont Trig Timer Ext Out Go To AA acd JE Timeout 346 Micro Second MT pa No charol Stereo E Bus Condition then Go To State 2 Else If mw 1 O Nochange NoJump Else If Eg 1 O Nochange NoJump State 1 51 AT gg 1 O No change NoJump gt n Capture Everything Exclude Id
201. SP Transport Report click the SSP Transport tab The SSP Transport Report displays the report data in columns with the following information QO Type All Custom Command Data Response XFER_RDY Direction All l gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count OCDOO O grrr egin rca rmana rms earn General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Direction Duration y Al y All y Data I gt T 765 000 000 00 us Data T gt I 1 515 053 39 ms 921 30 47 XFER_RDY T gt 1 17 280 000 69 us 229 7 58 Figure 3 106 SAS SSP Transport Report SMP Transport Report SAS To display the SMP Transport Report click the SMP Transport tab The SMP Transport Report displays the report data in columns with the following information A Type All Custom Request Response Direction All l gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count OOO O Direction Duration Count Yo eA ar 5 Al b gt I gt T 1 973 333 36 us Response T gt I 4 293 333 53 us 25 50 00 0 00000627 50 100 00 Figure 3 107 SAS SMP Transport Report STP Transport Report SAS To display the STP Transport Report click the STP Transport tab The STP Transport Report displays the report d
202. SSP Frames CISMP Frames CISTP Frames SCSI Commands SMP Commands Task Management Functions CATA Commands SCSI Command Status Source SAS Address Destination SAS Address Protocol Error a aa K K K K K SS B amp PPP moe Filter Type Ports Vin Maki mI VTi M12 13 TA Reset All Check All SP oR E KLKLKILK K K K K K K K K K K K K S gt g Figure 3 52 SAS Filter by Tag Number Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 229 LeCroy Corporation Filtering Filter Miscellaneous When you choose Miscellaneous an additional dialog displays allowing you to specify the filtering of State Range and or External Signal In JProtocol Error CJPort CJATAPI SCSI Command rors M Hi M H2 H3 lv H4 M Dil D2 bs D4 Figure 3 53 Filter State and or External Signals 230 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Filtering LeCroy Corporation Use Pair SAS Addresses You can use all available pair SAS addresses Source gt Destination instead of using SAS source and destination addresses To enable the pair SAS address filter option check Use Pair SAS Addresses check box in the Filter dialog Filter l Filter Filter Options Filter Options Bus Condition JOx5000E 85000000001 Bus Condition 0x50060560000003C5 gt 0x5000626 000001 074 Primitive JOx50060560000003C5 Primitive 0x50060560000003C4 gt 0x500062B 000001074 Dincom
203. STP Frame SAS or FIS Pattern SATA for the Pattern the FIS Pattern window opens You can select the FIS Type in this window from among the following types Register Host to Device FIS Pattern E Format FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 C Binary Hexadecimal Cancel FF Show Reserved and Obsolete Parameter FIS Type 0x27 Register Host to Device PM Port C Command Features Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp RI R RI RI R RI R R hs Cyl Low exp MHI M H2 MVD M D2 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 29 Register Host to Device 66 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects LeCroy Corporation Register Device to Host Register Device to Host Ox3 FIS Type 0x34 Register Device to Host PM Port Status Error Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp Cyl Low exp SXXX Figure 2 30 Register Device to Host Set Device Bits FIS Pattern FIS Type Set Device Bits at y C Binas Figure 2 31 Set Device Bits Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 67 LeCroy Corporation Projects DMA Activate IS Type DMA Activate 0x39 7 f N Figure 2 32 DMA Activate DMA Setup FIS Pattern oO 4exadecima 0x41 DMA Setup X p 4 DAX DMA Buffer id High ODO DMA Buffer Offset OOOO DMA Buffer Transfer Count KKK
204. Sets the options for the current or new printer Edit Comment Allows you to enter a comment in a dialog Export Saves trace as text file in Packet View Format Convert Converts an SATrainer Generation File stg file to a Generation File ssg file etup Generate Search wiew Tools Wir Mew GenFile Ctrl M En Ctrl D Close Save As Print Ctrl F Print Preview Print Setup Edit Comment Export Conert Figure 5 2 Trainer File Menu 378 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Menus LeCroy Corporation Setup Menu Update Sierra Device See Update Sierra Device on page 263 Port Configuration You can select different combinations of Trainer with Analyzer and Jammer When running two different applications on the ports you must set the same port configuration in both of them See Ports Configuration on page 97 The following describes possible configurations QO Analyzer and Trainer on same port You can generate initiator target traffic and also capture the traffic generated Q Analyzer and Trainer on same port and Analyzer and Trainer on another port You can generate initiator target traffic and also capture the traffic generated on two ports a Trainer on one port and Analyzer on another port Trainer is run on a port gen erating initiator target traffic and Analyzer is run on the other port capturing the traffic a Trainer and Jammer on same port You can g
205. Setting Frame Name Register Host to Device Frame Type error T Frame Length Error f yer frame length Under frame lenath Set frame lenath to 12051 DWords l SOFEror Double Omit E EOF Eror Double Omit CRCEror Invalid Omit Reset m Field of Frame Destroy Specify Value Field PM Port E Command Features IOOOO si User Defined Frame Data 21 F CRC EOF k i xi Frame Number 1 Remove Frame from sequence Delay in sending frame o ms 7 Code violation error M NoWTRM 7 Disparity error Code Violation on SATA primitive DWord Offset f J Disparity error on SATA primitive Ignore XADY RRDY sequence Number of error D Words fi Delay in HOLD response in sending HOLDA mo ne A th DWord Fill reserved fields with 0 H Primitive Type JAIP NORMAL Number OF Primiti fi OK Cancel Insert Frame Destroy z After current frame Before current frame Type Register Host to Device v Figure 2 181 Outgoing Frame Setting Dialog Frame Type Error Check this to introduce a frame type error Remove Frame from sequence Check this to remove frame from sequence Delay in sending frame Check this to delay sending frame and enter a value for the delay Additionally check O NoWTRM QO Code Violation on SATA primitive a Disparity error on SATA primitive O Ignore XRDY RRDY sequence QO Delay in
206. Settings dialog has the same options except that it does not have Show Sector Count instead of Xfer Length Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 255 LeCroy Corporation Software Settings 256 Color Setting Based on Cell Type Each column has its own color Based on Port No Data of each row are shown based on the specified color for its port You can set the color of ports in the Viewer settings Based on Read Write Command Type You can specify a color for Read commands another color for Write commands and other color for other commands The software shows each row based on the command type Read Write or others Based on Specific Command Type You can specify a color for each command The software applies the setting on the Command column Anchor the Selection bar Other You can anchor the selection bar of the Spreadsheet View Set the Anchor row as sync point Other views synchronize based on the contents of the anchor row Repeat decoded command in frame column The spreadsheet shows the name of the command in front of all frames in the Command column Otherwise it will show the name of the command only in front of the SSP command frame Decode CDB of Commands The spreadsheet shows name of command in command column otherwise shows CDB of command in command column Show Sector Count instead of Xfer Length SATA only Display sector count Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Pro
207. Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Connecting using a Hub Switch or Similar Device LeCroy Corporation Connecting using a Hub Switch or Similar Device When connected to the host machine using a hub switch Gigabit Ethernet interface or similar device the Analyzer must communicate with the host computer to establish a connection The host computer continually broadcasts the next available IP address to the Analyzer until the software starts Connecting over Different Subnets If the Host PC with the Sierra software and Sierra M6 2 are on the same subnet they will see each other s broadcasts and the Sierra M6 2 application will automatically appear in the Select Device dialog from which you can select a device as described in the previous section If the Host PC and Sierra M6 2 do not reside on the same subnet they will not see each other automatically You must add the Sierra M6 2 IP address manually To add the IP address use the Add Device button see Figure 1 15 on page 28 TCP and UDP Ports Must Be Open to Connect over Ethernet WARNING Check your firewall settings before making Ethernet connections Incorrect firewall settings can prevent LeCroy applications from detecting analyzers on the network though Ping works correctly Consult your Firewall documentation to allow LeCroy applications to the network The following TCP and UDP ports must be open to connect over the Ethernet a TCP Port
208. Source Addresses Hash Source Addresses Destination Addresses Hash Destination Addresses Data Length Uncheck All Combining specified Event Groupes C Union Frames that match ANY of the specified events Intersection Frames that match ALL of the specified events Exclusion Frames that OO NOT match opposite to the intersection or union Packet Types Frimitive OOE Signal All OOE Signal Undetermined DOB Signal COMM AEE OOE Signal COMRESET OOE Signal COMSAS Open Address Frame Identify Address Frame one Broadcast Address Frame Short one Broadcast Address Frame SSP Frame SMP Frame ELECTRIC IOLE OFF ELECTRIC IDLE ON STP SATA Frame Raw Data Figure 5 25 Find Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 447 LeCroy Corporation Find 448 2 Select Frames Transactions SCSI Operations Management Transactions ATA Commands or OOBs from the top left list box to list that type of event in the Events Group box 3 Select one or more events from the Events Group box O OCODODODDO DO oDoUOCO Packet Types Header PHY Event Transaction Primitives Source Addresses Hash Source Addresses Destination Addresses Hash Destination Addresses Data Length SMP Frames SSP Frames Errors FIS Types FIS Port Number Channel Data Pattern Completion Time 4 Select one of the following options a Union Find all packets matching ANY
209. T Ready USB USB Sierra M6 2 O O Speed l1 T1 12 SAS SATA O O Frm 00B ia iene wJ i 00 a ae a Figure 1 2 Front Panel LEDs Each link is supported by LEDs with the following functionality GreenThis LED is illuminated during the OOB sequence before the link is established and after link is established it indicates traffic on the bus Orange This LED is illuminated as follows Speed Initiator Target 1 5G Off Off 3 0G On Off 6 0G On On Yellow This LED is illuminated when a link is established Red This LED illuminates when an error occurs Blue This LED is illuminated when a trigger occurs OO OO Trigger OO OO Error OO OO Link OO OO Speed OO OO Frm 00B 11714 12T2 Figure 1 3 LEDs Status and Configuration Display The Analyzer front LCD display indicates the configuration and status of operations For example during initialization the LCD panel displays boot status messages Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 19 LeCroy Corporation Installing Your Analyzer 20 Installing Your Analyzer Software Installation The software works on systems using the Windows XP Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 operating systems Windows Vista and Windows 7 are recommended because they allow using more RAM memory Note on the Windows Vista Operating System If the SAS or SATA software does not open right click the SAS Protocol Suite or SATA Protoc
210. TA Packet View of sts Sample File Quick View By default the Software Settings enable Quick View Quick View allows full access to the whole trace more quickly especially when using a Gigabit Ethernet connection However the trace is NOT written to the Host PC hard drive To save the trace you must manually click Save If you uncheck Quick View in the Software Settings to disable Quick View the trace loads more slowly but is automatically saved to the Host PC hard drive When Quick View is disabled the Viewer displays successive parts of trace data as they upload As soon as a trace part uploads it is available in all trace views If you only need quick successive traces and do not need to save them keep the default setting to enable Quick View If you need to save all captured traces unchecking the Quick View setting loads traces faster especially for larger traces and slower connections than Gigabit Ethernet To refresh the viewer display with more uploaded data scroll to the end of the trace using scroll bars page down arrow down or CTRL End Newly uploaded data then appears there Note High level decoding and statistics are available only after the whole trace has uploaded The software automatically switches to full trace view after trace uploading finishes Note For SATA traces users must press CTRL Home to go to the begining of an uploaded trace and CTRL End to go to the end of an uploaded trace
211. TOF SAS aunar 227 selectable Filter Onuions TO SATA sicir iii 231 Enable Fille rustica oda iaa 232 Flteridale oca 232 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 7 LeCroy Corporation Contents Using the Cursors and BookmarkS occcoocnccconcconcnncconnccnnccccnnnconannrnnannrnnnnnnnnnnrrnnnnrenanrrnannrennanos 233 GUISO Sinai 233 SS AN cds 238 Save Search SETUD ni a tt id 240 A acres EE E T E E A E P E A A AA E A E A E ET 240 SCA CMD CNA e ie ie e at oe a eee 240 Search FrONT ena 240 A AN 241 SOY Et 61 N FOr a ar ES Ee ee PE See ROS eT Se EOS Dem RU OED PERN a onC ain ee eae ee eae 241 Search DOM Mii A ad 241 Search SUD MEMS an 242 Display Configura ON narnicra caca 244 sample Viewer Configuratio Msns aaa aae da 244 Ser ORG lel S arisini neiaa aai ARa AEAEE iA 248 SAS Address Alias SAS ON Vinos 249 ME OWN aaan ae r ensues se cckcesics accede ancuasawieaeeaeat suaanteaneucedeeasesacewaeteeacane 251 SONWare SEINO S ui 252 General Tab teases tetera cee oe chew cc cate eae nae eae da 252 Pasan it adi o bblas 252 Template AAA Mane aicenk a aa A 253 Olea Di 253 Found Device LIStMOde pcia taa 253 Browse Default Palit io uta 253 sample Viewer Tabo ccte Sect ect es eeie ected a cbecced netde eta cecie reece toe teneece eter ebeeet ete aeeetetedt 254 Open Sample Te Misas A id 254 ODUMIZAUON ii teense ergata 254 ONET aa ot 255 Spread SNES VICW Tai A A Ai 255 ol 0 eS 10 11 p IA on a a ee en eee eee eee e
212. T_A where A in this case 1s the defined condition Setting Conditions with the Generation Options Dialog To set a complex condition open the Generation Options dialog 1 Select Generate gt Generation Options from the menu to open the Generation Options dialog x Generation Rules a Newevent w S Q Q ep om Global State active at all times Save Save As Defaut Load 2 Click the New Events button and select an event from the menu The selected event should appear in the Available Events area along the left side of the dialog box 3 Drag the new event button to the Global State cell Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 445 LeCroy Corporation Setting Complex Wait For Conditions 446 4 Right click the new event button and select Specify Action s A menu appears showing the letters A through F and the option No action Generation Options x Generation Rules wD Newevent z eo Q a E Config is valid Available Events Global State active at all times Primitive NO ACTION Specify Action s B C D E Move Event To Copy Event To ij Delete This Event Properties No Action Click to Select Right Click for menu Double Click for Properties Save Save s Defaut Load 5 Select a letter from the menu The menu closes The event button
213. The suggested process of creating and executing a scenario is as follows 1 Create a scenario in the main library 2 Copy the scenario from main library to a device library by drag and drop with a mouse Each device library is associated with a specific InFusion device 3 Download all scenarios in the device library to a InFusion device Select the scenario in the device library that you want to run on the device 5 To run the scenario click the Start Scenario button from the Device Library toolbar The device starts to monitor modify traffic Note Step 1 is described in detail for each example in following sections Steps 2 to 5 are described in detail at the end of this chapter 340 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules LeCroy Corporation Creating Global Rules This section gives examples for creating the Global Rules area of a scenario Recall that the Global Rules area defines a single test state The Global Rules do not have the capacity for multiple states so that area of a scenario cannot change state In terms of InFusion testing a state defines test behavior In this context behavior is waiting for an event and responding with an action or set of actions that happen simultaneously Keep in mind that a test state you implement with the Global Rules operates in parallel with the active test state of each sequence in the scenario In effect InFusion lets you do up to t
214. Value in milliseconds or microseconds Select a Trigger Mode a If End Event occurs before timer expires a If timer expires before End Event occurs Timeout Pattern Start Events External Trigger Prirnibive Add gt gt P Remove lt lt Symb Remove lt lt Primitive STP Frame ATA Command End Events ATAPI Bus Condition Address Frame SMP Frame Note Logical OR operator applied on added events Timeout value 346 milliseconds 2 microseconds Trigger mode 2 Trigger if the End Event s occur s before the timer expires Trigger if the timer expires before the End Event s occur s Note Start Event s reset 2 the timer unconditionally Figure 2 82 Timeout Dialog 106 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Advanced Mode User Defined LeCroy Corporation In Advanced Mode Short State Jump Intervals Can Cause Hardware Queue Overflow and Corrupt Frames When using Advanced Mode if too many state jumps occur in a short time the hardware queue can overflow which may corrupt frames For example an infinite loop can cause many state jumps in a short time Hardware overflow can occur if interval between state jumps is less than 60 DWORDs In Advanced Mode infinite loops are usually used to check if an event occurs before a timeout In this case you can use the Timeout dialog to avoid hardware queue overflow Advance Mode Settings Notes State O
215. _PMREQ_S or SATA_PMREQ_P command right before each SATA_PMACK primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_PMREQ_S or SATA_PMREQ_P command right before each SATA_PMNAK primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_R_ERR command right before each SATA_WTRM primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_R_OK command right before each SATA_WTRM primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_R_IP command right before each SATA_SOF primitive When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR SATA_X_RDY command right before each SATA_R_RDY primitive Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Generation Options LeCroy Corporation Generation Options Use the Generation Rules to set triggers and filters To display the Generation Options dialog select Generate gt Generation Options or click n the Setup Generation Options Te button AA x Generation Rules Toolbar a New event X DO e Config is valid Config Status Indicator Available Events Area Main Display Area Save Save As Default Load Figure 5 16 Generation Options Window The page has the following areas Q Toolbar Contains buttons that control the Generation Rules page OU Available Events Area Area where you can park Event buttons that you intend to use in the Main Display area a Main Display Area Area where you configure trigger and filter rules You co
216. ables the Error Settings button Click this button to display the Close Connection Setting dialog Close Connection Setting x Close Sequence Type Close Normally v Close Connection Settings DUNE Primitive CLOSE Primitive CLOSE NORMAL y CLOSE BREAK Primitive Count 3 cares Figure 2 125 Close Connection Dialog Select the Close Sequence Type from the drop down list Selecting Delay in sending allows you to specify the delay in sending Done Close or Break Select the Close Connection Settings from the drop down lists Outgoing Open Error Check Outgoing Open Error and then the enabled Error Settings button to display the Open Frame Setting dialog Open Frame Setting xj I Frame Type eno M Frame Length error DWord Destroy Field of Frame l Protocol I SOAF Eror C I Code violation exror Pz Initiator Pod FF Disparity error Connection Rate Features Stas ae Lx J coo Figure 2 126 Open Frame Setting Dialog FT EQAF Eror 5 e mn T CRCEnae C N j Check errors to introduce Scroll through the available choices in the Destroy Field of Frame list box and check the field to destroy Incoming Open Primitive Response Check this box then click the down arrow next to the Primitive list box and choose a response type Enter a Delay value I Incoming Open Primitive Response Primitive OPEN REJECT BAD DESTINATION Delay j1000 Us Figure 2 127
217. ad a previously saved configuration file click Load and choose an appropriate file Set Port Alias Port Alias allows you to assign a meaningful name to each port to assist in interpreting the results displayed in the sample view To assign port names in an open sample view select Configuration gt Set Port Alias Port aias x New port name Figure 3 73 SAS Assign Port Alias 248 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SAS Address Alias SAS only LeCroy Corporation Assign a meaningful name to each port in use and click OK The assigned names replace the port numbers in the sample view st H 33 926 666 us a gt gt 229 g 33 453 333 US If you elect to save the capture sample file the assigned port names are saved together with the result so that when you open the sample file later the assigned names are retained Set As Default If you want to set these port aliases for sample files that will be captured later you can set them as default and new samples will be opened by these default port aliases SAS Address Alias SAS only SAS Address Alias allows you to assign a meaningful name to each SAS address to assist in interpreting the results displayed in the sample view To assign SAS address names in an open sample view select Configuration gt Set SAS Address Alias SAS Adress Alias SAS Address Hash Address Alias Name 5000626000001074 FFFF54 Intrasever SOM505E000000304 8
218. additional setting options The dialog opens displaying the OOB Signal Setting tab OOB Signal Setting Edit the default values displayed in the white editable fields Advance Target Setting l x DUB Signal Setting Time outs Speed Negotiation Idle Time 0081 Negation Time OOBI Burst Time OOBI 480 Accept gt 1440 F esolution of Idle Time Negation Time and Burst Time are 20 OOBI Cancel Help Figure 2 187 OOB Signal Setting Dialog 182 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation LeCroy Corporation Set Timeouts Click the Timeouts tab to display the Timeouts setting dialog Advance Target Setting xX ODE Signal Setting Time outs Speed Negotiation Ds ODE Signal Open Connection response timeout pz Hot Plug timeout 500 me fi 4 Close Connection response timeout 1000 pz COMSAS detect timeout TES Break Connection response timeout 1000 pz Speed Negotiation DONE timeout 1000 Tes ACDT timer 750000 noe Credit timeout 1000 Ls SNLT timer fi 53600 008l ACK NAK timeout 1000 ps NTT timer fi 63540 GOB Receive Identity timeant fi oag pz Cancel Help Figure 2 188 Timeout Setting Dialog Edit the default values displayed in the white editable fields and click OK Set Speed Negotiating error Click the Speed Negotiation tab to display the Speed Negotiation dialog Advance Target Setting x OOB Signal Setting Time outs Speed Negotiati
219. after receiving fi Dwords by sending SYNC Send HOLD after fi Dwords for times Defer Handshake after f1000 us OK Cancel Figure 2 130 Incoming Frame Setting Dialog ATA Handshake Error Check Handshake Errors to enable selection of errors and primitives Check R_ERR or select Primitive to send as an incoming frame response Check No Handshake to send no response Terminate Receiving Frame Check Terminate Receiving Frame then choose the termination type 132 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture LeCroy Corporation Defer Handshake Check the Defer Handshake after check box and enter a value for the time to defer the handshake SCSI Error and Command Settings SAS only Protocol Errors Command Settings h 4 x Connection Rate Physical Rate a Store Payload In Butter Trigger Source ediate Data Miiset jo Miwordls External Trigger out No change On Command execution Mata Length fi Miword s Retry o Random Error Injection fi E Auto Update LEA I Close Connection Setting Error Settings f ncreament LBA O Decreament LEA Generate Error On momo po Crd e Outgoing Frame li th Frame Command Settings Fandom MW Incoming Frame li th Frame Data Settings LES Lower Limit jo heg LEA Upper Limit fi HE l Outgoing Open Error Error Settings Incoming Open Primitive Response Primitive OPEN ACCEPT Delay
220. ailed test traces only check the Save only failed test traces check box Enter a path and file name for the Compliance Report file or use the default file name and path C Program Files LeCroy SATA Protocol Suite User Compliance_Device1 rtf Enter a path and file name for the Saved Traces or use the default folder C Program Files LeCroy SATA Protocol Suite User After you select tests click Start The test runs and after a brief period displays the result o Compliance Report file c program files lecroy sata protocol suite User Compliance_Devicel rtf Browse View Saved Traces a No Test Name Description Result Detail 1 GTR 01 Once the initial Register device to host FIS has been received and successfully 175 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample acknowledged with no errors a device shall successfully respond to the setting of for further information the SRST bit in the Device Control register at any time and perform the software 2 5 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample reset protocol for further information 375 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample for further information 475 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample for further information 4545 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample for further information 2 GTR O4 For all Serial ATA devices the entire contents of Word 93 in IDENTIFY DEVICE Passed or IDENT
221. al Number Target Port Parameters a Serial Number Serial number of hardware QO Target Port Port number in port map Example IfIsstopped ox01267 1 Then Beep 750 300 Run ox01267 Detect AddressFrame Open 5 The value of second parameter is 5 and shows check stopping mode of combination of port number 1 and port number 3 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 371 LeCroy Corporation Scenario Batch Files After filling parameters from the Command Parameters Dialog the program makes the IF ELSE structure in the Script workspace The ELSE statement is optional To add an ELSE body click Click here to add else body b x Label 0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN a wa a 10 ms Click Ee to add another script commang gt lt Click here to add else body gt END IF New Script 0 b x Label 0 Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Label 1 penoy ons Label 2 IF 1sStop N 12871 Port a THEN lt Chck here to add another action Beep 40 Hz 10 ms lt Click here to add another action gt Label 3 ELSE lt Click here to add another action gt Beep 40 Hz 20 ms lt Click here to add another action gt END IF Goto Label Goes to specified label Labels can be assigned to each script line Format Goto Label3 Parameters None Example Label3 WaitForStop 0x83456 2 100 Run tox01267 Inject ERCOOO 4 Goto Label Note You can use
222. al area Choose Target Emulator Port Click a port option button and click the down arrow next to the Speed list box and choose a port speed Use the Speed Negotiation Setting button to open the dialog see Speed Negotiation Tab on page 143 Note If you have made some changes to a defined emulation and want to return to the original definition check the Activate the emulator with old settings Ports Configuration Click the Port Configuration button to display the Ports Configuration dialog see Ports Configuration on page 97 Activation Enter number of times and period of activation Advanced Options Click the Advanced button to display the OOB Signal Setting Power Management setting Speed Negotiation NCQ Command setting and Miscellaneous additional setting dialogs OOB Signal Setting Edit the default values displayed in the white editable fields Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 185 LeCroy Corporation Target and Device Emulation Advance Target Setting he l 3 x 00B Signal Setting Speed Negotiation Power Management Setting NCO Command Settings Miscellaneous Features Status Idle Time OOBI Negation Time OOBI Burst Time OOBI COMINIT RESET Accept 490 COMWAKE Accept ha 160 F esolution of Idle Time Negation Time and Burst Time are 20 DOBI M Asunchronous Signal Recovery OOB Retro Interval Time 10000 us Cancel Help Figure 2 191 OOB Signal Setting
223. al in the range of 1 ms to 245 minutes 2 Set the Counter Mode to either Cumulative or Instantaneous Cumulative causes the measurement counters to continually increment gt Instantaneous causes the measurement counters to reset for each Update interval 3 Set the Analyzer Speed for each port used 4 To disable descrambling check the Disable Descrambling check box or check Disable Scrambling 5 Enter a value for Primitive Response Timeout 6 Choose the Align Transmission Period by checking the corresponding option button 7 To select Protocol Errors to exclude from the analysis click the Protocol Error Mask button and check any or all of the protocol errors to exclude See Protocol Errors on page 60 8 To save the analysis result for later review check Save to file and enter the path in which to save the result 9 Toinclude a descriptive note about the project click the Notes tab and enter information in the Notes dialog See Add a Project Note on page 100 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 159 LeCroy Corporation Performance Analysis 160 To perform the Performance Analysis click the El Number of Frame Event 143514 0000 Re Number of Data Frame Events37 129 0000 14 Number of Protocol Error 37 1237 0000 Ea Humber of Completed Comman 000 Ej Number of Command Eve 0000 E Number of Frame Event 74257 0000 mM Number of Data Frame Eve 0000 Number of Protocol Erro 4 0000 a
224. alog Click the down arrow on the Primitive combo box choose a primitive then click OK Fill reserved fields with Enter a value for which reserved fields to change if other than 0 Field of Frame Select Destroy scroll through the available choices in the Field of Frame list box and choose a field to destroy Alternatively select Specify Value to fill the chosen field with a pre defined value Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 131 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture Insert Frame Check Insert Frame click the down arrow on the Type combo box and choose the frame type Then choose to insert it before or after an outgoing frame command Make sure that you have clicked More Note In addition to the pre defined frame types you can scroll down the list to User Defined and enter your own frame data between SOF and EOF Incoming ATA Frame Settings Before selecting Incoming Frame Settings select the Types Of Frames and the Frame Number on which to inject an error Then check Incoming Frame in the Generate Error On area and then the enabled Settings button to display the Incoming Frame Settings dialog Incoming Frame Setting xi Frame Name Register Device to Host Frame Number 1 SY Handshake errors R_ERR C No Handshake C Primitive CONT gt f Terminate receiving frame Terminate after receiving fi Dwords by sending DMAT Terminate
225. ant 2 GHz 2 dB x Medium time constant 800 MHz OFF Pre emphasis level OFF Pre emphasis decay 500 pz Output Pre Short Pre emphasis level EE dE Pre emphasis decay 200 pz Long time constant 500 MHz 4 de Output power level eoo rr Logs of signal 30 mm Copy Selected Port Settings to All Parts Cancel Figure 3 76 Choose Port for TX Vout Copy Selected Port Settings to All Ports implements one port s setting into all other port settings Restore Factory Settings restores default values Save saves the new values as a sng file Load loads back the saved sng file Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 251 LeCroy Corporation Software Settings Software Settings Software Settings allow you to define template files for new Analyzer projects to specify how sample files appear when opened and to set ATAPI Spec Assignment To perform software settings in an open sample view select Configuration gt Software Settings General Tab Software Settings f x General sample Wiener Spread Sheet view Column View Field List View Paths User path Protocol Analyzer T New Protocol Analyzer Project in Advanced Mode Default Workspace c program Files lecroy sas protocol suite System PreDefined Workspace Def a MEO Commands Time out Threshold 1000 us ATAPI Spec Assignment MM
226. arrangement Arrange Icons Arranges minimized windows at the bottom of the display Windows Displays a list of open windows Help Menu Help Topics Displays online help You can also select F1 Check for Updates Check whether a new software version is available If so you can download from the LeCroy web site You can select to Check for updates at application startup About Displays version information Sierra Trainer Main Toolbar The Sierra Trainer toolbar contains the following buttons os BP Ree aK SEH SS Ble Figure 5 9 Sierra Trainer Toolbar The buttons have the following functions Save As Opens a dialog in which you Can save your edits in the lar Open Document appropriate file type Setup Display Options Opens the 1E Display Options window EN Zoom In Edit as Text Edit the text file for a the document EN Zoom Out 3 Start All Generation Wrap in Stop All Generation B Find gt pa j Resume All Generation LA Find Next x amp Connect All Link 5 Disconnect All Link Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 383 LeCroy Corporation Setting Up for Generating Initiator Traffic 384 i Setup Generation Options Opens Start Analyzer without switching to le the Generation Options window e Analyzer frame Stop Analyzer without switching to MW show Infusion Frame Analyzer frame Abort Analyzer
227. ata Sends back data for all LBAs or generates counter random data Cannot be used as a real formatted partition To use the Trainer as a SATA Device in real configurations only tools like IO METER that can work with un partitioned and un formatted drives can be used Variable Definition Variable definition is like definitions in programming languages You can define up to 512 DWORD 32 bit variables There is no constraint on variable names except you cannot use keywords Variable scopes are general and you should define them in the script header before the generation block The syntax of variable definition is VAR32 VariableNamel VariableName2 VAR64 VariableName VAR64 holds field values greater than 32 bits such as SASAddress Note Variable names should start with 408 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trainer Script Enhancements LeCroy Corporation Assigning Variable Values You can set variable values in different ways a a a a Constant value GvarNamel 1234 Other variable value varNamel varName2 Result of expression on other variables varNamel varNamel varName2 Fields of last received frame varNamel SSPFrame LRF Frame Type where LRF is Last Received Frame Note Specifying packet type SSPFrame before LRF causes last received frame to be this packet type and field start bit position is calculated according to the packet type definition
228. ata in columns with the following information a FIS Type All Custom Data PIO Setup Register Host To Device Register Device To Host PM Port Direction All l gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number OCDOO O 276 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Statistical Report Content a of total count Direction fa it M LeCroy Corporation Register Host to Device 340 293 334 96 us Register Device to Host gt m 352 540 014 65 us DMA Activate T gt I 102 239 997 86 us Figure 3 108 SAS STP Transport Report Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 277 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Content SCSI Command Report SAS To display the SCSI Command Report click the SCSI Command tab The SCSI Command Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a Command All Custom Inquiry Mode Sense6 Pause Resume Play Audio 10 Read Capacity Read10 Receive Diagnostic Results Send Diagnostic Write10 Start Stop Unit Test Unit Ready Report Luns Synchronize Cache10 Direction All l gt T T gt l or Custom Number of Transport All Custom or a number Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Good Incomplete Response Data Present Task Attribute Simple Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count DOOOUOUOUOUDL Pos
229. ation Exercise and Capture Advanced Initiator Setting l x General OOB Signal Setting Time outs Speed Negotiation Automatic action options ALIGN T ission Period 2048 Dword s reine e ABORT TASK for failed commands STF Initiator ALIGN Transmission Period 256 Diword s M Multi Command Feature Bus Inactivity Time Limit 100 100 us Maxinum Connect Time Limit O infinite First Burst Size 1 4512 Bytes _T nexus loss time 100 me Mas Credits in each Connection 255 Delay between getting HOLD to sending HOLDA 27 Diwordls Setas factory Cancel Figure 2 142 Advanced Initiator Settings Dialog General Tab In the Advanced Initiator Setting dialog choose Automatic action options from O ABORT TASK for Failed Commands O Multi Command feature OOB Signal Setting Tab Click the OOB Signal Setting tab in the Advanced Host Setting dialog to specify OOB parameters in the enabled editable fields Advanced Initiator Setting General OOB Signal Setting Time outs Speed Negotiation Idle Time 0061 Negation Time 0061 Burst Time OOBI 480 COMSAS Accept gt 1440 F esolution of Idle Time Negation Time and Burst Time are 20 OQEBI Set as factory Cancel Figure 2 143 OOB Signal Setting Tab 142 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture LeCroy Corporation Timeouts Tab Click the Timeouts tab in the Advanced Host Setting dialog to sp
230. atterns to capture after trigger To define specific patterns for capture click the Pattern button to display the Capture tab for Pattern Capture Trigger Settings Notes Project Tree SASProtocolAnalyzer2 C Eventhing Exclude SATA_CONT 7 Capture Pattem T Exclude SATA_SYNC Y Include XX Exclude OOB Signals Exclude X lt xx Y Include SATA_SYNC l Exclude Payload except fo Dword s Y Include SATA_CONT Y Include OOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame A Trigger Non Sequential Parameters STP Frame Mi Settings Trigger Position in Memory 50 Address Frame Capture Memory Size 10000 KB SMP Frame Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s SSP Frame vdd Speed 3 0 Gbps 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 T4 Data Pattern Descrambling Enabled pa Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP Protocol Errors menos 59 Connection Details Simulation Mode 7 Exclude patterns Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures Easy switch to Advanced mode Collapse All Espand l Figure 2 16 SAS Choosing Capture Patterns SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC SAS The SAS Parameters window displays the following pattern capture categories a STP Frame Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Data Pattern a Protocol Errors 0 DODO SATA
231. b in the dialog General Bus Condition Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Read Write Command Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others O O ODODDODDODoDoDOo oo po O SATA A complete SATA statistical report consists of the following reports accessed by clicking the corresponding tab in the dialog General Bus Condition Primitive FIS ATA Command ATAPI Command Read Write Command Protocol Error Performance Others PM Statistic PM Performance O OUODODODODOCOOoUDo Oo Note Results are displayed only for items that have been captured in the sample Report Options Some report categories offer options to display only specific items These report categories incorporate drop down list boxes offering pre defined and custom options For details see Formatting the Statistical Report View on page 290 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 271 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Content General Report To display the General Report click the General tab The General Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a Type All Custom Bus Condition FIS Identify Address Frame Open Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame STP Frame a Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom a Duration All Custom or time unit a Count All Custom or a number of
232. be deep enough to hold all the traffic that the other device sends while the HOLD propagates The port drops all incoming HOLDA conditions so HOLDAs are never put in the FIFOs or made visible to the sequencers After this the port that had been receiving the HOLD stops sending HOLDA and attempts to read data from the FIFO The termination of HOLD propagates through the bus engine and then causes the other device to restart transmission which puts data into the FIFO Note If both sides send HOLD primitives that overlap the receivers drop the HOLD conditions to avoid overflowing the FIFOs If you turn off the Smart Hold option the port does not send HOLDA when it detects a HOLD primitivew during a SATA frame Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 331 LeCroy Corporation Scenario Events Scenario Events A scenario is a script you create using simple mouse clicks and text entries As you work the script takes shape in the scenario area of the application display You can think of the scenario area itself as consisting of two subareas A Global Rules area at the top where you create the Global Rules and a Sequence area beneath the Global Rules where you create any sequences Whether you are creating Global Rules or a Sequence the menu driven interface prompts you to specify the event s for which you want to trigger actions ox Type p Address Frame gt Analyzer Trigger any Dword ATA
233. c wi WwW iw ig 1 ted ltem lV T1 Y T2 r I 14 Reset All Check Al le Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Save Load Cancel Figure 3 50 Third Level of Multilevel Filtering Filter descend packets by ascend packet You can apply a filter on a descend packet if you check the Filter descend packet if ascend packet is filtered option If you uncheck this option the software only filters the filtered packet For example if this option is checked and any SCSI command is selected all transport and link packets of this command are filtered If you unchecked this option only selected SCSI commands are filtered Selectable Filter Options for SAS The SAS Filter Options are Bus Condition Primitive Incomplete Frames Address Frames SSP Frames SMP Frames STP Frames SCSI Commands Task Management Functions ATA Commands SCSI Command Status see Filter Check Condition on page 229 Source SAS Address O O OUOCODODODDO OO Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 227 LeCroy Corporation Filtering Destination SAS Address Pair SAS Address Protocol Error STP Port Tag see Filter by Tag Number on page 229 ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous see Filter Miscellaneous on page 230 OOOUOUOUD Bus Condition When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured Bus Conditions in the Sample Viewer I
234. calculation STP Port Enter the STP port number for the STP port to include in the performance calculation SAS Source Address SAS only Enter a SAS Source Address to include in the performance calculation SAS Destination Address SAS only Enter a SAS Destination Address to include in the performance calculation 157 LeCroy Corporation Performance Analysis Define Performance Click the Performance Item check box in the Performance Items tab Performance measurement has the following categories a Link Usage Bus Utilization Ratio of frame time to update interval m Transmission Efficiency Ratio of payload time to frame time Throughput Quantity of payload or useful data transferred during update interval m Average Payload Size Ratio of overall payload size to number of data frame Completed Command Rate Ratio of completed commands to total com mands Data Efficiency Ratio of data payload time to data frame time O Event Counts Number of Frame Events SCSI Command Number Number of Data Frame Events Number of Protocol Errors Number of Completed Commands Number of Command Events O Event Times m Total Frame Event Time Total Data Frame Time m Total Data Payload Time Total Idle Time Settings Click the Setting tab to display the settings dialog SASPerformanceAnalyzer1 Oj x Performance Items Setting Notes Update Interval Milisecond 5 Second Ims to 245 minutes
235. ch Sub Items When searching SCSI Command Status you can refine the search by selecting from a list of Sub Items Note Some of the search categories allow you to refine the search by specifying specific SAS addresses and STP ports to search searen x gt Search For y Search Items m Search Sub Items Data Pattern Good piii panan Ports MBus Conditior ViCheck Condition Sense Key Dont Care E iai incomplete Vn EREB incomplete Frames ASC Hex K V1 26 3a 1 Address Frames SSP Frames ASCU Hes f JSMP Frames B STP Frames Check All UnCheck All O SCSI Commands Protocol Error LISMP Commands V Packet with Error Task Management Function ATA Commands SCSI Command Status JSource SAS Address Destination SAS Address JProtocol Error Tag SCSI Task Attribute STA SLS Lommand Y Packet without Error Miscellaneous m Search Direction Forward C Backward Search From Start C TrigPointer C XPointer C Y Pointer C Last Found pa Search Logic C AND Selected Items OR Selected Items Reset All Save Load Cancel Domain lt lt Figure 3 67 Search Sub Items When you check the SCSI Command Status the Check Condition item appears in the Search Items Window if a check condition has occurred Clicking this enables Search Sub Items allowing you to refine the search by specifying Sense Key ASC and ASCQ 242 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Pr
236. cify the event to require five repeats before triggering the action or the action to require five occurrences before it acts However in the case of combined events and or actions the separate counters provide flexibility in designing test cases For example consider the case where Event_1 OR Event_2 leads to Action If Event_1 has a counter of 5 then the Action triggers either when Event_1 has repeated five times or when Event_2 happens the first time whichever occurs first But if the event counters are set to 1 and the Action counter is set to 5 then the Action happens after five occurrences of EITHER Event_1 or Event_2 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 337 LeCroy Corporation Scenario Actions Capturing a Data DWORD InFusion provides the ability to capture individual data DWORDs and provides four different registers to store captured DWORDs DWORD 0 1 2 and 3 To capture a data dword select Capture Data DWORD from the Action Properties screen as shown below Select the register to be used to store the DWORD from the drop down menu under the Capture Register property 21011 Type Properties Type Action e Capture Data Dword Descrption Inject Random Ho E Link Ever Nth occurence 1 z Monitor Count MonitorCount Not monitored Remove Direction From Initiator E Stop Scenario Capture Register Dword 0 A Substitute Offset Diword 0 Trigger Output Dward H Diword 2
237. ck here to A event gt Click here to add a sequence For Help press Fl Figure 4 22 Example 1 Adding an Event The Event Properties dialog box appears see Figure 4 17 on page 332 In the Type column of the Event Properties dialog choose Primitive gt SAS Primitive 5 In the Type column in the middle of the dialog box click Description if you want to add a description of the event 6 Click Direction to choose the direction of traffic to monitor for the selected event the default is From Initiator which is what you want for this example 7 Still in the middle column of the Event Properties dialog box click Primitive to display a drop down menu that lets you choose the type of primitive for which you want to wait in this scenario In this example it is RRDY Normal 342 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules E Properties i Type p Address Frame z Any Dword pu ATA Command a ATA Command Frame H ATAPI Both Links Up 2 CRE Error Dward Makcher z FIS Frame FIS Type 5 Frame Type 2 Invalid 10bit code Error Links Speed 3G Links Speed 6G OOB Signal E Primitives z Primitive Group SA5 Primitive SATA Primitive z Running Disparity Error 545 Data Pattern SATA Data Pattern E SCSI gt SMP Frame Count Randomly LeCroy Corporation x Event Ho 1 From Initiator NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP NOTIFY POWER LOST EXPECTED NOTIFY RESE
238. coding External Trig Setting Dwordie Parameters Update 57 Board Interface Exclude ALIGN Update Sierra Device W Exclude Idle setup IF All Connected Devices Figure 1 12 Connecting to All SATA Device s The Select Device dialog allows connecting and disconnecting analyzers on the fly without restarting the application However this requires updating the firmware component in the analyzer over USB as the previous firmware will not report any analyzer connected over Ethernet to Software versions 4 10 and later 26 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability LeCroy Corporation The new Device List introduced in version 4 10 mandates using updated firmware in order to detect the analyzer over Ethernet Thus the analyzer must be updated over USB before it can be used remotely over Ethernet This is applicable for any update from version 4 00 or earlier to any version from 4 10 or later The following Select Device dialog displays The colors in the Location column mean the following QO Red Firmware and or BusEngine components need to be updated to the latest version QO Light Blue The device is ready to be connected a Yellow The device is not chained or cascaded PSG_Q4_MB 2 Local Machine Locked No Chained i il Connect azis_M6 172 16 133 134 Locked No Chained gt a a Ev ICE Mreoeoe de F Settings Selected Device Id Ox00104C00F0D4 Ps ay N
239. col Analysis Project SAS vs SATA For Pattern Parameters SATA Dialog adds FIS FIS Pattern and ATA Command Pattern and does not have STP Frame SSP Frame SMP Frame and Address Frame 4 Click the Record button to execute the pre defined example 5 After the project runs you see an analyzer trace capture display similar to the one Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects LeCroy Corporation Address Frame Type Device Type Restricted H Restricted H Restricted H SMP Initiator Port H STP hitistor Port H SSP Intiator Port H Restricted H SMP Target Port H STP Target Port H SSP Target Port H Restricted H SAS Address H Pivy Identifier H CRC H Link Data MH S MO as 1 41551331 D ns Address Frame Type Device Type Restricted H Restricted H Restricted H SMP indiator Port H STP intistor Port H SSP indistor Port H Restricted H SMP Target Port H STP Target Port H SSP Target Port H Restricted H SAS Address H Phy kientifier H CRC H Link Data H 3 MERO Relative Time 300 ms Relative Time 2 516 093 ms Address Frame Type Protocol Intiator Port H Connection Rate Features H initiator Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H Source SAS Address M Compatible Features H 2 1 Ope i xd 25 1074 10478 Patheray Blocked Court H Arbitration vat Time H More Compatible Features H CRC H Link Data 010 8 ICRA FF4D47D4 52 493 us Relativa Tim
240. crambling If checked causes the Analyzer to assume that no traffic is scrambled By default the Analyzer assumes the scrambling state of the devices under test Show XXXX value Check this option to display XXXX values ALIGN Transmission Period differs for SAS and SATA Choose the ALIGN Transmission Period for SSP and STP by clicking the corresponding option button then open the Protocol Error Mask dialog Protocol Error Mask Click the Protocol Error Mask button to open the Protocol Error Mask dialog x Protocol Errors E Code Violation L Disparity Error C ALIGN Error celos STP Signaling Latency Error STP Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive STP Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout O Frame Type Error L Frame Length Error O Frame Direction Error L CRC Error LACK NAK Timeout O Disable Disparity Error and Symbol Violation during the Speed negotiation Check Disable Protocol error detection pulse Nel plata Un Check Enable Protocol error detection Figure 2 68 Protocol Errors Dialog Check the Protocol Errors that you want the Analyzer to ignore When RD Error and Code violation Error are set as trigger events RD Error or Code violation Error can occur right after the OOB sequence RD Error or Code violation Error can occur right after the recovery from the PM state Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 95 LeCroy C
241. creament LE i Decreament LEA l Incoming Frame fi th Frame Register Device to Host Y Settinas By Amount GF fo Cmd size Fandom LES Lower Lint jo hes LB4 Upper Limit i hex Cancel Figure 2 124 SATA Protocol Error and Command Settings for ATA Dialog Connection Rate Select the Connection Rate to allow a higher speed port to communicate with a lower speed port Physical Rate 1 5 G 3 or 6 Trigger Source Click the down arrow on the Trigger Source combo box to choose trigger type Immediate Wait for external trig or Wait for Analyzer trig External Trigger Out Click the down arrow on the External Trigger out combo box to choose the external trigger level High Low or No change on command execution Retry Enter a value for the number of command retries when a command failed in the Retry text box Store Payload in Buffer Check the Store Payload in Buffer check box and enter values for Data Offset and Data Length Auto Update LBA Check the Auto Update LBA check box and check an auto update option button Random Error Injection Random Error Injection specifies the probability of Error Injection on the command The probability percentage that you select applies to all Error Injection items 128 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation Close Connection Setting Checking Close Connection Setting en
242. ction option 442 Specify when to send Signature 178 Speed Negotiation Setting button 140 Speed Negotiation tab 143 183 Spread Sheet Color Setting 256 Spread Spectrum Clocking 189 Spreadsheet View 38 spreadsheet view 204 SSP Frame 63 SSP Frame Pattern dialog 63 SSP Frame Type dialog 84 SSP Initiator field 457 SSP Target field 457 SSP Transport Report 276 SSPFrames inc 393 Start Analyzer button 384 Start Generation 380 Start Generation button 383 State 325 statements 371 Static IP 265 statistical report Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index column setting 288 content SATA 271 options 271 save as text 286 Statistical Report toolbar 286 Statistical Report View 290 statistical reports 38 Statistics button 294 Status bar 222 Status Bar command 382 Stop Analyzer button 384 Stop Batch Script 316 Stop Generation 380 Stop Generation button 383 Stop Hardware button 71 Stop Initiator Exerciser instruction 121 Stop statement 374 Store Payload in Buffer 134 Store Payload in Buffer check box 128 STP Initiator field 457 STP Target field 457 STP Transport report 276 STPFrames inc 393 subnet 35 support 465 Switch to CATC Navigation 255 Symbol dialog 75 Symbol Notation button 221 Synchronize with Trace View 208 T tabs file 396 Target define 181 Target Emulation 384 target emulation 161 Target Emulator 36 target emulator media settings 181 185 port selection 182 185 settings 181
243. d C Do not Send Read Log Ext automatically m Queued Non Queued Intermix Status Prevent sending non queued commands when queue exists C send commands freely NCQ Queue Command Time out Use ATA command execution time out for Queued and NCO commands Do not time out queued commands Queue Depth 32 Cancel Figure 2 148 SATA Queue Settings Dialog 146 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture Advanced Host Setting Dialog LeCroy Corporation Click the Advanced button to display all settable options Advanced Host Setting General OOB Signal Setting Power Managment Setting Align Transmission Pernod 256 Dwordis Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dusord s Await Align Timeout 1310720 ODOBI Speed Negotiation Failure Options Speed Negotiation failed after POWER ON Speed Negotiation failed after LINK RESET Enable Transmit SSC Spread Spectrum Clocking ATA Command timeout recover action Do Nothing C Send Soft Reset i Hard Reset Speed Negotiation Failure Type f Hot sending Align f Mot sending non Align Set as factory Cancel Figure 2 149 SATA Advanced Host Setting Dialog General Tab Settable options are QO Set Align Transmission Period Primitive Response Timeout and Await Align Timeout O Choose ATA Command timeout recovery action by checking the corresponding option button a Specify Speed Negotiating Failure Option s
244. d and choose Format and the format Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Byte Chder t Hexadecimal Binary Copy Data Goto Command Set Time Stamp Origin F Color Figure 3 20 Format Show All Data To display all captured data click the data expand toggle arrow in a data field to examine the data in detail Data expand toggle ATA Command Data 2043 Bytes 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 gt gt a 0 O oso 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0060 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 y Figure 3 21 Show All Data You can expand or collapse all data fields globally To expand all data fields right click the mouse in a data field and choose Expand All Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Format Byte Order i Open as data view Set as Refrence Data Payload Set as Second Data Payload Copy Data Copy Command Set Time Stamp Origin Color Goto Figure 3 22 Expand All Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 201 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views To collapse all fields right click the mouse in a data field and choose Collapse All Field List View Whenever an additional view such as Text View displays you can display a Field List View which displays field information in a list format The information of this view is shown in the Packet View under the Transport layer Expand the Info Unit then expand the Sense Data refer to the screen captur
245. d the Emulator keeps the state Buffer Starvation SAS only Enter Number of R_RND in each connection Send Hard Reset after PHY Reset SAS only Specify number of resets to send Send FIS SATA only Check Send stand alone FIS select the FIS Type button and optionally enter User Defined FIS Data Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 167 LeCroy Corporation Target and Device Emulation Identify Errors SAS only Click the Identify icon in the Errors window to display the Identify Error Setting dialog Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Motes Errors Identification Settings Do not send identify frame EZ Send f Identify frame General Delay in sending Identify jo TE Identification Error Identify Frame Length error E D w ords FT SOAFEnor Double C Omit D Code violation error Connection Disparity error Management EDAF Error Double Omit lord Offset i Number of error Borde f CRCEror Invalid Omit Commands Figure 2 173 SAS Identify Error Setting Dialog Sending Identify Frame Check the Send option button then specify the number of Identify frames to send and a delay if needed Not to send Identify frames check the Do not send identify frames option button Frame Type Error Check this to send a Frame Type error Frame Length Error Check Frame Length error and enter the number of DWORDs in the corresponding t
246. d in C Program Files LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite Generation Traffic Generation ssg Files The ssg traffic generation files are text files consisting of include statements a generation block and optionally global statements The generation block is the code responsible for the actual traffic generation It is marked by the tag Generation The composition and format of the generation block is described later oinclude Cteneration nclude settings inc Generation i The include statements provide links to the Include files which provide the definitions for primitives frames and settings that hold for most or all of the generation session global settings The definitions for SAS and SATA traffic are contained in LeCroy provided Include files Settings inc PrimitivesDecl inc AddressFramesDecl inc SSPFrames inc SMPFrames inc and SSPFrames inc 388 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files LeCroy Corporation Settings inc File The Settings inc file contains global statements about the link the type of device being emulated and other conditions that are to exist throughout part or all of the traffic generation This file must be included in the traffic generation file There are fifteen groups of settings in this file AutoMode COMINIT COMRESET OOB Signal COMWAKE OOB Signal COMSAS OOB Signal Generation Commands Link Speed SATA Link Initial
247. dress Mask Fl PhylD Value 8 Bits Fl PhylD Mask F18 BreakReplyCapable Value 1 Bit F18 BreakRepliCapable Mask F19 RequestedinsidePS05 Walue 1 Bit F193 Requestedinside PS05 Mask F20 Inside PSDS persistent Walue 1 Bit F20 InsideZPSDSpersistent Mask F21 Reserved Value 5 Bits F21 Reserved Mask F22 Reserved Value 48 Bits E vent No 1 From Initiator O00 IDENTIFY ki F O 00 Reserved O 00 Unknown reason 0x00 indicates that an SMP initiator port is not present O 00 indicates that an STP initiator port i not present 0x00 indicates that an SSF initiator port is not present Ox00 indicates that an SMP target port it not present 0x00 indicates that an STP target port is not present 0x00 indicates that an SSP target port iz not present OOOOOOOOO0000000 OOOOOOOOO0000000 OOOOOOO000000000 OOOOOOOOO0000000 OOOOoO000000 FO AddressFrameType Yalue 4 Bits Format Hex Indicates the type of address frame Figure 4 17 Event Properties Dialog 332 a na Zh Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Events TABLE 4 2 Events Event Address Frame Analyzer Trigger Any DWORD ATA Command ATA Command Frame ATAPI Both Links Up CRC Error DWORD Matcher FIS Frame FIS Type Frame Type Invalid 10bit code Error Links Speed 3G Links Speed 6G OOB Signal Primitives Running Disparity Error SAS Data Pattern SATA Data Pattern SCSI SM
248. dth to all columns Software Setting Shift 5 Goto j Figure 3 9 Rename Port Choose Rename title of port to open the Rename Title of Port dialog Rename title of port x New Title Initiator Figure 3 10 Rename Title of Port Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 197 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views Select and Apply Show Hide Port Mode You can simplify the viewer display by hiding the captures of ports All active ports are highlighted on the Show Hide Ports toolbar You can Show Hide a Single Port or you can Show Hide Multiple Ports Click on the drop down arrow and select from the two options as shown in the following figure a Show Hide Single Port a Show Hide Multiple Ports Click on the Apply show hide port button to apply the specific mode el lt Apply show hide port button ve Show s Hide Single Port Show s Hide Multiple Ports Figure 3 11 Show Hide Single or Multiple Ports Show Hide Single Port If Show Hide Single Port is selected you can click on one port button at a time to show hide the capture for that port Show Hide Single Port is time consuming as it shows or hides one port at a time Show Hide Multiple Ports If Show Hide Multiple Ports is selected you can click on multiple ports to show or hide them This mode is much faster Click on multiple ports to show or hide them n Ti 12 T2 13 T3 Figure 3 12 SAS Show Hide Ports Toolbar i os 12 02 He 0
249. e FL 400 ns R telatore Tim R_RDY NORMAL 40 ne elabore Ter R e R_RDY NORMAL i Relatve Time R_RDY NORMAL i l Relativa Time 426 ns R RDY NORMAL x2 SSP Frame Type Hashed Dest SAS Addr H Mashed Sre SAS Addr H Changing Data Pointer H ReTransm H Retry Data Frames H Nan of Fil Bytes H Tag 00 Target Port Transfer Tag H 177 54 ranspor Data Offset H gt gt Data 1024 Bytes D 7 OO i 0 0 k a 1FFDEF 1 ACK SSP Frame Type Hashed Dest SAS Addr H Hashed Src SAS Addr H Changing Date Pointer H ReTrensma H Retry Date Frames H Nun of Fil Bytes H Tag H Target Port Transtar Tag H Osta Offset H gt gt Data 1024 Bytes CRC H Harkishake 04 Ol i 0 00 0 0 l za ACK Relative Time R_RDY NORMAL DD ssPrrane Type Hashed Dest SAS Addr H Hashed Src SAS Ader H Changing Data Pointer H ReTransmt H Retry DetaFremes H NunofFaBytes Teg H Target Port Transter Tag H info Unit H zj creo R_RDY NORMAL Figure 2 15 SAS Analyzer Trace Capture Display For details about the results display See Display Manipulation on page 191 and See Display Configuration on page 244 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 55 LeCroy Corporation Projects Patterns and Data Capture Setup You can refine data capture by choosing Pattern and then selecting specific patterns for capture Additionally you can define a different set of p
250. e display Positioning the X Cursor To position the X Cursor within the viewer data display click the left mouse button in the gray bar on the left side of the sample viewer next to the line in which to place the cursor Positioning the Y Cursor To position the Y cursor within the viewer data display click the right mouse button in the gray bar on the left side of the sample viewer next to the line in which to place the cursor Note You can also left click to set the X cursor and right click to set the Y cursor in the Frame and Column View by clicking in the narrow strip on the very left side of a cell Similarly you can set the cursors in the Waveform View by left and right clicking at the beginning of a waveform Time Time differences between the cursors are displayed in the Cursor Position toolbar To display the cursor position toolbar select Toolbar from the view menu and choose Cursor Position x to Y Ons xto T Ons Y to T Ons Figure 3 55 Cursor Position Toolbar Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 233 LeCroy Corporation Using the Cursors and Bookmarks Locate Cursors To quickly locate any cursor within the data viewer display click the Go To button and choose the cursor to locate You can also locate a cursor by selecting Go To from the Edit menu and choosing the cursor to locate TEA E a Trigger Position x Position Y Position Packet No Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End
251. e 252 The Read Write Command Report displays information in the following columns a TimeStamp O OpCode Command O LBA O Sector Count QO Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs a Status All Custom Good O Completion Time a Count All Custom or a number Salaat J gt 1 Move X Cursor y General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Time Stamp OpCode Command LBA Sector Count Payload size Status Completion Time Cour Al y Al y All Al yz All y Al y Al A 7 086 733 ms Read DMA Ext Ox3e91089 0x4 2048 Normal Output 23 616 920 47 ms 1 36 192 829 ms Read DMA Ext 0x2061be0 0x4 2048 Normal Output 24 622 480 39 ms 1 79 374 199 ms Read DMA Ext 0x20c03dd Ox4 2048 Normal Output 5 868 81351 ms 1 87 538 506 ms Read DMA Ext 0x32218F2 Ox4 2048 Normal Output 16 218 040 47 ms 1 103 870 239 ms Read DMA Ext Ox3a43e32 0x4 2048 Normal Output 18 062 20055 ms 1 122 003 601 ms Read DMA Ext 0x30F9949 0x4 2048 Normal Output 16 309 919 36 ms 1 138 406 189 ms Write DMA Ext 0x1d8901f 0x4 2048 Normal Output 6 931 439 88 ms 1 145 384 949 ms Write DMA Ext 0x98739b 0x4 2048 Normal Output 7 563 373 57 ms 1 Figure 3 121 SATA Read Write Command Report Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 285 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Toolbar Statistical Report Toolbar The Statistical Report toolbar provides the following functions accessible by buttons on the toolbar a Ex
252. e Count 3 coa Figure 2 132 SAS Close Connection Settings Select a Close Sequence Type from the drop down list Check Delay in Sending to specify the delay in sending Done Close or Break Select Close Connection Settings from the drop down lists Store Payload in Buffer This option is available for read type commands Choose and specify Data Offset and Data Length Auto Update LB Check to enable Auto Update of LBA then specify the update by checking the option Outgoing Open Error Check Outgoing Open Error and then the enabled Error Settings button to display the Open Frame Setting dialog Open Frame Setting xi Destroy Field of Frame I Frame Type error Frame Length error 4 Dwords on Protocol I SOAF Eror Double Code v eror Initiator Port G he O Om Disparity eros JConrmection Rate EDAF Eror Dow SL i waid Of Mi Features Aca ad rl o El ox Coca Figure 2 133 SAS Open Frame Settings Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture LeCroy Corporation Check the errors to introduce Scroll through the available choices in the Destroy Field of Frame list box and check the destroy field Incoming Open Primitive Response To set a response to an incoming Open frame check Incoming Open Frame Response select a Primitive and enter a value for Delay iV Incoming Open Primitive Response Primitive OPEN ACCEPT v Delay
253. e Incoming Frame Settings dialog Incoming Frame Setting x Frame Name Register Host to Device Frame Number 1 AV Handshake errors C B_ERR C No Handshake Primitive CONT v av JW Terminate receiving frame Terminate after receiving 49 Dwords by sending DMAT C Terminate after receiving 49 Dwords by sending SYNC C Send HOLD after 1 Dwords for times Defer Handshake after 1000 us OK Cancel aa Figure 2 182 Incoming Frame Setting Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 177 LeCroy Corporation Target and Device Emulation Handshake Errors Check Handshake Errors to enable selection of error on handshake Check NAK CRC or any other Primitive to send as an incoming frame response Check No Handshake to send no response Defer Handshake Errors Check Defer Handshake and enter a value for the time to defer the handshake Primitive Check Insert Primitive then click the down arrow on the Primitive drop down combo box and choose a primitive Terminate receiving frame Check Terminate receiving frame and choose the termination condition SATA Signature SATA only Click the SATA Signature icon in the Errors window to display the SATA Signature dialog Am Lg Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes Errors SATA Signature Content FIS 0x34 Standard C SATA User defined Sector Count Dev Head Cyl Hig
254. e below To open a Field List View of the current capture select View gt Field List View or click the button on the View Type toolbar Note This icon will appear in the top tool bar only if the spreadsheet view is displayed Tran port ES SSP Frame Type Hashed Dest 545 Addr H Hashed Sre SAS Addr H Changing Data Pointer H 0 07 Response a ReTran mit H Retry Data Frames H TLR CONTROL tH Mum of Fill Bytes tH Tag H Target Port Transfer Tag H Data Offset H 5E10 005E Into Unit H Retry Delay Timer H Data Present Sense Data Len Hi 0000 de2 Sense Data O02 Check Condition Resp Data Len tH sense Data 0 Bytes CRC HH Handshake Duration 00 00 67 03 0002 00 000000 B1 F7 Figure 3 23 Packet Decode Information 202 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Switching Views LeCroy Corporation Field List View Displayed in a Seperate Window Click Configuration gt Software Settings and select the Field List View tab refer to Figure 3 81 on page 258 to see the default settings of the Field List View dialog The Show Field List in Column View checkbox is selected as the default setting In order to view the Field List View in a separate window the Spreadsheet View needs to be open Click on the Field List View icon to view it in a separate window as shown in the following figure CEKER O Record m n S B a P PY Om e 15 106 8 ar eme 50 0 99 tla lt lt Eng
255. e emulating There is an AutoAlign setting for SAS and one for SATA for example set AutoAlignSAS ON and set AutoAlignSATA OFF QO SAS Sends AutoAligns every 2048 DWORDs QO SATA Sends AutoAligns every 256 DWORDs If you plan to set and reset AutoAlign in the middle of traffic generation you need to know what the defaults are for AutoAlign The defaults are as follows For SATA host device emulation QO AutoAlignSATA is assumed to be ON QO AutoAlignSAS is assumed to be OFF For SAS emulation the assumptions are opposite QO AutoAlignSATA is assumed to be OFF QO AutoAlignSAS is assumed to be ON For STP QO AutoAlignSAS and AutoAlignSATA are assumed to be ON Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files LeCroy Corporation Placing Global Settings in the Generation Block Some global settings such as AutoAlign On Off can be set and reset in the generation block For example you might want to set SASAutoAlign ON prior to traffic generation and then change to OFF halfway through the generation session oinclude Generation nclude settings inc oinclude Cteneration ncludeissPFPramesDeclinc Generation Sendo gt PEFramellata el Data 21423344 55667788 99 AABECCE y Sendo gt PFrameXterEdy Data 51223344 55667785 9YAABECE Generation Set AutoAlisnSAS 0OFF Global Setting added Block to generation block send oP Fra
256. e field enter the path and name of a saved workspace wss file Open After you open a trace you can use a different workspace Select File gt Open Workspace to open an Open Workspace dialog Select a workspace wss file Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Switching Views LeCroy Corporation Changing the Default View To change the default view of all trace files to Packet View 1 Open a trace file Select the Packet View Close all other views Select File gt Save Workspace to open a Save As dialog Save the current workspace as a wss file Select Configuration gt Software Settings to open the Software Settings dialog 5 In the Default Workspace field enter the path and name of the workspace wss file that you saved in step 3 Because the default workspace contains only Packet View the software opens trace files in Packet View CATC Navigation View To change the trace display to a CATC Trace click the CATC Navigation button You can change the colors fonts and so on in the Sample Viewer Configuration see Sample Viewer Configuration on page 244 Text View Text View displays the captured data interpreted as transaction frames grouped in columns by port To display Text View select View gt Text View or click the El button on the View Type toolbar COmdlIT 1 24 591 299 513 min al Time Stamp oO All Lanes T1 E T2 El 1 24 697 690 040 min COM
257. e machine having the behavior of a particular test state at any point in time Because the Global Rules has the capacity for only one state you can view it as a degenerative state machine 326 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Libraries LeCroy Corporation Scenario Libraries You can create any number of scenarios which you then can archive on your PC hard drive You also can download up to ten scenarios to each InFusion device for test execution You can think of the libraries as windows that hold scenarios Recall that each library is a separate infdb file Main Library When you launch the InFusion application it opens a window called the Main Library The main library is the default workspace for creating and storing new scenarios The main library corresponds with the following file in the InFusion folder on the PC hard drive default infdb File Libraries You can save the main library with a name other than default while still using the infdb file extension The new file becomes a file library that is functionally equivalent to the main library with the following exception It does not open by default in the Main Library window You can navigate to other file libraries using the File Manager of the InFusion application In this manual the main library and other infdb file libraries are collectively called general libraries If you select Open Library you see a window similar to the
258. e oS 256 Anchor the Selection Darius a 256 ONE A chasse ec ae gee a bee cc ee a hee eee ec eee ee aalctaal A 256 COLUMNA VIEW i Dri ie er ri Pe amie mo E een 257 AA A O 257 HCL reward ld 258 Update Field LiStbased ON cinc 258 Mode of frame field Staind ie 258 O 258 Sampling Memory Usage Optimization cocnncccnnnncccnnnnciconnncconanccncnannncnnancnnnnanonenannnrrnaanannns 259 If the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Option is Checked oooonccconcnncionnccncccononccnnnncnncncnnanannnnnana 259 If the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Option is Not Checked occccocccconcccconcccconnncnonononononanonona 260 8 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents LeCroy Corporation PIO ALING LICENSE iia 261 PTO Fan THO SEINO eini a a a llosa stas 262 External TRG OUU SENNO oria ea licita ia 262 External Trig IN SetiD assisa aiii 262 Update STA Board INTO ACC ssion tiececc te nececevevde succes succesicecesedusedcce us caceuannacuteceesdewcesenstdeuce 263 Update Sierra DEVICE ind tateeveasetasesaecstwasetansdatwenemauecengnetastencanctioceweestweasuseosadeceweaus 263 USB IP SEID PERS ne anes A E a ei cciii 265 Us rDelned DECOGING aros cines 267 NEID MENU casia 268 A a e aaan a e aaa Eaa aa a aaa aaRS 268 Update LICENSE ui das 268 Check for Updates ici aia 268 ADOUN ai e e E E E ES N 268 Display LICENSE Informatio h icis a a a eaa a a eaaa aaa 269 Statistical Repo cresi a a aae 270 Report between CUISONS c
259. e of OOB signal Occurrence of Primitive Group SAS Primitive or SATA Primitive Occurrence of Running Disparity RD error Occurrence of a particular data pattern in a SAS frame Occurrence of a particular data pattern in a SATA frame Occurrence of a particular SCSI command from the list MMC4 RBC SBC2 SMC2 SPC2 SPC3 or SSC2 Occurrence of a particular SMP frame Occurrence of Final SNW SNW1 SNW2 SNW3 Train SNW Occurrence of a particular SSP frame Occurrence of a particular elapsed time time period Occurrence of input trigger The following sections provide some additional details about three of the above events 333 LeCroy Corporation Scenario Events 334 DWORD Matcher DWORD Matcher is a DWORD pattern matcher that presents match and mask fields and a K Code Mask field K Codes are control characters that are always used in the first byte of a four byte primitive Of the K Code masks listed in the menu D D D D is used for data bytes and K D D D is used for all primitives When you create a DWORD match keep the following in mind QO The pattern can be inside or outside of frames it does not matter if the pattern is inside a frame or not QO Because the pattern can be inside or outside of frames there is no offset You can make user defined primitives This is the reason this feature was cre ated O You can use any K D pattern SAS Data Pattern When you create a SAS data pattern kee
260. e or by any valid SAS or SATA frame When Scrambling is on scrambling is done by Trainer engine It automatically detects scrambling type SAS or SATA by start frame primitive When Scrambling is off data is sent without any scrambling Possible Values SCRAMBLING _MODE_NONE SCRAMBLING _MODE_SAS SCRAMBLING MODE_SATA SCRAMBLING MODE_AUTO Default Value SCRAMBLING _MODE_AUTO Sets global WaitTimeout value in microseconds Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Default Setting Value AUTO_WAIT_SAS_AFTER Settings AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE CLOSE _FOR_CLOSE AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE EOF_FOR_ACK AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE EOF_FOR_ACK_OR_NAK AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE OPEN_FOR_OPEN_ACCEPT AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE OPEN_FOR_OPEN_REJECT AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE IDENTIFY_FOR_IDENTIFY_ FRAME AUTO WAIT SAS AFTER FALSE SMP_REQ_FOR_RESP AUTO_WAIT_SAS_BEFORE Settings AUTO_WAIT_SAS BEFORE_ FALSE CLOSE _FOR_CLOSE AUTO_WAIT_SAS BEFORE_ FALSE SOF_FOR_CREDIT AUTO_WAIT_SAS BEFORE_ FALSE IDENTIFY_FOR_IDENTIFY_ FRAME AUTO_WAIT_SAS BEFORE_ FALSE OPEN_ACCEPT_FOR_OPEN AUTO WAIT SAS BEFORE FALSE OPEN_REJECT_FOR_OPEN AUTO WAIT SAS BEFORE FALSE AIP_FOR_OPEN AUTO WAIT SAS BEFORE FALSE SMP_RESP_FOR_REQ Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation Description When set the generator will insert WAIT_FOR CLOSE command immediately after
261. e trace loads more slowly but is automatically saved to the Host PC hard drive 254 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Software Settings Other LeCroy Corporation Switch to CATC Navigation Packet view will open in CATC mode Reverse Link Data The software shows DWORDs of link data as reversed Pack Repeated Primitives The software packs repeated primitives just after opening a sample file Cancel button kills upload immediately The software kills the uploading process if you press Cancel Close previous sample file when new sample file opens When you want to open a new sample file the software closes any open sample files Create statistical report read write page The software creates a Read Write page in the statistical report Enabling this setting displays the Read Write Stream DMA command in the Read Write page Spread Sheet View Tab Software Settings y x General Sample viewer Spread Sheet view Column View Field List view Color Setting Y Repeat decoded command in frame column M Decode CDE of Commands Show Sector Count instead of FER Length Based on Cell Type Based on Port No Based on Read Write Command Type M Based on Specific Command Type Anchor the Selection bar Set the Anchor row as sync point Set as Factory Cancel Figure 3 79 SATA Software Settings Dialog Spread Sheet View Tab The SAS Software
262. eCroy Corporation The Event Properties dialog box appears 5 Choose RRDY Reserved 0 as the second primitive that you want to monitor 6 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 7 In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action to display the Action Properties dialog box 8 In the Type list on the left choose Substitute SAS Primitive as the action that you want when either RRDY Reserved O or RRDY Normal occurs 9 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box 10 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario d _ Replace RRDY Normal or RRDY Reserved 0 gt x Scenario Name Peplace RPLY Normal or PBRDY Reserved 0 3 Description Wait for BEDY Normal or BEDY Beserved 0 and replace with ERROR Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for BRBDY NORMAL from Initiator OR REDY RESERVED 0 from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Substitute with ERROR lt Click here to add another action Click here to add another event p T E E SEAE AEA E E ida 4 For Help press Fl COP MOM SCEL a Figure 4 28 Example 3 Complete Scenario Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 347 LeCroy Corporation Creating Global Rules Example 4 Multiple Triggers and Actions In this example the Global Rules area of the scenario waits for two events each of which triggers a different action 1 Click the New Scenario button in the mai
263. ecify timeouts for connection CREDIT ACK NAK ATA Command OOB Signal and Identify frame You can also edit the speed negotiation parameters Advanced Initiator Setting x General ODE Signal Setting Time outs Speed Negotiation OOB Signal Hot Plug timeant 500 me fi 3 ple Close Connection response timeouk roca p COMSAS detect timeant Break Connection response timeout fi O00 p Open Connection response timeout panai p Speed Negotiation DONE timeout fiona ps FCDT timer 750000 O0EI Credit timeout fiona TE ENLT timer 153600 OOBI ACK NAK timeout fi 000 ps NTT timer fi 63840 OBI ATA Command timeout recover action Do Nothing Send Soft Reset Primitive Response timeout e500 Dwordiz Hard Reset Receive Identity timeout 1000 p Setas factory OF Cancel Figure 2 144 Timeouts Tab Speed Negotiation Tab Use the Speed Negotiation tab to inject errors during speed negotiation Advanced Initiator Setting x General OOB Signal Setting Time outs Speed Negotiation Power Managment Setting Speed Negotiation Error Speed Negotiation fallure options SAS Speed negotiation failed after POWER ON SAS Speed negotiation failed after HARD RESET BAG Du niot repor in ariy peas IT SAS Speed negotiation failed after LINK RESET es Do niot repari on last viridans Synchronization Failure options 545 Synchronization failed after POWER ON T SAS Synchronization failed after
264. eck this to introduce a frame type error Remove Frame from sequence Check this to remove frame from sequence Delay in sending frame Check this to delay sending frame and enter a value for the delay Frame Length Error Check Frame Length Error and choose the type of error to introduce Code Violation and Disparity error Check these and specify DWORD offset and the number of error DWORDs Don t check credit Check this to disable credit checking SOF EOF and CRC errors Check these and specify Double or Omit by checking the corresponding option button Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 173 LeCroy Corporation Target and Device Emulation Insert Primitive Check Insert Primitive click the Type button to open the Primitive Type dialog select the primitive type and click OK Destroy Field of Frame Make sure to click the More button and then check the field to destroy Insert Frame Check Insert Frame click the down arrow on the Type combo box and choose the frame type Make sure that you have clicked More Incoming Frame Settings Before selecting Incoming Frame Settings select the Types Of Frames and the Frame Number on which to inject an error Then check Incoming Frame in the Generate Error On area and then the enabled Settings button to display the Incoming Frame Settings dialog Incoming Frame Setting E x Frame Name Data Frame Number 1 JW Handshake errors NAK CRC Error C No
265. ed or Not Monitored 11 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box _ Remove RADY Normal Scenario Name Remove RADY Normali Description Wait for EPDY Normal and remove it Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for EEDY NORMAL from Initiator lt lick here to add combined event gt then RBemove Click here to add another action j add another event gt Click here to add a sequence For Help press Fi COP NOUM SCRL Figure 4 25 Example1 Complete Scenario 12 In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario 344 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules LeCroy Corporation Example 2 Wait for a Primitive and Replace It with an Error In this example the Global Rules portion of the scenario waits for each RRDY Normal primitive and replaces it with an ERROR primitive L Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an event to display the Event Properties dialog box As you did in the previous example choose RRDY Normal as the type of primitive to monitor In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action to display the Action Properties dialog box In the Type column on the left choose Substitute gt w
266. eeseseeeneeeeeaeeeeeeeees 345 Example 3 Creating OR Conditions susi a araa aaa aaa Na aE OAAR EA aE 346 Example 4 Multiple Triggers and Actions ccccseeseesesseeeenseeeeeseeeeenseeeeaseeneaseeeeaseesoeseeeoeaseooeaseesonseeses 348 Example 5 Multiple Actions on a Single EVendt ooooncccnnnciconncicocococonanonenanccnnanncnnannrennannrnnannrnnanrrnnnarrennannnnas 350 Example 60 USINO TIMES cia iia 352 Creating a Sequence sica ainia 354 Example 7 Creating Two Sequences and Global Rules ccocnnncconnccciccccnnnccononncoconnnnnncnonanonenannnerenannnnnnns 355 Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States 1 coooooccccnnncccnnocccnnnnncccnnnononannrnonannnnnnaans 361 Example 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States 2 oooonccccconnccconccccononncocnanononannnnnnannnnnnanns 364 DOWNIOAGING SCON ANOS aar A ive lessaacesawecdaneccesntunceaemeaden 367 RUNNING SCCNANOS ratio 367 Scenarlo BAC FIGS votada tias iia 367 SCHDEWOrkSDaCO inscrit iaa 368 Error Check dis 371 A 371 Stale NINOS En a cease arms aneb E E a E uaecteue ERa Eaa 371 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 11 LeCroy Corporation Contents HIS SLO DDE uc lili 371 Golo Label co 372 RUD a dadas 373 A A E E A 374 Mel A e a a a a a rear e 375 A 376 DEN ii ia 376 Chapter 5 Sierra Trainer Traffic GeneratiOD oooccconncconncconcononnanonnannnnanrrnannnenanos 377 DICKS TralnerMenlS unas 378 FUS MENU cocaina a ondaveasencasavedevcuucsciesd E Ea O
267. efault workspace file NCQ Commands Time out Threshold The software uses this setting in the statistical ATA command page for NCQ commands If the time out exceeds this setting the software reports an error Maximum Number of Uploader Threads If Quick View is not enabled during cascading specifies the number of concurrent processes for uploading a sample file ATAPI spec assignment Specifies the ATAPI default spec SCSI spec assignment SAS only Specifies the SCSI default spec Convert port configuration without prompt for confirm If the current attached board does not support the project file port configuration the software converts it to a supported port configuration without asking for confirmation If this setting is unchecked the software asks for confirmation Ask user to close the previous captured sample before running the new project When you start to run a new project the software prompts you to close the current sample Found Device List Mode Reset clear the list of found devices Lists only the currently found devices Refresh append to the list of found devices Adds new devices to the list of devices found previously Browse Default Path Software default After you select File gt Open the Open dialog shows the default user folder Windows default After you select File gt Open the Open dialog shows the path selected when the Open dialog was last used Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User
268. el ead eecnieecbvavera aa E aa a meee 316 MANDA an 317 DEVICE IAN A cai 318 DEVICE PONS ii cuida 319 Using the Device Ports Dialog esscioivaiionndic A A AA 319 10 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents LeCroy Corporation Port Configuration for INFUSIO Nucia 320 HATS IONS CC ANNO o A a E naai Aa 323 Scenarlos OVETVICW csi ias ciicads 323 INFUSION Scenaro Parameters rusia al didas 324 Global Rules EEEE E E EA EA E ENE AE E E A lito caga 325 Sequence ii 326 Scenaro LINO is 327 Main LID Vinicio e a ae Ea aoaaa aaa aa E EOE oa Eni 327 AAA A E A 327 DEVICE IDAS cuna ddasveraaseuxsiweasteiwieveceet 328 DCECMANIO PROD CU UICS caia 329 SATA Smalt Hold OOO i ii seeereetsncwwsadseceediesvensecssaueeeoesveemesoeeceaus 330 SCENA EVE 332 DWORD M teher ina ends aa aaa aaa sepecasetioesssnesan es a aG 334 SAS Data Patter airera a a a eee E E a e EE 334 SATA D ta Pattern sisinta nea e a 334 Scenarlo ACUONS qa as 335 Using Counters in Events and Actions cccccceeeseeeeeeesseeesnnseeseoenseeseoeeseeseeeaseeeeoenseessoneseeeseonnsees 337 Capturing a Data DWORD situa a NNi 338 Using Captured Data DWORDS cian ai ii 338 Summary of Scenario Crealo ips 340 Greating Global RUIES riada dai 341 Example 1 Creating a Single Event and Action that Removes a Primitive connnccnnncccnnncccncancenanarenannnns 342 Example 2 Wait for a Primitive and Replace It with an Error ccccsssccssssseseeseeeesseee
269. eld tree and click the Foreground button Basic colors MI EM Mar Mi FAT MAN SESTE f A f STS E A EG MM A A JA A E Custom colors E U A A EE nunun u Define Custom Colors gt gt Cancel Figure 3 71 Color Choose an appropriate color and click OK Viewer Setting Check the Wrap Packet box to enable the wrapping of packets in the display Check the Enable Tooltip box to enable tool tips for packet fields Data Payload You can format the Data Payload display For Columns in Row select 1 2 4 8 or 16 For Bytes in Column select 1 2 4 8 or 16 Time Stamp Origin Select Absolute User DEfined Trigger or Based on System Time Start Time and Port You can use the same color for the start time and port Packet View Condense Mode You can enable Packet View Condense Mode to minimize Packet View rows Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 247 LeCroy Corporation Set Port Alias Time Stamp Format Select LeCroy Milliseconds or Microseconds Font To change display fonts click the Font button to open the Font dialog box Font Font style Size Aral Regular E Cancel Tr AvantGarde Md BT Mal AaBbyY yZz Script Westem Figure 3 72 Font Choose the font font style and size and click OK Save Load Settings You can save the customized configuration settings in a cfg file by clicking the Save button and completing the Save As procedure To lo
270. eld Definition O Data pattern Pattern is assigned to Data a Data count value A pattern of count times value is assigned to Data QO Data count start value step A pattern of values starting with start value with steps of step and a length of count is assigned to Data Primitive Definition Primitives are inserted into the frame payload Primitive definitions are inherited by descended frame templates QO Assigning clears all previous settings maybe from parent frame template a Offset specifies the DWORD offset where this primitive is inserted in the Frame a Count specifies how many times to repeat the primitive Examples Primitiva z 4 Primitive SOF 48 where 48 offset Primitive e CLOSE NORMAL 367 5 where 5 repeat Prolog and Epilog define Primitive chains to be used at the beginning and end of the frame Examples Prolog SOF For this frame primitive SOF is a Prolog Ep1L0og EOE For this Crame primitive EOFY 18 an Ep Log Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 403 LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Generation Language Frames can be derived from other Frames therefore inheriting the layout of the parent Frame In this case the user may QO Change Prolog and Epilog a Change default field values QO Add new fields Frame Examples Frame Some Frame Field32 gt 32 OXxXAABBFFEER FrameType ce 12 HashedDest gt 24 H
271. enerate initiator target traffic and also inject errors on the traffic between initiator and target on the port Note See Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links on page 397 Display Options Selects what information to display See Display Options on page 450 Setup Generate view Tools Update Sierra Device Port Configuration ae Display Options Figure 5 3 Trainer Setup Menu Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 379 LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Menus 380 Generate Menu Start Generation Causes the Generator to begin generation Stop Generation Causes the Generator to stop generation Resume Generation Causes the Generator to resume generation after a stop Connect Link Automatically bring the linkup to the Host Device Initiator or Target connected to the Generator Disconnect Link Disconnect link Connect Parameters Set the Identify frame parameter settings to keep the link connected See Connection Parameters on page 457 Generation Options Setup the Generation Rules See Generation Options on page 437 Gpgerate Search wiew Tools y Start Generation a 5 la Stop Generation o Resume Generation E Connect Link Disconnect Link Connect Parameters Generation Options Figure 5 4 Trainer Generate Menu Search Menu Go to Event Opens a dialog that allows you to go to a frame and time e x lo th
272. er The analyzer package includes the following components O 1 Sierra M6 2 Analyzer identified in the packing list 2 SATA cables 0 5 meter 1 USB A B 2 0 cable 1 8 meter 1 Ethernet cable 10 feet 1 10 position ribbon cable 6 inches 1 SMB RA to SMB RA cable 6 inches 1 Three Prong AC power cord 1 Installation CD ROM with software and documentation 1 Sierra M6 2 Getting Started manual OUOODODODODDO O Unpacking the Analyzer Inspect the received shipping container for any damage Unpack the container and account for each of the system components listed on the accompanying packing list Visually inspect each component for absence of damage In the event of damage notify the shipper and LeCroy Corporation Retain all shipping materials for shipper s inspection Analyzer Features 18 The Analyzer has the following features Power Switch 0 1 Trigger Error Link Soeed and Frame OOB LEDs see next page Port 1 Initiator Host SATA connector Port 1 Target Device SATA connector Port 2 Initiator Host SATA connector Port 2 Target Device SATA connector Status and Configuration LCD Display External Trigger Input and Output USB port for host connectivity Ethernet port for network connectivity Power In on back Expansion In Out data ports and Clock In Out connectors on back O O COO0ODODODODODDO DO O Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LEDs LeCroy Corporation O O Trigger LeCroy ES
273. er gt Network tools 2 SCSI Commands SMP Commands _ Intrasever gt Network tools 1 SMP Commands Task Management Functions intrasever gt Seagate 2 3 Task Management Function JATA Commands SCSI Command Status M Source SAS Address JATA Commands Intrasever gt Seagate 1 SCSI Command Status Source SAS Address Figure 3 75 SAS SAS Address Alias If you elect to save the captured sample file the assigned SAS address names are saved together with the result so that when you open the sample file later the assigned names are retained Set As Default 250 If you want to set these SAS address aliases for sample files that will be captured later you can set them as default and new samples will be opened by these default SAS address aliases Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Tx Vout LeCroy Corporation Tx Vout The analyzer incorporates the ability to select TX Vout for the transmitter on each port Selecting TX Vout increases the output voltage swing above the nominal value for test and characterization purposes This feature is also useful to compensate for line loss when driving long cables To select TX Vout select Configuration gt Tx Vout Preemphasis to display the Rx Tx Settings dialog xi Unit Restore Factory Settinas Save Load Output pre emphasis Output Pre Long Input signal equalization Short time const
274. er Manual 79 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup Protocol Errors Double click Protocol Errors in the Pattern window to open the Protocol Errors dialog Protocol Error O ALIGN Error O STP Signaling Latency Error Figure 2 50 SAS Protocol Errors Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog shows Port and does not show SSP SMP or STP radio buttons Check the protocol error s to trigger on and click OK 80 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation STP Frame SAS only Double click STP Frame in the Pattern window to open the FIS Pattern dialog FIS Pattern E Format FIS Type Register Host to Device 0x27 C Binary Hexadecimal Register Host to Device 0x27 ean Register Device to Host 0x34 Set Device Bits 0x41 DMA Activate 0x39 DMA Setup 0x41 FIS Type BIST 0x58 PIO Setup Ox5F A F 0x46 gt Vendor x Command Features Sector Number Cyl Low Cyl High Dev Head Sector Num exp RERRERRR Cyl Low exp Vi mi MV T1 fr T2 Check All Uncheck All E _ _ __ _ M MMM T Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 51 SAS FIS Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the FIS type dropdown list scroll the list to choose an FIS type on which to trigger and click OK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 81 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup
275. er OFF PHY Setting amp Change Speed Change Data Frame Size Setting Figure 2 98 SATA Event Dropdown List The following menu options are available for SATA events Self Test Exit PM Request PM Response Wake Up Soft Reset OOB Signal Primitive Attach Detach Power On Power Off PHY Setting Change Speed Change Data Frame Size Setting O O COCO0OCODODDODO ODO O Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation 117 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture PHY Setting Dialog Sierra M6 4 and Sierra M6 2 only The PHY Setting Change Speed command supports 1 5 3 and 6 Gbps speed changing You can run commands for different speeds which is especially useful for device checking The Analyzer should support the Auto Speed mode Click the button to display the PHY Setting dialog PHY Setting Speed Negotiation Window 1 1 5 Gbps Speed Negotiation Window 2 3 0 Gbps SNW 3 phy capabilities Calculate PARITY bit Bit Byte 7 6 2 1 Start TX SSC Type Reserved Requested Logical Link Rate 1 0 00 0000 G1 Without SSC G1 WithSSC G2 Without SSC G2WithS5C G3 Without S5C G3 With SSC Reserved 1 0 1 0 1 0 o0 Reserved 00000000 Reserved PARITY 0000000 Figure 2 99 SAS PHY Setting Dialog Select Speed Negotion Window 1 1 5 Gbps or 2 3 Gbps For SNW 3 PHY Capabilities you can select Calculate PARITY bit or not For Line O
276. erformance report 281 Periodic Error 165 Phy reset sequence and initiation 122 PHY Identifier field 457 PHY Setting amp Change Speed command 118 PHY Link layer settings 184 PIO Setup FIS 69 PM Performance Report 284 PM Statistic Report 284 pop up menu Script Editor 396 pop up menus Recording Rules 437 473 LeCroy Corporation Index port renaming 197 status 214 port alias 248 Port Configuration 315 316 379 Port Configuration button 97 port ID 197 Port Speed 96 Port Status 38 Post Trigger Capture tab 58 power management device initiated 187 host initiated 187 Power Management Setting tab 149 pre trigger 91 data 92 Pre Trigger Capture tab 58 Primitive 178 Primitive and Frame Definitions 392 Primitive dialog 59 76 Primitive Manipulation 314 primitive report 272 primitive response timeout 95 Primitive Type dialog 131 137 138 166 Primitives Decl inc 393 Print Preview button 287 program lines 110 Program Manager Window 35 project examples 53 file type definition 52 notes 100 settings 92 109 project note 100 Project Settings tab 150 Project Tree 43 projects 52 Properties option 442 Properties options events 442 protocol error mask 95 Protocol Analysis 41 Protocol Analyzer 36 Protocol Analyzer Initiator Emulator 36 Protocol Analyzer setting 253 Protocol Error and Command Settings dialog 127 protocol error report 275 protocol errors 60 Protocol Errors dialog 60 80 474 Q Q
277. erns sets the sequence order You must define at least two patterns to enable selection of Sequential Trigger mode Note Patterns such as Primitives and Symbols or Frames occurring very close together on different ports cause an error in triggering Timer To define a triggering sequence select more than one pattern then check the Define Sequential Trigger Mode check box Capture Trigger Settings Notes C Don t care Snapshot Capture Exclude C Manual Trig Include XxX Pattern Include SATA_SYNC Y Include SATA_CONT Parameters Y Include OOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame Y Exclude Idle P Address Frame Any Address Frame Type P SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type A Trigger Sequential FIS Pattern Register Host to Device SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type Y Settings Trigger Position in Memory 1 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s Speed 3 0 Gbps 11 71 12 72 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 82 Connection Details Simulation Mode Timer Timeout External Trigger Bus Condition Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command phstsssssssssssssosssossosssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssse Easy switch to Advanced mode amp Collapse All Expand All Figure 2 61 SAS Select Sequential Trigger Mode SAS v
278. erra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Setting COMINIT Settings COMINIT NegLen COMINIT_IdleLen COMINIT BurstLen COMINIT NumBursts COMWAKE Settings COMWAKE_NegLen COMWAKE_IdleLen COMWAKE_BurstLen COMWAKE_NumbBursts COMSAS Settings COMSAS_NegLen COMSAS _lIdleLen COMSAS_BurstLen COMSAS NumBursts Default Value 800 480 160 280 160 160 2400 1440 160 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation Description The number of bursts to send as part of this OOB type Each Burst is followed by an Idle The Burst Idle pairs are repeated the requested number of times and then followed by the Negation_length of Idle Burst time between each OOB idle in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will send ALIGN O at the specified speed Idle time between each OOB burst in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle Negation time at the end of the OOB signal in OOBIls During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle The number of bursts to send as part of this OOB type Each Burst is followed by an Idle The Burst Idle pairs are repeated the requested number of times and then followed by the Negation_length of Idle Burst time between each OOB idle in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will send ALIGN O at the specified
279. ers 3 Easy switch to Advanced mode Capture Exclude Y Include XX Y Include SATA_SYNC Y Include SATA_CONT Y Include 00B Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame Y Exclude Idle P Address Frame Any Address Frame Type P SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type fA Trigger Non Sequential Snapshot Y Settings Trigger Position in Memory 1 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s Speed 3 0 Gbps 11 T1 12 T2 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 559 Connection Details Simulation Mode 2 Collapse All Expand All Figure 2 38 Default Trigger Selected Manual Trigger Mode In the Manual Trigger mode the analyzer captures bus traffic continually from when you use the Manual Trigger until you click the Stop Hardware button on the analyzer toolbar which triggers the analyzer To perform a manual trigger check the Manual Trig button Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 71 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup 72 Any Trigger Mode In Any Trigger mode the Analyzer triggers whenever any of the patterns selected for triggering occurs an OR condition The procedure for selecting trigger parameters is identical to that for selecting capture parameters All items selected for triggering appear in the Project Tree To define patterns for triggering check the Pattern butto
280. es 2 M Drop link for 1 J Drop link after 1000 me for f me MW Retain Error injection counters after Link Reset IM Retain Error injection counters after drop link Error Injection Ports H1 01 Device Type ATA Device LBA 28 Capacity 4 GB LBA 48 Capacity 4 GB Import Default Settings Figure 2 169 SATA Setting General Errors 164 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation LeCroy Corporation Setting General Errors Generate Periodic Error Generate Periodic Error allows you to inject periodic error on Command frame FIS frame stand alone primitive and stand alone FIS Check Generate Periodic Error and select the period unit of time number of IO commands or number of kilobytes transferred by checking the corresponding option button Outgoing FIS Command Error or Outgoing Frame Command Error SAS Check Generate Error on outgoing FIS commands then click the Setting button to open the error setting dialog Dutgoing FIS of Commands Error Setting xj TZ Frame Length Error TT Code violation error Dont check credit Over fama length T Disparity enor Value of Reserved fields 0 H Under frame length gt Set frame length to 265 Diwords I soen Douwle V EQFEno Double Cor FT CRCEna frye C cea Figure 2 170 SAS Outgoing FIS of Command Error Setting SATA Check Generate Error on outgoing frame commands then click the Setting button
281. ettings Notes debes vequence adore f requied inset 1 frances ATA Even rm sta X Cadenas Fa dore marusly T Command ad ret F Command Secourt 0 LBA 00 DEV on LBA 04 PM Port 00 Protocol Option hot H E Conmard SecCort D LBA H DEV H LBA H Pt Port H Protocol Option eet 00 FE Command SecCourt D LBA mM DEV 00 LBA 10 PM Port H Protocol Option reu H F Command SecCourt 0 LBA 4 DEV 4 LBA H PM Port 04 Protocol Opten rot 00 F Command SecCourt D LBA 0 DEV H LBA M0 Ph Port H Protocol Option Command ad ret H F Command SecCourt D LBA 04 DEV 04 LBA 04 PM Port 00 Protocol ton Conrrard rat 0 E Commands SecCourd D LBA H DEV H LBA H ATA Coenand Deta 2048 Des PM Port 4 Protocol Option y r 101 DOGO F 1 zj ay Command ad rent 0 F Commend SecCourd D LBA H DEV 01 LBA 00 ATA Command Osta 2040 bres PM Port 0 Protocol Option Command ad not 0 F Commend SecCourt D LBA H DEV MH LBA H ATA Command Data 2048 Bytes PM Port H Protocal Option Figure 2 122 SATA Host Emulator Program With the Exported Commands You can run this set of commands immediately or you can modify it by inserting instructions and or additional commands Error and Command Settings Each command type allows you to set a variety of command settings and to introduce errors Click the Option button on a command line to display the corresponding Protocol Error and Command Settings dialog ATA Error and Co
282. etworks El Refresh Device list Close Siena MB 2 SN 61658 Sierra M6 1 SN 62342 Figure 1 13 Select Device Dialog Note Click Refresh Device List to display all the devices on the network Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual The Select Device dialog displays the following buttons Set Alias Name Click Set Alias Name to display the Set device alias name dialog as shown below Set device alias name 7 3 xi Alias name Sierra FC_test cancel Figure 1 14 Set Device Alias Name Dialog Disconnect Click Disconnect to disconnect a device 27 LeCroy Corporation Expandability Add Device Click Add Device to add a device with a static IP address Add Device with Static 1P 3 xj Device IP Address N 0 0 0 cas Figure 1 15 Add Device with Static IP Dialog Remove Device Click Remove Device to remove a previously added device IP Settings Click IP Setting to reset IP settings of a device The following IP Setting dialog displays Subnet Mask Default Gateway ioe Figure 1 16 IP Setting Dialog Networks Click Networks to select an adapter The following dialog displays Select Adapter E E Adapter Description 1 Intel Al Wireless WiFi Link 496546 N Pac 169 254 40 154 001 deD5cc38b 2 Intel A S2566MM Gigabit Network Connec 172 156 133 128 001c2570494f xl Cancel Figure 1 17 Select Adapter Dialog
283. event list Report expander route table list Configure general Enable disable zoning Write GPIO register one broadcast one lock fone activate one unlock Configure zone manager password Configure Zone phy information Configure zone permission table Configure route information Phy control Phy test Function Configure phy event Configure Zone Permission Figure 2 94 SAS SMP Dropdown List The following menu options are available O Report General Report Manufacturer Information Read GPIO Register Report self configuration status Report zone permission table Report zone manager password Report broadcast Discover Report Phy Error Log Report Phy SATA Report Route Information Report phy event Discover list Report phy event list O OOCODODODODOoOoO Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture Report expander route table list Configure general Enable disable zoning Write GPIO register Zone broadcast Zone lock Zone activate Zone unlock Configure zone manager password Configure zone phy information Configure zone permission table Configure route information Phy control Phy test function Configure phy event Configure Zone Permission O OCODODODDO oO ooo o O Adding a Frame SAS Click the Insert Frame button and choose the frame type to insert J ves eta x e js C is Identify Frame SSP Frames ITEM SMP Request Frame Data STP Frame
284. evice Library Scenarios pa a ia lo Eo Eo la la la Hone asek L3 9 Bad SCSI fer length in Crd fr 545 6G_LL3 14 SAS frame after DONE no cr SAS errors test TY DEVICE Write Failed Device 16 DEVICE Butter Underun Device 0 DEVICE Vent Soft Reset Recovery Inject Disparity Error Inject Disparity Error lt empty gt Figure 4 3 Device Library A Device Library has Scenarios currently available in the device Using the buttons from left to right you can Download a selected scenario Download all scenarios Save a copy of the library View edit a selected item Delete a selected scenario Assign scenario to device ports Refresh the library Copy Paste O ODO0ODODO O Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Interface LeCroy Corporation Device Ports If a device is connected the software displays the Device Ports Device Ports SM 128580008 gt m2 p Set Scenario by Drag Drop or Click on Grid Columns Library Scenario 1 VO Figure 4 4 Device Ports Using the first row of icons you can Run Stop All Ports or Run Stop individual ports The columns display the Port Function Configuration Library and Scenario You can Float Dock Auto Hide or Hide the window Note A port row is grayed out when that port has not been configured to be a Jammer in the Port Configuration dialog see Port Configuration for InFusion on page 320 Us
285. ext box SOAF EOAF and CRC Check any or all and check the criteria for introduction Code violation and Disparity Check either or both and specify DWORD offset and Number of DWORDs in the corresponding text boxes Connection Management SAS only Click the Connection Management icon in the Errors window to display the Connection Management Setting dialog 168 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation LeCroy Corporation Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Motes Errors General Open Connection Close Connection Erroneous Close Connection Number a Number of Errors jo Close Sequence Type Close without DONE T Delay in Sending close Delay Time jo ps Close Connection Settings DONE Primitive DONE NORMAL CLOSE Primitive CLOSE NORMAL CLOSEBREA4K Primitive Count 3 Incoming Open Frame Mumber Number of Errors Primitive Responze OPEN REJECT BAD DESTINATION Delay in Sending Response jo pz Identify R Connection Management Outgoing Open Frame Number Number of Errors Outgoing Open Frame Error Settings Commands Figure 2 174 SAS Connection Management Setting Dialog Open Connection Definition Incoming Frame Settings 1 Inthe Open Connection dialog enter a value for the Incoming Open Frame Number and the Number of Errors in the corresponding text box 2 Click t
286. fault level is the middle one E Config is valid Config is invalid Zoom Out Makes the display appear smaller Show Hide Channels Shows or hides the channel icon on the Event button Show Hide Properties Dialog Shows or hides the properties dialog of the selected event action or state This display appears when the current Recording Rules configuration can be executed by the hardware This display appears when the current Recording Rules configuration cannot be executed by the hardware Note If you have a wheel on the mouse you can zoom by holding down the CTRL key and rolling the mouse wheel 438 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Generation Options Generation Rules Page How It Works LeCroy Corporation You can think of the Generation Rules page as a workspace for creating rules rules that determine how the analyzer generates traces Rules are combinations of events and actions An event and the action or actions associated with it form a rule state Briefly creating a rule involves the following steps 1 2 3 Creating Event buttons in the Available Events area Drag and drop of Event buttons to the appropriate areas cells in the Main Display area Assigning an action or actions to each Event button Creating Event Buttons To create a rule first create one or more Event buttons As you create Event buttons they appear in the Available Events a
287. fewer than the specified data points prior to the triggering event DATA MEMORY ALL es PRE TRIGGER PARTIAL DATA PRE TRIGGER DATA PRE TRIGGER TRIGGERING EVENT ALL SPECIFIED ALL SPECIFIED POST TRIGGER DATA POST TRIGGER DATA Figure 2 65 Pre Trigger Example 20 Pre Trigger Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 91 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup Project Settings To set project options click the Settings tab Capture Trigger Settings Motes Trace Memory Status E II O DI O A E E Trigger Position In Memon h BE 50 Entire Memory 14 qo Partial Memory 10000 kE Up to 1024 MB Segmented Memory of segment li Segment Size i O000 KE Up to 1024 ME Sample File Name CAD ocuments and Settings Bils Desktopi SA El T Auto Run Number of Rur 20 Analyzer Settings Primitive Response Timeout 65000 OMWORD Disable descrambling Show Se Value ALIGN Transmission Period 2048 for SSP 256 for STP Sea POE f 2049 for SSP 258 for STP _ Protocol Enor Mask Speed Iw 11 71 AutoSpeed lw 13 73 I 12 72 AutoSpeed Iw 14 T4 Port Configuration MUS Setting Figure 2 66 SAS Setting Project Options SAS vs SATA For the ALIGN Transmission Period section SATA Dialog shows options 256 and 258 and does not show 2048 or 2049 For Speed SATA Dialog shows H1 D1 to H2 D2 and does not show l1 T1 to 12 T2 SATA Dialog does
288. fied period the generator will transmit ALIGN 0 primitives ALIGN 1 time for SAS speed negotiation in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will transmit ALIGN 1 primitives ALIGN 0 time for SAS speed negotiation in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will transmit ALIGN O primitives Interspeed time for SAS speed negotiation in OOBIls During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle The maximum time in OOBI during which training phase of speed negotiation should be completed in Train SNW The time in OOBI during which generator transmits phy capability bits in SNW 3 In Automatic connection This value is also used for the time during which generator sends Align0 and Align1 in SNW1 and SNW2 The time in OOBI during which generator transmits COMWAKE or D C idle during SNW 3 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Default Setting Value Phy Capabilities Settings OOB _SpeedNeg Phy_start OOB SpeedNeg _ Phy_txSSCtype OOB SpeedNeg Phy_RLLR OOB SpeedNeg _ Phy_g1WithoutSSC OOB_ SpeedNeg _ Phy_g1WithSSC OOB SpeedNeg _ Phy_g2WithoutSSC OOB SpeedNeg _ Phy_g2WithSSC OOB SpeedNeg _ Phy_g3WithoutSSC OOB_ SpeedNeg _ Phy_g3WithSSC OOB SpeedNeg Phy Parity Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation Description The START bit shall be set to one The phy s receiver shall
289. file You can save a All Samples O Range between selected cursors O Range between ATA Commands or Transport You can import SSP Frames SMP Frames or STP Frames see Events and Event Properties on page 443 You can Insert Waits see Wait Commands on page 419 yy You can use Auto Alignment see The Global Setting AutoAlign on page 390 You can select the Port see Setup Menu on page 379 In the Project Name enter a valid generator file Note The resulting Trainer Generation file cannot exceed 2 MB or 1 000 000 packets Export Read Write Command Report From the File menu you can Export Read Write Command Report as an Excel file using the Save As dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 49 LeCroy Corporation Exporting Export Paired SAS Address Report If Text View is activated from the File menu you can save a Paired SAS Address Report as an Excel file using the Export Paired SAS Address Report dialog Lo Le Export Paired S45 Address Report k l Save in 5 Samples e 0 ps Eg Fe My Recent Documents Dezkto p My Documents eu My Computer Mo Network File name Mew Pl Save as type Excel File F cz1 Cancel Save s Range C All Packets f From T Cursor To T Cursor Figure 2 10 Export Paired SAS Address Report Dialog You can limit the range of the saved file You can save a All Packets O Range
290. file use the Script Editor The Script Edit editing tool displays the ssg file and its supporting Include files The Script Editor utility has several aids to simplify the process of writing and editing scripts tool tips drop down menus and colored fields The Script Editor example below shows several commented lines followed by some instructions The Script Editor has three areas toolbar top script window and file tabs at the bottom of the window If errors occur a log opens at the bottom of the window Note If more than one port of Trainer is licensed you can assign scripts to one or more ports See Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links on page 397 To launch the Script Editor click the Script Editor button on the toolbar or right click in the trace window and choose Edit as Text Generation Script Editor h fe Ml amp Blora Kee MA GB wR t 2 HH 33 4 5 6 HH 7 HHHHRRRRRHHHHRRRRRRHHRRRRRRRRHHRRRRRRRHRRR DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO OO O TODO DO DAA AAA Copyright 2004 Computer Access Technology Corporation HH This SiSTrainer TM generation file contains sample code for Wait sessions and conditional branching It is assumed sample HH code is to be modified before being generated to a real SiS device HHHHHRRRRHHHHRRRRRRHHHRRRRRRRHHRRRRRRRRHRHRRR RRR OO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO DO OO DO DO DO DO O 9 Include necessary definition files supp
291. files appear at the bottom of this window BranchingSample ssq Figure 5 14 File Tab 396 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links LeCroy Corporation Error Log Whenever you create a scripting error a log opens at the bottom of the application window When the error is corrected the window automatically closes MEE E MM ociProgram Files CATC 5ASTracer Ge VPrimitives ssq 11 Undefined identifier NotTodayThanks used for setting ssc Figure 5 15 Log Tooltips The Script Editor window includes extensive tooltips for each keyword To see a tooltip hold the mouse pointer over a keyword Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links If more than one port of Trainer is licensed after you open a generator file ssg or create a new generator file Creating a Traffic Generation File on page 384 you can assign scripts to one or more ports Click the P Port Configuration button to open the Set Port Configuration dialog see Ports Configuration on page 97 Select a port configuration For example Trainer may be on Port1 and Port 2 or Port3 and Port4 After you select port configuration the Assign Active Script Remove Assigned Script for Link 1 2 3 or 4 buttons have colors For example for Trainer on Ports 1 and 2 the buttons are 0 B O After you open or create a script in the Trainer window click the L1 or L2 button to assi
292. frame to open a short cut menu then choose Goto Command to jump to the corresponding Command frame in the viewer Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 199 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views Bookmark Show Field b Hide Field Format Copy Data Goto Command Set Time Stamp Origin Color Figure 3 17 Goto Command In Column View you can right click a DWORD inside a frame to display the Goto Within Packet command You can jump to an SOF EOF HOLD or R_IP Bookmark Goto within Packet Goto SOF Goto EOF Software Setting ShiFt S Goto Goto Mext HOLD F Goto Previous HOLD Shift F6 Goto Mext HALDA FR Goto Previous HOLDA Shift F Figure 3 18 Goto Within Packet Command 200 Byte Order You can change the byte order in fields marked by an arrow and other fields Right click in the field select Byte Order and choose the ordering Bookmark Show Field Hide Field Format F Count fH a Right Align MSB lt gt L5B Copy Data Copy Frame Goto Response Set Time Stamp Origin P Color Goto Figure 3 19 Byte Order FIS Type Note A blue arrow in the byte order field indicates that it has been changed Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Switching Views LeCroy Corporation Choose Data Format You can display data values either in hexadecimal default or binary To choose data format right click the mouse over a data fiel
293. g dialog SATA Signature Error Setting x V Frame Length Error V Code violation error A H fives fame ndh Disparity enor Value of Reserved fields 0 H C Under frame length DWord Offset oT z Ignore XRDY RADY sequence EA Pitre Delay in HOLD Response Set frame length to ev DWoras Number of error DWords 1 fe es M NoWTRM SOFEnor Double C Omit IV Insert Primitive atf 1 th DWords M EQFEnor Double C Omit Primitive type CONT y CRCEno lnvald Omit Number Of Primitives 1 Figure 2 184 SATA SATA Signature Error Setting Frame Length Error Choose the Frame Length Error type to introduce SOF EOF and CRC Errors Check any or all and check the criteria for introduction Code Violation and Disparity errors Check and specify DWORD offset and Number of DWORD errors for Disparity error Additional Settings Set and check QO Value for Reserved fields O Ignore XRDY RRDY Sequence QO Delay in HOLD Response O NoWTRM Insert Primitive Check Insert Primitive click the down arrow on the Primitive list box choose a primitive type and enter a value for the Number of Primitive Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 179 LeCroy Corporation Target and Device Emulation User Defined Commands Tab To create command s specifically for your application click the User Defined Commands tab to display the command definition dialog Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands
294. gger position and memory use Change the Analyzer settings if necessary Change the port Speed if necessary Use Advanced Mode only after you become familiar with the hardware and software and have special needs 36 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Protocol Analyzer Initiator Emulator or Host Emulator LeCroy Corporation Protocol Analyzer Initiator Emulator or Host Emulator To use the software for protocol analysis to generate host traffic first select File gt New gt Protocol Analyzer Initiator Emulation or Protocol Analyzer Host Emulation for a new project or File gt Open an existing Pattern Generator file spg for a single role file See Exercise and Capture on page 109 In Easy Mode on the Initiator Emulator or Host Emulator tab insert instances of ATA SCSI TASK SMP Frame or Event Select the type of each from the drop down lists You can also loop go to wait delay if then and stop In Easy Mode on the Capture tab select to capture Everything or Pattern For Pattern select a Pattern You can exclude patterns and frames You can use different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger In Easy Mode on the Trigger tab select the trigger type For Pattern select the pattern In Easy Mode on the Initiator Setting or Host Setting tab select the port and speed Select to run the Pattern Generator or Initiator Emulator or Host Emulator In Easy Mode on the Settings tab select trigger po
295. gical Block Address H Transter Length H Control H Target SAS Address 0x1 Non Data A 0x0 6 Byte Command fy 000000 0000000000000000 Option Figure 2 92 Insert SCSI Command User defined SCSI commands are Non Data Read from Block Device Read from Non Block Device Write to Block Device Write to Non Block Device Bi Directional from Block Skip_Write and Skip_Read Adding a TASK Command SAS only Click the Insert Task Command button and choose the command to insert Event E sMb Frame Abort Task Abort Task Set Clear Task Set Logical Unit Reset Clear ATA Query Task Query Task Set IT Nexus Reset Query asynchronous Event Figure 2 93 SAS TASK Dropdown List The following menu options are available Abort Task Abort Task Set Clear Task Set Logical Unit Reset Clear ACA Query Task Query Task Set T Nexus Reset Query Asynchronous Event O DOOUODODUOCD Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 113 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture Adding an SMP Command SAS only Click the Insert SMP Command button and choose the command to insert 114 EE Report General Report Manufacturer Information Read GPIO register Report self configuration status Report zone Permission table Report zone manager password Report broadcast Discover Report Phy Error Log Report Phy S474 Report Route Information Report phy event Discover list Report phy
296. gn the script to Port 1 or Port 2 A display appears to the left of the script in the Trainer window T Tu T2 5 That link now has link specific Start Stop Resume Connect and Disconnect buttons See the previous page for the button descriptions Use the link specific buttons to control each link separately You can click the L1 or L2 button again to remove the script from the link Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 397 LeCroy Corporation Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links After you select port configuration the Trainer toolbar changes to display the Generation buttons Start All Generation Stop All Generation Resume All Generation Connect All Link and Disconnect All Link SHE E a Ello elo 1 Elo r 1 0pyRBI0G00 Use these buttons to control all links You can click lis to open the Link Script Selection script assignment dialog Link Script Selection Link Script Selection SSPFrames 559 Set all links same as First link Cancel After you select an open script you can assign or remove a link for that script by clicking Assign Active Script Remove Assigned Script for Link a 11 12 15 AA 398 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Generating Traffic LeCroy Corporation Generating Traffic After the ssg file has been opened onscreen recording and traffic generation can begin at any time optional Click
297. gs Notes C Everything Exclude SATA CONT T Exclude SATA_SYNC Pattern T Exclude OOB Signals Exclude Xxx Parameters STP Frame Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Data Pattern Protocol Errors l Exclude patterns IV Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures 3 Easy switch to Advanced mode T Exclude Payload except fo Dword s SASProtocolAnalyzer2 Pre Trigger Capture Y Include Xx Y Include SATA_SYNC Y Include SATA_CONT Y Include DOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame P Address Frame Any Address Frame Type P SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type fA Trigger Non Sequential Post Trigger Capture Everything Exclude NOTIFY Include xX Include SATA_SYNC Include SATA_CONT Include 00B Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude Idle 4 Include RRDY Y Settings Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s Speed 3 0 Gbps 11 T1 12 T2 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP x 2 Collapse All Expand ll Figure 2 18 SAS Post trigger Capture Dialog Enabled SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC SATA Dialog has different Pattern Parameters see Patterns and Da
298. gure 3 96 Statistical Report Range Dialog The default statistical report has All Samples You can set a specific Statistical report range between defined cursor positions or events Report between Cursors Click the option button next to the From cursor selection drop down list Then click the From down arrow and choose the 1st cursor click the To down arrow to choose the 2nd cursor and click OK The resulting report has only the capture between the cursors e From x Cursor y To T Cursor No MATES rr Figure 3 97 Report between Cursors C From Sequence Report between Events Click the option button next to the From the event selection dropdown list click the From down arrow to choose the 1st event then enter the number of its occurrence Next click the To down arrow to choose the 2nd event then enter the number of its occurrence From Link y No fi To Link v Nofi Link FIS ATA Cmd Cancel Phy Reset Figure 3 98 SATA Report between Events Click OK The resulting report are limited to the capture between the defined events SAS vs SATA SAS adds Transport SCSI Cmd SMP Cmd and Task Mng to the drop down list and deletes FIS and Phy Reset 270 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Statistical Report Content Statistical Report Content LeCroy Corporation SAS A complete SAS statistical report consists of the following reports accessed by clicking the corresponding ta
299. h Primitive Grou Dword 1 Type Custom D word i SAS Primitive p Dword 1 Value OxO0000000 S SATA Primitive Dword 1 Mask OxOO000000 Running Disparity Error Dword 1 Offset D SA5 Data Pattern El Condition 2 SATA Data Pattern Dword 2 Type Custom Dword H SCSI Dword 2 Value 000000000 SMP Frame Dword 2 Mask OxOO000000 a SSP Frame Diword 2 Offset 0 7 Timer Trigger Input Dword 0 Type OK Cancel Figure 4 20 Using a Captured DWORD in a SAS Data Pattern Captured data DWORDs may also be used in the Substitute Data DWORD test state action From the Action Properties screen choose Substitute Data DWORD and then select the Substitute for property A drop down menu is provided see below that allows the choice of a custom DWORD or any of the four captured DWORD registers Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 339 LeCroy Corporation Scenario Actions l0lx Type Properties Type Action Capture Data Cuword Description Inject Random No E Link Ever Mth occurence 1 Monitor Count Monitor Count Mot monitored 2 Remove Custom Dword Stop Scenario Pattern Field Mame Custom Dword Er Substitute Pattern Field Value Captured Dword 0 Data Diword Pattern Field Mask ae sae e with 545 primitive Recalculate CRE Esbltred Dead Ha fee with SATA primitive Trigger Output Substitute For x ere E Figure 4 21 Using a Captured Data DWORD in Substitute DWORD Test Action Summary of Scenario Creation
300. h Cyl Low Sector Number Error Status 01 DO 00 00 01 01 50 SATA Diagnotistics Execustion Delay fi 0000 us Error Setting Signature Don t Send Signature Send Signature once and declare device is ready with BSY 0 and DADY 1 C Send Signature twice first with BSY 1 and DADY 0 and second with BSY 0 and DADY 1 Hardware Initialization delay fo TE Figure 2 183 SATA SATA Signature Dialog Choose SATA Signature Content Choose either the pre defined Standard or SATA Alternatively you can define your own signature by checking the User Defined option button and then entering values in the enabled fields Specify when to send Signature You can choose from Don t Send Signature Send Signature once and declare device is ready with BSY 0 and DRDY 1 or Send Signature twice first with BSY 1 and DRDY 0 and second with BSY 0 and DRDY 1 by checking the corresponding option button Note If you choose Send Signature twice first with BSY 1 and DRDY 0 and second with BSY 0 and DRDY 1 the system enables the Hardware initialization delay text box allowing you to set the hardware initialization delay 178 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation LeCroy Corporation SATA Signature Errors You can define errors to introduce when sending a SATA Signature To define the errors click the Error Setting button to open the SATA Signature Error Settin
301. hange speed to 1 5G if MultiSpeed is enabled This settings is not applied when Advanced Connect is set Generator will change speed to 3G if MultiSpeed is enabled This settings is not applied when Advanced Connect is set Generator will change speed to 6G if MultiSpeed is enabled This settings is not applied when Advanced Connect is set Generator will send PHY Capability Bits this command is used in SNW3 Generator will send Train Train Done Patterns This Command is used in Train Windows Generator will wait until ns before executing next command Switch on power expansion card Switch off power expansion card Call this command in any branch of the Trainer program to stop execution After exit the Port Status dialog displays the exit code Note The Trainer GUI has LED indicators Green is for pass Red is for fail No color is for unknown or for user to review Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands SATA Commands Look at STP sample file for syntax a DOOOUOUOUDL SEND_SATA_FRAME SendSATAFrame SATAData SATA_Data SATACRC SATA_CRC SATAXXXX SATA_XXXX Primitive Commands LeCroy Corporation The following is a list of SAS and SATA primitives declared in Primitives Decl inc as Symbol Chains If you want to use these primitives in your script you must also include Primitives Decl inc in your script O O OCODODDDDOoD oDoOo ooo ooo ooo o oo
302. he down arrow next to the Primitive Response drop down list box choose a primitive response and enter a value for the Delay in Sending Response text box 3 Enter a value for Outgoing Open Frame Number and Number of Errors in the corresponding text box Outgoing Frame Settings Click Outgoing Open Frame Error Settings to display the Open Frame Setting dialog Check the errors to introduce and click OK Open Frame Setting TT Frame Type enor Frame Length eror fE DWeeds Destroy Field of Frame Protocol T SOAF Eno Doe One M Code violation etror pil r EQAF Ena Dotie C Ore Disparity emor Connection Rate I Ood ice fi Features Diniiato Connection Tag E CAC Enor io iva o Cir Humber f aero Lior aj Tat sais PL i dea xl Figure 2 175 SAS Open Frame Setting Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 169 LeCroy Corporation Target and Device Emulation Close Connection Definition 1 In the Close Connection dialog enter a value for the Erroneous Close Connection Number and the Number of Errors in the corresponding text box 2 Click the down arrow next to the Close Sequence Type drop down list box then choose a closing sequence 3 Fora delay in sending click the Delay in Sending check box click the down arrow on the associated drop down list box choose what to delay and enter a value for the Delay Time V Delay in Sending CLOSE y Delay T
303. he system programs the first board for 2 GB and the second board for 4 GB You can consider this ratio when you set buffer size to any value For example if you set buffer size to 2 GB the system programs the first board for 2 2 6 GB and the second board for 2 4 6 GB Any unit that has more memory will have larger buffer size Cascading with STX SYNC Expansion Cards You can use cascading of analyzer units for higher port count by daisy chaining the units through the provided Expansion and Clock In Out interfaces on the analyzer back Connect Out connectors to In connectors of the next unit in the chain for both Signal and Clock interfaces You must provide external hubs for connecting the host PC to these units using USB or Ethernet You can cascade up to eight units If you mix Sierra M6 4 Sierra M6 2 and STX A6 4 analyzers emulators put Sierra boards first then STX Note Because chain connections for cascading boards cause delay of signals traffic on different boards is not completely time synchronized with about one DWORD difference between consecutive boxes Cascading To set up the units in a cascade 1 Connect all units to the Host PC using either USB or Ethernet cables You can use hubs 2 Locate the Expansion and Clock ports on the back of each unit Expansion Clock Le Li In Out In Out Figure 1 6 Expansion and Clock Ports Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 23
304. heck for updates at application start up The latest software downloads can always be Found at http jiw lecrow cor Em Library Software PSG Sierra 525 35 Close Figure 3 94 Check for Updates About Displays version information 268 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Help Menu LeCroy Corporation Display License Information Open a license information dialog to display a list of named features supported by the current software version Named features that are not enabled on your system are indicated by No in the Purchased column Whether or not named features are enabled depends on the license key stored in your analyzer If you try to use a feature for which you do not yet have a license the program displays the License Protection Message To use the feature you must purchase a license Hamilton SIN 61658 0x lt FODA 0 Y License information for the product Serial Number 61658 0xFODA Se h ha d h Software manten Available Features Feature Title Purchased Feature Description System Memory Size 165 No Enable operation with 1GByte of internal memory System Memory Size GB No Enable operation with 2GByte of internal memory System Memory Size 466 Yes Enable operation with 4GByte of internal memory System Memory Size 968 Ho Enable operation with GByte of internal memory System Memory Size 16GB No Enable operation with 16GByte of internal memory
305. her action Click here to add another event gt Wait for Aliqgnl Wait for ALIGN 1 from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to Wait for Alignz Click here to add another action Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN 2 from Initiator OR ALIGN 3 from Initiator Click here to add combined event Branch to Error Detected and Substitute with ALIGN 1 lt Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt Wait for Aliqnz For Help press F1 CAP NUM SCRL Figure 4 44 Example 9 Top Half of Scenario Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 365 LeCroy Corporation Example 9 Creating a Sequence With Many States 2 q Fix Aligns Test box File Library c M X Wait for Aliqnz d SeqQquercerz GH Wait for ALIGN 2 from Initiator Click here to add combined event d Align Test then Branch to Wait for Align3 Click here to add another action Fix Aligns Test Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiatori OR ALIGN il from Initiator OR ALIGN 3 from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to Error Detected and Substitute with ALIGN 2 lt Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt E Wait for Aligqns Wait for ALIGN 3 from Initiator Click here to add combined event then Branch to Wait for Alignb Click here to add another action Wait for ALIGN 0 from
306. hout injec tion of an overriding or adding to a template frame with or without injection of running disparity error Field Variable Declarations You can declare a variable var_name as a frame of type frame_type Svar _name frame_type Note Frame variables can be declared re declared and used many times Changing Frame Fields You can change some fields in a frame variable Change var_name field_name value Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 405 LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Generation Language Preprocessor Integer Arithmetic You can declare DWORD variables make arithmetic operations and use them in field and parameters assignments Note Arithmetic expressions are allowed only in numeric variable assignments Examples Legal Operations x 2 y z 12 SOME_DEC_DATA 36 8 2 JUL O s Some Hex Data constant may be used in operations x y zZz X y ze A a ORPE S Saa a SOF Repeat x Idle y X Field1l6 OxEEEE Example of the data payload assignment which uses bothintegervariables constants hexliteralsanddatapatterns Data yyy y lalalala Some Hex Data Some Hex Data 8b8b8b8b DAI E PATTERN Sd 3 Repeat 10 Idle y uses integer variable for parameter setting Illegal operations Se ye SOF Repeat xty 7 illegal use z xty 7 SOF Repeat z instead Loops Loops can be used in two
307. hree line tests at the same time You can do one test with the Global Rules and a separate test with each sequence you create You can have up to two sequences in a scenario The following table summarizes the Global Rules examples that follow TABLE 4 4 Global Rules Examples Example Description 1 Creating a single event and action removes a primitive 2 Creating a single event and action replaces a primitive 3 Creating a combined event a logical OR association of multiple events and an action 4 Creating multiple triggers and actions 5 Creating multiple actions on a single event 6 Using timers Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 341 LeCroy Corporation Creating Global Rules Example 1 Creating a Single Event and Action that Removes a Primitive In this example the Global Rules area of the scenario waits for each RRDY Normal primitive from the initiator and removes it 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries 2 Inthe Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change see Figure 4 15 on page 330 3 Inthe Global Rules area click the prompt to add an event Remove REDY Normal gt x Scenario is valid Status Mok saved Scenario Name Pemove BRDY Normal Description Wait for BREDY Normal and remove it Direction for traffic changes From Initiator T Global Fules Cli
308. i svcedeessccascandedecewaveesecesseesceccsecnsansscadsuiaaccceevavcescswseveasesctevassarstessataececestersessees 270 Report DEtWEEN EVeNtS ii cede spite a 270 Statistical Report Contenciosa a a 271 Report ODUONS nic lod 271 GENea ROD ida 272 Primite ROD da 272 BUS CONGITIOMN REPOTI Ar ooo O 273 ATA Command REDOM on ti E 273 Time outor ATA Command Report ati a 274 ATAP REDON ericcson ccoo orilla ce tericcaensqcadsieiesaas 274 ProlOCONEFTOS NODO liar E Ea 275 Others Report zna a iia 275 SSP Transport Report SAS Lamadrid ceba 276 SMP Transport Report SAS sviesa caidas 276 STP TranSporl Report SAS noisa a a aa aaa Aaa a aa a aa 276 SCSI Command Report SAS iv ccesecicusscisancuteted eccencaecevscssiucevaeancunhessanesesuayudcuavsacdeuneusbessansdiaeceasteasues waeueseae 278 SMP Command Report SAS asii 278 Task Command Repor SAS iaa a a aaa 279 SAS Address Repon SAS una al iia 279 Lanes Report SAS eset costes a O 280 Read Write Command Report SAS una ela aida 280 Performance Repon SAS iS 281 Performance Report SATA issricarins a A A A A AEE a 282 FIS Repor SATA o acia 283 Queue Command Report SATA ooooonnncccccnncnncccccnnnnnncccccnnnnnncnccnnnnnnn cr rcnnn nac rrnnnnnnn nr rr nnnnnann rr rrnnnnnnnrrrnnnanannnnn 283 PM Statistic Report SATA oie aiii idad ieojipicidss 284 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 9 LeCroy Corporation Contents PM Pertofmance Report SATA luisa ced areata
309. ialog Compliance Test UTD Version e UTD 1 3 C UTD 1 4 Compliance type M GTR 01 M GTR 02 M GTR 03 M GTR 04 M GTR 05 Digital test group General Device Requirements Native Command Queuing Asynchronous Signal Recovery J Software Settings Preservation Interface Power Management Phy test group Device C Host Device type ATA C ATAPI 55D Drive Add gt gt lt lt Remove Add All gt gt lt lt Remove all Load Save E Close Second Options Capture TimeOut 112 Device name Devicel rc Compliance Report file c program files lecroy sata protocol suite User Compliance_Devicel ttf Browse View Saved Traces i Description Result Once the initial Register device to host FIS has been received and successfully acknowledged with no errors a device shall successfully respond to the setting of the SRST bit in the Device Control register at any time and perform the software reset protocol No Test Name 1 GTR 01 For all Serial ATA devices the entire contents of Word 93 in IDENTIFY DEVICE Passed or IDENTIFY PACKET DEVICE data shall be cleared to zero 2 GTR O4 Figure 3 144 SATA Compliance Test Selection The Digital Test Group has Detail 175 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample for further information 2 5 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample for further information 3 5 Err
310. ic 216 hiding display options 454 levels 454 hiding options 454 Histogram View 38 histogram view 205 471 LeCroy Corporation Index Host Emulator 109 146 Host Emulator Port 145 Host Emulator Setting dialog 144 hub 35 Identify Error Setting dialog 168 Identify frame parameter settings 457 Identify icon 168 If instruction 119 IfisStopped statement 371 Ignore XRDY RRDY sequence 166 Include statement 396 Incoming Frame Setting dialog 137 Incoming Frame Settings 169 174 177 Incoming Frame Settings dialog 132 174 177 Incoming Open Primitive Response 129 135 InFusion 313 Infusion 38 InFusion scenarios 323 Initiator add a frame 115 add an event 116 add ATA command 111 add program lines 110 add SCSI command 112 add SMP command 114 add Task command 113 adding commands 111 exercise specific addresses 123 program instructions 118 programming 109 Initiator Emulation 384 Initiator Emulator 109 140 Initiator Setting tab 139 Insert ATA Command button 111 Insert Event button 116 Insert Frame 132 137 174 177 Insert Frame button 115 Insert Instruction button 118 Insert Primitive 131 137 138 166 174 177 179 Insert SCSI Command button 112 Insert SMP Command button 114 Insert Task Command button 113 Install component selection 20 Installation CD ROM 18 installing the analyzer 20 Instruction button 118 Inter FPGA Connection 299 Inter reset Delay Settings 148 Intersection search 448 IP address 35
311. ice Saving device information allows you to import the specific device information into the Target Device emulator The Find Device utility obtains all vendor specific information and detailed device parameters Find device finds any devices that are attached to any port Select Tools on the main menu bar and choose Find Device Tools Window Help Self Test 211 Find Device Compliance Test Figure 3 141 SATA Find Device Command on Tools Menu The Device Identifier dialog opens Device Identifier x Find Find Device in Allinfo SAS Address F mi pe Device List Parameters Length Supported Pages amp SubPages General Protocol Supported ssP SMP STP ck Find device Export Save Load Close Figure 3 142 SAS Device Identifier Dialog Click the Find Device button to search for connected devices After a brief period the dialog displays all device information 302 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Tools LeCroy Corporation Device Identifier Find Allinfo SAS Address Device List Parameters PH Information EEF T1 50060560000003c5 Property Find Device in Elm al q PHY 2 HR PHY 3 en PHY 4 Loss OF DWord Sync Count a PHY 5 PHY Reset Problem Count 7d8d HE PHY 6 oof PHY 7 fe PHY 8 fee PHY 9 A PHY 10 S PHY 11 500605600001 x PHY 0 PHY Id 0 i PHY 15006056000001 Invalid D word Count 0 a Running Disparity Cou
312. iggering for each link To set different trigger conditions for a link check the Multi Sequencer check box and select the link for setup from the Port drop down list Y Multi Sequencer Port 1 71 y 11 71 2 T2 9 13 Figure 2 80 Multi Link Triggering Setup Set Timers You can set and use up to three timers for triggering You can set each timer for each state or continue from a timer set in the previous state The timer defined for a particular state starts when entering that state To set timers click the ellipses in the Timer field in each state and define each of the timers in the Set Timers dialog x Timer 1 l Timer urt Contrwe Sat Times lo M Seconds mi C mico a Timer und C Conmue Set Time lo Miki Seconds milk C micro O Continue Set Times lo Mi Seconds mdi micro It Set Tener is selected al a state the timer is reset each time entermg that stale By selecting Continue the limer wal continue the count from previous labels until timer elapses Tires may be set at any state as part of ether Tf or Else statements CO ee Figure 2 81 Set Timers Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 105 LeCroy Corporation Advanced Mode User Defined Timeout You can set a Timeout Select a Pattern for the Start Event Start Event resets the timer Select a Pattern for the End Event Enter the Timeout
313. ignals Include Payload of Data Frame Exclude Idle A Trigger Non Sequential Aj Post Trigger Capture Everything Exclude NOTIFY Include SOX Include SATA_SYNC E Include SATA_CONT Creation Date 08 04 13 on Tuesday Jul 08 08 Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Last Modified Not saved yet Include RADY Exclude Idle Last Run Not run yet K Settings Trigger Position in Memory 50 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Speed AutoSpeed 11 11 12 12 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 2 Connection Details Simulation Mode Easy switch to Advanced mode amp Collapse All Expand All Figure 2 74 Project Notes Tab 100 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Advanced Mode User Defined LeCroy Corporation Advanced Mode User Defined Advanced Mode expands Analysis capability by allowing you to program complex triggering and data capture projects The Advanced Mode is a state machine with up to 23 different states You can program each state individually to a Trigger on a different event or trigger unconditionally a Capture Everything Nothing or a user defined pattern a Include up to three ELSE IF statements allowing a jump to any other state based on a user definition QO Use up to three timers which you can set to a maximum value of
314. ime m Close Connection Settings DONE Primitive DONE NORMAL CLOSE Primitive CLOSE NORMAL y CLOSE BREAK Primitive Count 3 Figure 2 176 SAS Delay in Sending 4 Click the down arrow on the CIOSE Primitive or DONE Primitive dropdown list box in the Close Connection Settings dialog then choose a Close or Done Primitive 5 Enter a value in the CLOSE BREAK Primitive Count text box 170 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation LeCroy Corporation SAS Commands Errors SAS only Click the SAS Commands icon in the Errors window to display the Commands Error Setting dialog Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes Errors General Event Selection I Generate Error when LBA From jo H To fo HI E lag fo SSP C SMP C Task Status Command Y Format Unit Y Inqui Command number fi era i isdi Y a fi ete Indication P Loa S E Repeat error Imes 3H og Sense Mode Select 6 Number of error commands fi Connection Mode Select 10 Management Mode Sense 6 5 Command fall with check condition Mode Sense 10 Sense key No Sense ES Read 6 2 ASC 0 H ASCO JO Hi Commands Read 10 Bale A ASCG HI Read 16 Generate Error On noad Lapac 0 E m utaoing frame ma th frame Daa y Settings Read Capacity 16
315. imitive Disparity error on SATA primitive Ignore XRDY RRDY sequence Delay in HOLD response in sending HOLDA Initiator Setting Tab SAS only The Initiator Setting tab allows you to select the Port s for generating SAS traffic and to specify SAS Address Data Frame Payload size Frame Receive Timeout Logical Block size and ATA Command Execution Time out You can run a Pattern Generator To run the Pattern generator check the Run Pattern Generator option button and select a Pattern Generator File You can create Pattern Generator Files See Creating a Pattern Generator File on page 461 Initiator Emulator Capture Trigger Initiator Setting Settings Notes Project Tree a SASProtocol nal 3 m Initiator Emulator Port rile ai Capture Everything Exclude NOTIFY 11 71 Custom Speed Negotiation Settings y Znake iai l Include SATA_SYNC Enable Muring Gn Y Include SATA_CONT i Include DOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Include RADY Run Patter Generator Exclude Idle File Name i A Trigger Non Sequential Run Initiator Emulator Snapshot E YA Settings MV Auto stop Exerciser when Analyzer stopped Trigger Position in Memory 1 SAS Address 5000E 85000000000 H Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Data Frame Payload Size 1024 Bytels Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Speed AutoSpeed 11 T1 Frame Receive Timeout
316. in this sequence that is already defined Go to a State in this sequence that is not yet defined you need to define it Captures a data DWORD into one of four registers Injects a CRC error into the line Injects invalid 10b code into the line Injects a Running Disparity RD error into traffic Inserts a frame or primitive Inserts DWORD Puts both InFusion SAS ports at electrical idle immediately Starts traffic pass through immediately This action restarts traffic after a previous disconnect command Once traffic is passing through the initiator and target resume OOB signaling Opens a window to count the number of events that occur during a session A session is a time interval during which a scenario runs Removes the targeted event from the traffic Restart all sequences in the scenario Restart the sequence that contains this action definition Set RCDT SNTT ALT TLT TX speed TRAIN TRAIN_DONE pattern and or PHY Capability Set Violation Type Stops all scenario activity Substitutes a data DWORD in the traffic Substitutes a SAS primitive in the traffic with SATA Primitive Substitutes a SATA primitive in the traffic Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions LeCroy Corporation Action Description Trigger Output Sends a signal out the trigger port to the device downstream Only shown in Action Properties dialog box when creating a sequence Using Counters in Eve
317. ing the Device Ports Dialog After you have finished Port Configuration see Port Configuration for InFusion on page 320 you use the Device Ports dialog to assign specific scenarios to ports so that different scenarios can run on different ports To assign a scenario to a port drag and drop the scenario from any library window to the port The Device Ports dialog then displays the Library and Scenario on the row for that Port Configuration Device Ports 5M 61656 gt ih 2b o Ports are Ready to Aun Library Scenario SF OSN 61658 New Scenario 1 a Y SN 61658 New Scenario 3 Alternatively assign the scenario using the Library and Scenario drop down lists Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 319 LeCroy Corporation Port Configuration for InFusion Port func Library Scenario hd SN 61658 Hew Scenario 1 g hd SH 61658 ProductionTestBeen t New Scenario 1 New Scenario 10 New Scenario 3 New Scenario 4 New Scenario 5 New Scenario 6 Substitute Status cor New Scenario E Kew Scenario A After you have assigned scenarios to ports in the first row of icons use the first green arrow icon to Run Stop All Ports or use the numbered green arrows to Run Stop an individual port Note A port row is grayed out when that port is running a scenario Port Configuration for InFusion The InFusion Jammer port configurations must match the Analyzer port configurations for the infus
318. ings Constants Data patterns Chain of symbols primitives raw data Packet templates OOO O Note Some declared objects could be used in further declarations as long as they are previously declared No forward declarations are allowed at this time Generation Blocks a List of generation instructions Note It is possible to create many generation blocks but currently only a block with the name Generation executes Calls of some blocks from another blocks are not currently allowed Language Comments is the Comment symbol The line remainder after this symbol is ignored is a Comment Block All the text between and is ignored This 1S an example of a block of comments a Includes The directive include FileName inc includes the file FileName inc This lets you add common definitions and templates into new scripts The language parser makes sure the same file is not included more than once Example Sinclude Somelnc inc Tt This directive actually includes file Someltne 1 1ina inline is the same as include but without the Language parser check 400 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Language LeCroy Corporation Settings The Set Constant Name Value statement sets different constants modes using the following value types a Predefined constants TRUE FALSE ON OFF INFINITE a Numbers Examples Set A
319. io Hame New Scenario Description Direction From Initiator x E Z Figure 4 15 Scenario Properties Dialog Box In the Scenario Properties screen the direction for traffic modification is defined on a global basis for the entire scenario In other words any scenario action that modifies line traffic only affects the traffic flowing in the direction established at the top of the scenario in the Scenario Properties Scenario events can be monitored in either direction and therefore the parameters for events provide the ability to specify the intended direction for monitoring traffic for that event SATA Smart Hold Option H Scenario Properties E Eg Properties Name Mew Scenario O Direction From Initiator Smart Hold Yez Set DOB OOB Definition Normal Spec Value Smart Hold Figure 4 16 SATA Scenario Properties Dialog Box 330 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Properties LeCroy Corporation SATA Scenario Properties have a Smart Hold option which is on by default Each port monitors incoming data which originated with the other device s receiver as close as possible to where it enters the bus engine If a port detects a HOLD primitive during a SATA frame the port stops reading data from the FIFO and generates HOLDA The HOLD propagates through the bus engine and eventually goes to the other device where the HOLD causes the other device to send HOLDA The bus engine FIFOs must
320. ion Rules Pop UbD Menu Sica tse a S ae a a a N A S a aa 442 Cel POPUD MENU sisia a a a A a N 442 ACUON POD U MO isa a aa EE aaa E rA Ea 442 Event POD daa 442 EVENS and Event Propertie S ias 443 Data Pattern Mask and Matel siii iii besieclevccesasindsstececsisbecsneniueess 444 Setting Complex Wait For CONUIHIONS oncccnnncccnnnnnccocnncconanncncnannncnnnnnnennnnnrnnannnrnnnanerennannnnnas 445 Setting Conditions with the Generation Options Dialog onccconnncicccnnnnccconcnconencnnnonenannconenannrnnnnannnnnnnaanos 445 A enchanecuessteneteteien 447 Data Pattern Mask and Male coi rdaaiccictenis 449 Find NeXt AA A E ae E E EEEE 450 Searen Drecho n ossen aaa a a a E aE N a AaS 450 ISLAY ODHOD Sia da 450 Color Format Hiding Display Options ooooocccccconocancccnnnnnnanccnnnonanancncnnnnnnnnrrrnnnannn rr rrnnnnnnn rr rrnnnanan rr rnananananenns 451 Color Display OPUS iii ia a aa aaa 452 Formats DISplay ODUONS nui id a daa 453 Hiding Display OPONS ii a a a a dette cere eee tidee 454 Level IGING ODU ONS ias Geta siecsca ria te Ges eae het icerictaeiee aetea aaa 454 Headers CP COINS a da re eth tae ag a E sas cc las A ada 455 Saving Display OPUONS ae 456 Connection Parametros 457 Resetting Me TODD Acida 458 Appendix A Creating a Pattern Generator Fil8 oocconncconnciconnccncononaronnanrnnanonas 461 KEY WOTAS il 461 COMMENT O Maduro 461 Primitive COTINITIONN TO Malasia li 461 LOOD GENIN OM TO Maite ae cous sbvocasceeeconstd
321. ion analyzer to work Select Configuration gt Port Configuration to display the Set Port Configuration dialog To record traffic select Jammer on the port that you want to jam In the following figure there is a match on Port 1 Set Port Configuration Available Functionality by Setup and licensed Features OK xl Analyzer Target Emulator Initiator Emulator Jammer Trainer Cancel 0 Available TES 2 Available Ej Available Yy 2 Available 4 2 Available Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Ports Configuration for Current Setup Serial Num Ports Assignment SN 61666 OxFOE2 Figure 4 5 Ports Configuration Dialog with InFusion Analyzer Port Match You can select only one Jammer port at a time with this configuration Note To display the current Port Configuration click Show Analyzer to go to the analyzer application then click the green button in the lower right corner to display the Port Status window see Port Status on page 214 320 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Port Configuration for InFusion LeCroy Corporation Important Information for Jammer and Analyzer Jammer intercepts and delays traffic on both directions simultaneously so Host sends to Jammer Jammer delays and sends to Host Device sends to Jammer Jammer delays and sends to Device However Jammer modifies traffic in one direction only from Host to Device or from Device to Host When using Jammer and Anal
322. ious Find parameters to the next search a Select Find Next under Search on the Menu Bar OR mt a Click on the Toolbar Search Direction Toggles the search forward or backwards The current direction is indicated in the menu Display Options You can select what information to display using the Display Options window To open the Display Options window QO Select Display Options under Setup on the Menu Bar OR a Click 18 on the Toolbar You can select Color Format Hiding Level Hiding and Headers display options The following sections describe these display options Restore Factory Presets sets all Display Options values to the installed values 450 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Options LeCroy Corporation Color Format Hiding Display Options To modify the colors formats and hiding options select the Color Format Hiding tab Display Options A E E MS bo LSE Display Units E Hexadecimal CRC P Decimal Time H Binan Other ASC Protocol Address Frame Color Frimitives SSP Frame SMP Frame Out OF Band Signals STP SATA STP FIS Channels ATA Command Tracker Fields HO caos awalane for selected em TCG Packet Soe Bb Arder To r kw LSB to HSB E E E E E E E E E E E H E E E eN Figure 5 27 Display Options Dialog Color Format Hiding Tab Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 451 LeCroy Corporation Display Options
323. ipt 0 Batch Script is valid ii Label 0 Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER Click here to add another scnp ma slick here another pt command Note You can select ports from the port list depending on number of ports licensed Note The hardware Serial Number can already exist or not If the Serial Number exists the Serial Number for example S N 12871 is shown In Offline and Simulation mode you can enter a Serial Number In Online mode you can only enter an existing Serial Number Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 369 LeCroy Corporation Scenario Batch Files 3 To add another command click Click here to add another script command 4 New Seript O bx Batch Script is valid E Label 0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 10 ms Click here to add anothes apt command gt DBROADCAST Script command Run S N 12871 Port 1 ZON lt Click here to add else body gt END IF To copy a script command right click on the command and select Copy Right click Click here to add another script command and then select Paste You can also cut delete and edit a selected script command 4 To edit batch commands click the command or right click the command and select Edit from popup menu Batch Script is valid Label 0 IF IsStop S N 12871 Port 1 THEN Beep 40 Hz 20 ms Chick here to add another script command gt tick here to add
324. ires Slumber STANDBY command is executed Slumber Link layer remained in IDLE state more than foo me Partial z 0 Abandon request after 100 100 us fi 000 3 Standby timer interval Figure 2 193 Power Management 1 In the Host Initialized Power Management area choose whether to support the report in the Identify page 2 Specify the response type for PMREQ_P and PMREQ 5S the delay and Minimum Number of Response Primitives 3 In the Device Initiated Power Management area choose whether to support the report in the Identify page 4 Define start event by choosing Standby timer expires STANDBY command executes or Link layer remains in IDLE state more than XXX ms 5 Specify time for Abandon request and Wake up after and enter the Standby timer interval Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 187 LeCroy Corporation Target and Device Emulation NCQ Command Settings Tab Advance Target Setting E x OOB Signal Setting Speed Negotiation Power Management Setting IDE settings Miscellaneous Features W Support NCO Queue depth 32 Allow multiple command completion Mas tine before sending SEE jo me Mas number of command completions reported by one SDE 22 Command execution algorithm f Random order using simulated media access time O ARO order with constant delay for each command equal ta fo mE WFO order with maximum latency egual ta 100 mE Cancel Help
325. is button in Column or Text View increases column width only 218 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Toolbars LeCroy Corporation The Zoom Out button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar scales the data display area to display more data lines on the screen Clicking this button in Column or Text View decreases column width only The Normal Zoom button on the Viewer Setting Toolbar resets the zoom to default normal on the screen Clicking this button in Column or Text View resets column width only The Wrap Packets button on the Viewer Toolbar wraps the packet data in the display to eliminate the need for horizontal scrolling Sample Viewer Configuration dialog see Display Configuration on page 244 Cursor Position Status Bar To display the cursor position status bar select Toolbar gt Cursor Position x to Y Ons xto T Ons Y to T Ons Figure 3 44 Cursor Position Toolbar See Using the Cursors and Bookmarks on page 233 Layers Toolbar SAS The Layers toolbar shows or hides packet types Lik Trp App se oi Lak The Show Hide Link Packet button displays hides the Link layer The Show Hide Transport Packet button on the Layers Toolbar displays hides the Transport layer and below App The Show Hide All Commands Packet button shows hides the Command layer and all layers below SCSI Cmd and Task Mng SMP Cmd and ATA Cmd Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 219 LeCroy
326. it is incorrect This gives you the option of configuring the generator to create errors Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Primitive and Frame Definitions LeCroy Corporation If the generation file was created through the Export command File gt Export gt To Generator File Format the CRC is calculated but commented out If the source trace has a bad CRC the CRC is exported into the generation file and is not commented out Primitives Decl inc File The PrimitivesDecl inc file defines Primitives The file consists of declarations left and the corresponding byte streams right KEES 18 1E 61 KEES 18 67 OF 6 Primitive 0AF To Primitive EOAF a EFES 44 44 7B RBC 07 OF OF RBC 61 61 61 EEC FE E VB 9 Primitive ALIGN 0 10 Primitive ALIGN 13 ii Primitive ALIGN 12 ig Primitive ALIGN 3 To generate Primitives copy relevant portions of text on the left not the bytes shown right from this file into the generator block section of the ssg file Address FramesDecl inc File The AddressFramesDecl inc file defines Address frames SSPFrames inc File The SSPFrames inc file defines SSP frames SMPFrames inc File The SMPFrames inc file defines SMP frames STPFrames inc File The STPFrames inc file defines STP frames Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 393 LeCroy Corporation Starting the Script Editor Starting the Script Editor To edit an ssg
327. ith SAS Primitive as the action that you want when an RRDY Normal occurs In the middle column of the dialog box click Description if you want to add a description of the action Still in the middle column of the Event Properties dialog box click Primitive to display a drop down menu that lets you choose the type of primitive for which to substitute for RRDY Normal see Figure 4 23 on page 343 Choose ERROR Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box In the File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario In this example you set the substitution action to happen at every occurrence of an RRDY Normal as shown in the figure the action is set for every occurrence However you can set an action to happen at other multiples of event occurrence for example 5 25 1000 and so on You also can set the action to happen at random within a specified number of event occurrences d Replace RRDY Normal gt x Scenario is valid Scenario Name Replace BEDY Normal gt Description Wait for BEDY Normal and replace it with ERROR Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for BEDY NORMAL from Initiator then Substitute with ERROR Click here to add a Sequence gt 4 For Help press F1 Figure 4 26 Example 2 Complete Scenario Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 345 LeCroy Corporation Creating Global Rules Example 3 Creating OR Conditio
328. ith STX SYNC Expansion Carrds cccccsssssseeeccecsnssseeeeeeecnsseeeeeeennseneeeeeoessseeseeeonssseseneeeaes 23 CASCAGUING A A o ono O a a a i aaa a adcseet eats sheds 23 SO DIA ci n 26 Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Card ccccssssseeecceecnnsseeeceeecenseeeeeeecnsseeeeeeconsseeeseeeensseeeeesanoes 30 Using the Power Expansion Car ti 30 Removing EXPANSION Car Sui aia 31 Connecting via Ethernet iaa od 34 Gonhecting to a NetWork iniciaba 34 Connecting using a Hub Switch or Similar Device ccoonccccnnociccnonccccnnnnncnananonnnanonenannnnenanas 35 Connecting over Different Subnets cccccnnnnccnnnnccccnoncccncnnccnnnnncnonannnnnnnncnrnnannrrnannnrrnnanrrenannrrnnanns 35 TCP and UDP Ports Must Be Open to Connect over Ethernet csccsssseessseeseeseeseneeees 35 AUNCNINO OUP ANGIVZEF isisi a Aa Eai AE EE aAa EER EE 35 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation Contents Operating in Simulation Mode oooonccconnnncccnnncicnncncccnnnacccnnnnonennncnnnnanonenannnrnnnannrenannrrnanarrrnnanannnas 35 Using THE SO NWE dada 36 dic AA ne 36 Protocol Analyzer Initiator Emulator or Host Emulator ooocconnnccnnnnccocnncconnnonnnnrcnnanonnanrennnanenos 37 Target Emulator or Device Emulator ooooccocnconnncconoccnnnnonancnnnncnnancnnnonnnarcnnnrnnannnnanennnnrnanrrnnannnnnns 37 VIEWING CGaptured Data iii an 38 CONQUE EEEE EE E e ENEA 38 A Ir E aE a a 38 Stati
329. ization SAS Speed Negotiation SATA Speed Negotiation Autowait m SAS After m SAS Before m SATA After m SATA Before O Wait Command Timeout a Scrambling Mode O COCODODODODODO DO O Details about each group of settings are described in the Traffic Generation Language section Editing Settings inc Text in the Settings inc file can be edited directly or copied into the beginning of the traffic generation file and edited there ainclude Generation Include lPrimitivesDeclino mneclude GenerationtIncludel Settings inc set GenerationfMode GEN MODE SATA HOST Generation i Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 389 LeCroy Corporation Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files When editing global settings keep in mind the following rule The last line encountered before the generation block takes precedence Thus if the following two lines about the device emulation were added just above the generation block the second would take effect set GenerationMode GEN_MODE_SATA_HOST set GenerationMode GEN_MODE_SAS_INITIATOR include Generation Include Settings inc Sinclude Generation Include S5SPFramesDecl ino i i Set GenerationMode GEN MODE SATA HOST This will Set GenerationMode GEN MODE SAS INITIATOR take effect 7 Generation The Global Setting AutoAlign 390 AutoAlign is a global setting that may be on or off depending on the type of device you ar
330. l 463 LeCroy Corporation WAN Operation WAN Operation WAN connected operation is supported Contact factory for details of operation Refer How to Contact LeCroy on page 465 for contact information 464 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual How to Contact LeCroy Type of Service Call for technical support Fax your questions Write a letter Send e mail Visit LeCroy s web site Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contact US and Canada 1 800 909 7112 Worldwide 1 408 653 1260 Worldwide 1 408 727 6622 LeCroy Protocol Solutions Group Customer Support 3385 Scott Blvd Santa Clara CA 95054 3115 USA psgsupport lecroy com http www lecroy com 465 LeCroy Corporation 466 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Symbols cfg file 248 infdb file 327 Sac files 41 Stg files 39 377 Numerics 10 bit payload data display 221 10 pin connector 24 8 bit payload data display 221 A Abort Analyzer button 384 About 268 383 Action 325 button 442 pop up menu 442 action counter 337 scenario 335 Action Properties dialog 337 actions assigning 441 events 441 443 Actions submenu 442 Activate Device button 184 189 Activation 185 Active Device command 184 Add Device 28 Add Pattern button 104 Add to Trigger 193 address 465 address frame 62 Address Frame Type Pattern dialog 62 82 Address FramesDecl inc 393 Advanced button 1
331. l during speed negotiation when both sides of a link agree to turn on their SSC SSC will turn on with the SSC Type and SSC Amplitude parameters Specifies SSC type as midspread Specifies SSC Amplitude Possible values are SSC_AMP_500 SSC_AMP_1000 SSC_AMP_1500 SSC_AMP_2000 SSC_AMP_2500 SSC_AMP_ 3000 When set the change of speed within Generation block is allowed with following syntax set Speed LINK_SPEED 1 5G LINK SPEED 3G LINK SPEED 6G This very poorly named register bit forces the Trainer to output data It is a little like the output_on script command except that its effect cannot be undone for the duration of the script If this is turned on none of the out of band commands will work as the output enable is forced on When set in Connect command SNW1 will be tried in Speed Negotiation phase Can only be set outside Generation block When set in Connect command SNW2 will be tried in Speed Negotiation phase Can only be set outside Generation block 429 LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Setting PauseTrnScrmblr ReconnectOnRun AdvanceConnect OutputOffAfterDC AutoMode Settings AutoOOBMode AutoHoldMode AutoDMAT AutoHandshake AutoSpeedNeg AutoAlignSATA AutoAlignSAS 430 Default Value 0 On Off Description When set the generator pauses the Idle scrambler of Train TrainDone pattern When AdvanceConnect and ReconnectOnRun
332. l toggle the Insert Overwrite button Save When you have completed a data block definition click the Save button to save the newly created data block Counter To use a counter as data click the Counter button enter a Starting Number for the counter and the data address to count to and click OK ni C Program Files CATALYST SAS System DataBlock Datablock dat Number of Data Cells 16 Column Cell Length 1 Byte y LSB C MSB Binan Hex Ascii Data Block Data Counter Address Random Data ew Pattern Counter Data Walking Bit Data Custom 1 Address C Append Insert E C Overwrite Delete Address Repeat fi times Delete All C Incremental Decremental Initial Number fis Random Pattern Walking Bit cokek lll Figure 2 157 Set Counter as Data 153 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture 154 Random Data Pattern To use a random data pattern click the Random button enter the number of times to repeat the pattern and click OK Figure 2 158 Choose a Random Pattern Walking Bit Pattern To use a walking bit pattern click the Walking Bit button then choose either a walking bit of 0 or 1 the walk direction the start position and the number of times to repeat the pattern Figure 2 159 Define a Walking Bit Pattern Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture LeCroy Corporation
333. l H i Mode Parameter Header H Payload Data 0 Bytes H Figure 2 115 SAS Sample Initiator Emulator Program Data Blocks For commands requiring data blocks click the down arrow of the Payload Data drop down combo box and c hoose from a set of pre defined data blocks If you need a new data block select Configuration gt Data Block or click the la Data Block icon on the tool bar to open a data block definition dialog See Creating a Data Block on page 150 for instructions on creating data Exercising Specific Addresses blocks Since more than one device can be active at any given time you can specify specific commands to send to an address To assign commands to an address 1 Click the down arrow on a Target SAS Address block in a completed Initiator Emulator program then choose Find New Device Find New Device triana Emulator Capire Tigges Intistor Seting Settings Notes is fT rte ATA est ras soon rome Dos eta x ret 00 F Commend Cursor Figure 2 116 SAS Find SAS Devices Select Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Phy teset sequence and identiicaton in donet requeed Fa done in each run C is done manualy Protocet Stream D iH HSE 10 Command Completion Tene Lat H SecCount 4 000000000 Fon wow URO 10 LBA H DEV 0 LBA Mode H PM Port H 123 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture Choosing Find
334. l library to device library by dragging it with the mouse 5 Download all scenarios in the device library to the InFusion device To do so click the Download all Scenarios button on the Device Library toolbar second button from left Running Scenarios If you use a general library as a scenario archive then the process of executing a scenario is as follows 1 Select the scenario to run by clicking it 2 Torun the scenario click the Run Scenario button on the Device Library toolbar second button from the right The InFusion device then begins its session Scenario Batch Files You can write a script with commands to run a sequence of executable scenarios automatically A Scenario Batch file is a text file with a list of commands to run in sequence when you execute the file A batch script can manage scenarios and their assigned ports and hardware in sequence using conditions The system checks for accuracy of inputs and commands Note Before you run a Scenario Batch file that requests scenarios you must download the scenarios to the Scenarios box 6 Mew Batch To start a batch script click the New Batch Script Script button or select File gt New Batch Script Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 367 LeCroy Corporation Scenario Batch Files Script Workspace In the Script Workspace add a command and make a batch file Ef roy nio Fear Injector and Grete Modiliri do Mew Scrip
335. l number of hardware O Scenario Name Name of scenario au Target Port Port number in port map Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 373 LeCroy Corporation Scenario Batch Files Example Run ox841200 Substitute address frame 4 Beep 800 400 Rum Oso 4 200 Re EATeScE Play CDs 6 Walt FOrStOp UxX6S4o gt 3 I 1 50 Run ox841200 Remove Send Cue Sheet 2 Goto Label6 Run S N 1227 Porte T DISCOVER Note If the selected ports are busy scenario cannot run and the command will be skipped The result will be written in Log area Stop Stops running scenario by hardware and port name Format Stop Serial Number Target Port Parameters Serial Number Serial number of hardware Target Port Port number in port map Example Rum oOx00eZ20 In yect GREOGO 2 Beep 700 500 Stop C OXUUSZO 2 Goto Label3 Label3 Run ox005007 Detect DATA 8 Sleep 40 374 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files LeCroy Corporation WaitForStop Used to wait for occurrence of specified condition Format WaitForStop SerialNumber Target Port Duration Parameters QO Serial Number Serial number of hardware QO Target Port Port number in port map Q Duration Integer or random duration in milliseconds In the Command Parame ters Window WaitForStop duration has three options a Infinite Wait until Stop command Random Stop after a random time a Finite ti
336. l to any command to use for conditional and unconditional jumps Click the command to label and insert the Label instruction You can also insert a label by right clicking a command and choosing Add Label STOP Stop Exerciser Figure 2 112 Label Labels are automatically labeled as Label sequentially as they are added However you can assign them meaningful names such as STOP and START Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 121 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture Instruction insert You can set the instruction to insert before or after a command by setting the insertion mode To set the insertion mode right click in the initiator page and choose Insert before current position or Insert after current position Select Al Chri 4 Deselect All Ctrl D Delete Selected Item Del Cut Selected Ibem Ctra Copy Selected Item Cire Paste Chri Insert after current position e Insert befor current position Figure 2 113 Instruction Insert Phy Reset Sequence and Identification The system performs this when required by default but you can perform it manually or on each run Sample Host Emulator Program SATA only Figure 2 114 shows a simple completed SATA Host Emulator program Host Emulator Capture Trigger Host Setting Settings Notes Insert 1 finstance s ATA Event Frame sta EXA Input H E ll Phy reset sequence is done if required is done in each run is done manually
337. lays hides the Main Library window on the right which displays the available scenarios You can create a new scenario save a selected scenario save the library save a copy of the library display the selected scenario insert a copy of the selected item or delete the selected scenario Show Output Displays hides the Output window at the bottom which displays InFusion output Use the buttons to save output print output display options automatically save the log file with a path and size start logging stop logging and clear the Output window Show Device Library Displays hides the scenarios of the current device library Port Configuration Displays the port configuration dialog See Port Configuration for InFusion on page 320 Show Analyzer Returns to the Protocol Analyzer or Target Host Emulator window Show Trainer Goes to the Trainer window Run Batch Script Runs a scenario batch file Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 315 LeCroy Corporation Interface Stop Batch Script Stops a running scenario batch file Rec Analyzer Starts recording on the current analyzer using the current project Stop Stops recording on the current analyzer Abort Aborts recording Menus The InFusion interface has the following menus File see command descriptions in the Buttons section above a ODO O O O View O OOOO O Configuration O E E a Tools New Scena
338. le PF Exclude lt x O Nothing C Exclude DOB Signal C Exclude RADY State 2 82 Capture Everythin Pattern E E de tt ite on C Exclude SATA_CONT C Exclude SATA_SYNC A Exclude Payload except o Dwor Primitive HARD RESET then Go To State C Exclude ALIGN Exclude NOTIFY amp Advanced switch to Easy mode Multi Sequencer Port 14 77 Make Came ac Curen Add State JE Delete State Figure 2 84 State Machine with Timeout Pattern to replace Timer Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 107 LeCroy Corporation Advanced Mode User Defined 108 To overcome this limitation use a Timeout Pattern instead of Timer Figure 2 84 shows the state machine using Timeout instead of Timer Figure 2 85 shows the Timeout settings Timeout Pattern Pattern Start Events External Trigger Frimitive S Add gt eee Remove lt lt Symbol Remove lt lt Primitive STF Frame ATA Command ATAPI Address Frame SMP Frame Note Logical OR operator applied on added events End Events Bus Condition e a jo Pm i Timeout value 346 2 milliseconds 2 microseconds Trigger mode 2 Trigger if the End Event s occur s before the timer expires Trigger if the timer expires before the End Event s occur s Note Start Event s reset 2 the timer unconditionally Lok j Figure 2 85 Timeout Settings Cancel Timeout begins when the port detects the Star
339. le memory to capture the maximum amount of trace data Minimum size of memory is 2 GB Maximum size of memory is 16 GB Partial Memory To reduce the memory size check Partial Memory and enter a buffer size in kilobytes up to the memory size in megabytes Note If the size of a data packet exceeds the buffer memory allocation the project runs but no data capture occurs You must increase buffer memory size to a value greater than the packet size Segmented Memory Alternatively you can use Segmented Memory Enter an integer of Segment from 1 to 32 then enter an integer Segment Size in kilobytes up to the memory size in megabytes divided by the number of segments The default segment size is 10 MB Each time a trigger condition occurs the system records a new segment You can use a Snapshot or Pattern trigger but not Manual Trigger As the same trigger automatically repeats the system makes the number of segments that you entered Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 93 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup Upload Manager To upload segments manually in the Upload Manager select the Don t upload segments and open upload manager automatically checkbox To upload segments automatically for display as the system creates them do not select the checkbox To view segmented trace files click the Upload Manager button beside the Record button to display the Upload Manager dialog Upload Manager he
340. lex Trigger Sequences To follow the path of complex trigger sequences you can display state number To see state number in Packet View right click a link layer packet show field and select state number Setting Trigger Conditions To set the If and Else If trigger condition 1 Click the Add Pattern button fora Pattern field and choose a trigger condition from the drop down list Advance Mode Settings Notes State 0 S0 Start State 0 lo Pattern Cont Trig Timer Ext Out GoTo If 1 No change NoJump Else If Timeout 1 Nochange NoJump State 1 51 Else If Nochange NoJump External Trigger Capture Everything Else If 1 Nochange No Jump Exclude Items Idle Notify Bus Condition Symbol Capture Primitive Set capture settings of all states as state 0 Everyth STP Frame IV Exclude Idle T Exclude Ox C Nothing ATA Command 7 Exclude DOB Signal T Exel Pattern ATAPI 7 Exclude ALIGN V Exclude NOTIFY T Exclude SATA_CONT Tl Exclude SATA_SYNC T Exclude Payload except 0 Dword s SMP Frame Include SSP Frame the following Patterns Exclude SCSI Command Data Pattern Address Frame Protocol Errors Timer 1 Elapsed Timer 2 Elapsed Timer 3 Elapsed ProtocolE Anything E Advanced switch to Easy mode Ir Multi Sequencer Port fit gt Make Same as Current Add State Delete State For Help press F1 T
341. lick the Add gt gt button Enter a value for DUT Type Target Initiator or Expander Enter the DUT Name Enter the Connection Rate as Autospeed or a value To view failed test traces in the sample viewer check the Automatically load failed test traces into STX trace viewer check box To save the failed test traces only check the Save only failed test traces check box Enter a path and file name for Report file or use the default file name and path c program files lecroy sas protocol suite User SASVerification_Device1 rtf Enter a path and file name for Saved Traces or use the default folder C Program Files LeCroy SAS Protocol Suite User After you select tests click Start The test runs and after a brief period displays the result To save the current compliance setup for later use click the Save button to open the Save As dialog Assign a meaningful name to the setup and Save it as a cst compliance file To run a previously defined setup click the Load button and choose a previously defined setup to run For the NACA test both ports of the SAS device must be connected to two Host Emulation ports 11 and 12 using two SATA cables Note When you are running SAS Verification you cannot work with Trainer and Emulator while device is connected to D connector and HBA is connected to H connector Using the Power Expansion Card You can use the Power Expansion Card for SAS Verification See Using the Power
342. lied by CATC 10 The path for include files is considered to start 11 in the SiSTracer Trainer program directory 12 13 include Generation Include Settings inc 14 sinclude Generation Include PrimitivesDecl inc 15 sinclude Generation Include SMPFramesDecl inc 16 include Generation Include WaitCommands inc 17 18 Set GenerationMode GEN MODE 545 INITIATOR 19 set Speed LINK _SPEED_36 20 21 Each generation file must have this main block 22 Generation 2304 24 OUTPUT_ON 25 26 HONORIO RR RARA RRR AREA R IRNOS RU RU RRA RHR RAR RRR RRH RRR RRH RRR RRR RRR RBH HB 27 Setting timeout value for future wait sessions us 28 set WaitTimeout 239 29 30 HHHHHRHHRHHRHHRHH HHH RAH RAH RRR RRR RRR RHR RHRH RRR RAH RAH RRR RRH RRR RRR RRR RH HB 31 Simple vait session vith no conditional branching 32 E VAIT FOR WF_ACK UF_ SATA X RDY WF_OPEN RESPONSE 33 34 HHHHHRHHRHHRHHRHHRRHRRH RRS RRHH RHR RHR RAH RAH RRR RRR RR RRR RRR RRH RRR RHR RHR 35 Simple vait session vith no conditional branching 36 with timeout previous global timeout value assumed 37 E VAIT FOR WF_ACK WF_SATA X RDY WF_OPEN RESPONSE WF_TIMEOUT gt 38 39 HHRHHRHHRHHRHHRHHRHRH RAH RRR RRH RRS RRR RRHRRHR RAR RAH RAH RRH RRR RRR RHR RRR HR 40 Simple wait session with no conditional branching 41 with custom timeout global timeout value ignored and unchanged 42 E WAIT_FOR 566 WF_ACK WF_SATA X RDY WF_OPEN_RESPONSE WF_TIMEOUT 43 44
343. ll copies should contain this copyright notice WEEE Program This electronic product is subject to disposal and recycling regulations that vary by country and region Many countries prohibit the disposal of waste electronic equipment in standard waste receptacles For more information about proper disposal and recycling of your LeCroy product please visit www lecroy com recycle LeCroy Corporation 3385 Scott Blvd Santa Clara CA 95054 TEL 800 909 7112 USA and Canada TEL 408 653 1260 worldwide Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual ii Chapter 1 introduce rai 17 Analyzer OVErVIEW aca iris aTa AICA id 17 PECEIVING YOU ANAIVZE aiii 18 Unpacking the Analyzer asia 18 PANALYZEF ESAS wise tcce a siccs eke a eteenes decane a aa aaas 18 LEDS vans ta te ere eec esate seen AEE E EE EA 19 Status and Configuration Display cccsssccesesseeceseseeseenseeeeenseeeeeaseeseesseeseenseesonseessenseessonaes 19 INSTAMING YOUN ANALY ZON aii a As 20 Software Installation cia dida 20 O VStem restart ninia ise 20 Error Message iia ess 20 Hardware S6tUD sra iia 21 Separale SIMS ii abcetcueat sae a Ena 21 Connecting IN Generali ccccenieseseetanseuceusahancssnaveutesscusevouessvumnteeswcestubesvecasutneesodtanies dees euaneeacteueseerace 21 Cables tO Use aiii a ouedasaeeusgeeuaneecuaacecenuededauhecuakeusssevwasseseunestesaaevaeveuessvecieuaees 22 EXPandaDlI sssrds aa a daiadis 23 Cascading w
344. ll give the most accurate recordings of Device behavior though the Jammer delays will accumulate in the round trip Note The After Jammer configuration see Figure 4 7 is useful when debugging a system as the tapping points are balanced to account for Jammer delays Note that when SATA traffic is recorded this configuration might show out of order HOLD HOLDA primitives due to the special handling of these primitives by the Jammer 322 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual InFusion Scenarios LeCroy Corporation InFusion Scenarios You can create and execute InFusion scenarios A scenario is a test script that defines how InFusion monitors and modifies line traffic Scenarios Overview You create scenarios on a PC running the InFusion application You then assign the scenarios for execution to a desired port on an InFusion device You can also download up to ten scenarios to each InFusion device The InFusion application provides a menu driven interface for building scenarios The interface prompts you for simple decisions and choices from drop down menus As you make your selections the script takes shape automatically in the scenario window The script is in the form of simple English sentences You need not understand any formal scripting language EE LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier New Scenario 0 ioj xj File view Configuration Tools Help OME ILA PE u bo x Device Ports
345. lock Memory Serdes crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer Test Result Marvel Failure Type fresa 1_Serdes Chip 0 reca 1_Serdes Chip 1 rea 1_Serdes Chip 2 rra 1 serdes Chip 3 Mireca 2 Serdes Chip 0 PFPA 2 Serdes Chip 1 rra 2 Serdes Chip 2 FPGA 2 Serdes Chip 3 Save error details Save It C Program Files LeCroysleCroy SATA Protocol Suite Userse rors detail elf El M Append error details Pee Number OF Run Each Test f O Run ll Tests Sequentially Start Serdes Check Cloze Figure 3 136 SATA Self Test Dialog Serdes Tab Choose the n FPGA 1 or 2 Serdes Chip to test and click the Start Serdes Check button After a short time the Test Result and Marvel Failure Type appear to the right of the selected line Marvel Failure Type indicates the error type Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 297 LeCroy Corporation Tools Crosspoint Check To perform a Crosspoint Crosspoint bus test or Crosspoint external loop back select the Crosspoint tab Clock Memory Serdes crosspoint main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer Test Result J Cross point Intercon Pcross point Intercon MJ Cross point Intercon Pcross point Intercon Cross point Intercon Pcross point Intercon MJ Cross point Intercon Pcross point Intercon Fair LUi ULL Fair LU2 ULZ Fair LU3 ULZ Pairf LU4 UL4 Fair ULi LUL Pair UL2 LUZ Fairf UL3 LUZ Pair UL4 LU RJ Eternal Link 1
346. log You can set the Identify frame parameter settings to keep the link connected O Device Type End Device Edge Expander or Fanout Expander SSP Initiator Present or Not Present STP Initiator Present or Not Present SMP Initiator Present or Not Present SSP Target Present or Not Present STP Target Present or Not Present SMP Target Present or Not Present SAS Address hex eight digits eight digits PHY Identifier hex two digits Zone Device Yes or No Zone Broadcast Method hex two digits O OCOCOODO OOO O You can select to not show the dialog until there is a generation mode change Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 457 LeCroy Corporation Resetting the Toolbar Resetting the Toolbar The Analyzer Toolbar has the following a Show InFusion Frame Switches to InFusion frame a Show Analyzer Frame Switches to Analyzer frame Q Start Analyzer Start Analyzer without switching to Analyzer frame QO Stop Analyzer Stop Analyzer without switching to Analyzer frame A Abort Analyzer Abort Analyzer without switching to Analyzer frame The Generator Toolbar has the following O Start Generation Stop Generation Resume Generation Connect Link Disconnect Link O Generation Options OOO O From time to time such as following a software upgrade it is possible for the buttons on the toolbar to not match their intended function You can reset the toolbar by performing the following
347. ls MN Port 4 Command Direction Data 2048 Bytes tn pe 0x00 Out 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3 226 us 12 MN Port H Command Direction Data 4096 Bytes q 82 951 693 ms nes 0x01 in 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 27 207 920 ms 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 E 0010 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oozo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0030 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0040 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0050 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0060 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Oe Source Address H Destination Address H Command Direction Data 2046 Bytes 5000C500001 04785 0x00 Out 0000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 gt Duration 666 us x to Y 136 880 293 ms x to T 136 880 293 ms Y toT 0 ns For Help press F1 Tx out Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive P Simulation Mode Stop amp Figure 3 131 SAS Data Report Details Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 293 LeCroy Corporation Tools as p at the end of a row to display data report Click the Statistics button statistics x Command Duration From LEA H To LBA H Read OMA Ext 2 43 440 us Deaf Be2 ota 4530ced 4530ced Figure 3 132 SAS Data Report Statistics Tools The Tools are Self Test and Find Device SATA adds Compliance Test
348. lt Click here to add combined event then Branch to Wait for Alignz Click here to add another action Wait for ALIGN 01 from Initiator OB ALIGN i from Initiator OB ALIGN 3 from Initiator lt Click here to add combined event gt then Branch to Error Detected lt Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt Wait for Aliqnz Wait for ALIGN 2 from Initiator lt Click here to add combined event then Branch to Wait for Align3 Click here to add another action a Wait for ALICN 0 from Initiator OR ALIGN 1 from Initiator al File Libr File Libr For Help press F1 COP WOM SCRL Figure 4 42 Example 8 Top Half of Scenario 362 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States 1 Align Test Wait for Aliqnz Wait for then Wait for OF OF then Click here toa ALIGN 2 Branch to ALIGN 0 ALIGN 1 ALIGN 3 Branch to add Wait for Aligqns Wait for then Wait for OF OF then Click here toa ALIGN 3 Branch to ALIGN 0 ALIGN 1 ALIGN 2 Branch to add Error Detected Wait for then and sClick here to Click here For Help press F1 Any Dword Beep 500 Eranch to add from Initiator Wait for Align gt from Initiator from Initiator from Initiator Error Detected event gt another from Initiator Wait for Align
349. m the data capture You can except a number of DWORD s Note The Data Report does not reflect excluded Payload of Data Frames Note When showing truncated data in the Data Payload View the truncation points are marked with a separator placed between payloads You can get more information about the data exclusion using the tooltip over the separator Exclude ALIGN Check this to exclude ALIGN primitives from the data capture Exclude RRDY SAS only Check this to exclude RRDY primitives from the data capture Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 43 LeCroy Corporation Project Tree Exclude NOTIFY SAS only Check this to exclude NOTIFY primitives from the data capture Exclude Idle Check this to exclude Idles from the data capture Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data captures Replaces the Capture tab with a Pre Trigger Capture tab and a Post Trigger Capture tab SAS Software Menus and Toolbar The SAS software has the following menus and main toolbar Open Sample File Open Last Saved Protocol Analyzer Open Last Saved Performance Analyzer Project Open Last Saved Target Emulator Open Find Device Dialog Ale Il He Record E S mn 5 Upload Manager Trainer Stop Hardware InFusion Abort Capturing Without Saving Sample File Data Block Activate Deactivate Device Target Emulation Figure 2 3 SAS Software Menus and Toolbar SATA Software Menus and To
350. mark Dialog Enter a description for the bookmark and click the Add button Repeat for additional bookmarks You can save the bookmark as a text file or Excel CSV file Note Column View has a different bookmark mechanism than other views and you can set a bookmark on each DWORD in the view Editing a Bookmark If a packet has a bookmark you can edit the bookmark by right clicking the data viewer area of the packet selecting the Edit Bookmark command from the pop up menu and changing the information in the Bookmark dialog see above 236 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Using the Cursors and Bookmarks LeCroy Corporation Finding a Bookmark To find a bookmark in the data viewer display right click the mouse in the sample viewer and select Bookmark x Bookmark Name ATA Command Bookmark Description as V Sort bookmarks by start time 736 265 226 ms H2 ATACmd 5 ATA Command Add Delete GoTo Time Difference O Save as text Print Close Figure 3 61 Go To Bookmark Dialog Box Highlight the bookmark to which to go then click the Go To button or double click the selection Command 0x60 Read FPDMA Queued Duration 38 346 us Figure 3 62 Bookmark Found Example in Data Viewer Display Bookmark Description To get a quick description of a displayed bookmark position the tool tip over a bookmark The name and description of the bookmark display Sierra M6 2 SAS S
351. me 363 626 676 47 us 363 626 678 47 us 363 626 676 47 us Figure 3 116 SATA Performance Report FIS Minimum Difference Time FIS Maximum Difference Time Host Bus Utilization XtoY Ons X to T Ons Y toT Ons Move x Cursor 7 Device Bus Utilization Efficiency Total Read Cmd Total Read Byte 13 40 us 29 34 1 512 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Statistical Report Content LeCroy Corporation FIS Report SATA To display the FIS Report click the FIS tab The FIS Report displays information in the following columns QO FIS Type All Custom Data PIO Setup Register Host To Device Register Device To Host PM Port Direction All H gt D D gt H or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit accumulative Count All Custom or a number of occurrences of total count OOOO O ea Sa e ts gt 7_ Move General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Wiite Command Performance Others FIS Type PM Port Direction Duration Count Yo All All All All v Register Host to Device 0 H gt D 695 826 660 16 us 1333 22 97 Register Device to Host 0 D gt H 761 133 361 82 us 1332 22 96 Set Device Bits 0 D gt H 487 066 680 91 us 706 12 17 DMA Activate 0 D gt H 214 080 001 83 us 415 7 15 DMA Setup 0 D gt H 574 346 679 69 us 706 12 17 PIO Setup 0 D gt H 8 426 667 21 us 5 0 09 Data 0 H gt D 2 350 293 40 ms 415 7 15 Data 0 D gt H 50 023 921 97 ms 890 15 34
352. me Stop after specified time in milliseconds L Example Run ox001267 Detect AddressFrame Open 2 WaitForStop 0x348790 2 Forever Run ox005007 Detect DATA 4 WaitForStop ox005007 4 100 SCO OXDULZGT 2 ig Command Parameters Commands Parameters Run Serial Number S N 12871 FlsStop Port Mh of TES A Beep Duration Infinite GoTo Stop Sleep Label 0 ae a 1 at Se la i her script command Label 1 Wat F For S N D871 Port 1 Cnt op Label2 Ran SA Ds 1 Port REPORT PHY LOG ERROR Label 0 as S N 1287 a a cad b ac Labell Wait For SN 127 1 Por D ie Siop da 10 ms Label2 fan S N 187 T Port 3 REPORT PHY LOGERROR lt Chick re add anothe compt SS enpt command Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 375 Scenario Batch Files LeCroy Corporation Sleep Used to sleep for a few seconds Format Sleep Duration Parameters Q Duration Integer or random duration in milliseconds Example Sleep 100 Batch Script is valid Run S N 12871 Port 1 DISCOVER id another action Sleep 10 ms Beep If specified condition is satisfied the system beep for specified duration Format Beep Duration Frequency Parameters Q Duration Integer or random duration in milliseconds QO Frequency Frequency in hertz Example IfisStopped 0x83456 Beep 2 20 Run O0x83456 Identify Disparity error gj
353. me Command Sendo gt PFramekesponse send gt oPErameT ask Data 51223344 55667785 9YAABECE send oFPrame Vendor When placed within the generation block and then viewed in the trace window global settings appear as colored bars interspersed amidst the traffic Frame A Tag Data Idle Time Stamp q A ox0000 0x74258E55 0 000 ns 00 000 000 320 CONFIGURATION AutoOOB Frame ae i eee Tag Data Idle Time Stamp 11 pi ARS ox0000 0x5340ABD4 0 000 ns 00 000 000 560 Frame aoe Data Ae Idle Time Stamp 12 ps 0x0000 12 bytes 0x0 486DB10 0 000 ns 00 000 000 800 Frame 13 SOF l UNKNOWN rag SpA EOF _ S0 UNKNOWN 0x0000 0xBCF96B0F 00 000 001 120 While most global settings can be set in the generation block three will be ignored if placed within the generation block set Link Speed set GenerationMode set SSC Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 391 LeCroy Corporation Primitive and Frame Definitions 392 These commands should be configured either in the Setting inc file or at the beginning of the traffic generation file as a global statement Primitive and Frame Definitions Five other Include files are provided that define the most of the known templates for Primitives and Frames The five are a PrimitivesDecl inc O AddressFramesDecl inc a SSPFramesDecl inc a SMPFramesDecl inc a STPFramesDecl inc Each of the Frame templates defines header and field structu
354. me type on which to trigger Then click the down arrow next to the Function dropdown list choose a function and click OK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 83 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup 84 Show Reserved a FER ADY SSP Frame Type SSP Frame SAS only Double click SSP Frame in the Pattern window to open the SSP Frame Type dialog SSP Frame Type E x Format SSP Frame Type Any Type x C Binary Ar E nips Hexadecimal Cancel mn 0x1 0x5 Command 0x6 Para Response Destination SAS Address PS Source SAS Address ACATA A A A A A AAA ACA A AA Changing Data Pointer ReTransmit Retry Data Frames Number of Fill Bytes Tag OOS Target Port Transfer Tag OOO Data Offset 200000 Vi Mi mi mis MT MTR MT M T4 Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurrences on each link fi Figure 2 54 SAS SMP Frame Type Dialog SAS vs SATA Not available in SATA Click the down arrow next to the SSP Frame Type dropdown list scroll the list to choose an SSP frame type on which to trigger and click OK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation SCSI Command SAS only Double click SCSI Command in the Pattern window to open the SCSI Command Pattern dialog SCST Command pattern x Type Format Any SCSI Command MMC 6 SBC 3 SMC 3 SPC 4 SSC 2 C Binary
355. mission Period 258 8 Connection Details Simulation Mode FT Exclude ALIGN IV Exclude Idle I Define different pattems for pre trigger and posttrigger data captures Easy switch to Advanced mode Collapse All button hides details in Project Tree Sf Expand All button expands collapsed Project Tree Collapse All Expand All Figure 2 2 SATA New Analysis Project Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog does not show Exclude RRDY or Exclude NOTIFY SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Project Tree LeCroy Corporation Project Tree The Project Tree on the right side of the main window displays a comprehensive tree structured overview of the project The project tree shows what to capture on what the analyzer triggers and the capture memory settings Capture Tab Fields The Capture tab has the following fields Exclude SATA_CONT SAS or Exclude CONT SATA Check this to exclude SATA_CONT primitives from the data capture Exclude SATA_SYNC SAS or Exclude SYNC SATA Check this to exclude SATA_SYNC primitives from the data capture Exclude OOB Signals Check this to exclude OOB signals from the data capture Exclude XXXX Check this to exclude XXXX patterns from the data capture Exclude Payload except Check this to exclude Payload of Data Frames fro
356. mmand Group Group Contents WF_BROADCAST WF_BROADCAST_CHANGE WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_O WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_1 WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_2 WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_3 WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_4 WF_BROADCAST RESERVED CHANGE O WF_BROADCAST_RESERVED_CHANGE_1 WF_SAS_PS_REQ WF_PS_REQ_PARTIAL WF_PS_REQ_SLUMBER WF_SAS_PS_STATUS WF_PS_ACK WF_PS_ACK Predefined Constants Predefined Constant Internal Value GEN_MODE_ERROR 0 GEN_MODE_SATA_HOST 1 GEN_MODE_SATA_DEVICE 2 GEN _MODE_SAS_INITIATOR 3 GEN _MODE_SAS_ TARGET 4 GEN_LINK_ SPEED 1 5G 00 GEN_LINK_ SPEED 3G 01 GEN_LINK_SPEED_6G 10 SCRAMBLING_MODE_NONE 0 SCRAMBLING_MODE_SAS 1 SCRAMBLING_MODE_SATA 428 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Sierra Trainer Generation Commands Generation Settings Setting Global Settings GenerationMode SSCEnable SSCType SSCAmplitude MultiSpeedMode Output Disable SupportSNW1 SupportSNW2 Default Value gt gt gt gt gt Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation Description Generation Mode must be defined or no generation will take place Possible Values GEN_MODE_SATA_HOST GEN_MODE_SATA_DEVICE GEN_MODE_SAS INITIATOR GEN_MODE_SAS TARGET Default Value GEN_MODE_ERROR undefined mode Spread Spectrum Clocking SSC In SATA software turns SSC on or off Can only be set outside Generation block In SAS software when you turn on SSC Trainer PHY can turn on SSC on the PHY In the SAS protoco
357. mmand Settings Protocol Errors amp Command Settings Connection Fate Physical Rate h Trigger Source External Trigger aut No change On Command execution Retry o Random Error Injection fi SE Close Connection Setting Error Settings Generate Error On T Outgoing Frame fi th Frame Register Host to Device Settings MW Incoming Frame li th Frame Register Device to Host Settings l Outgoing Open Error Error Settings Incoming Open Primitive Response Primitive OFEN ACCEPT Delap f O00 TES Store Payload In Butter Data Meet jo Miword s Mata Length fi Dwordie Auto Update LEA f ncreament LES O Decreament LEA By Amour Wh jo md Random LBA Lower Lint jo bee LES Upper Limit fi bee Affiliation Setting i Clear Affiliation After Command Complete O Leave Affiliation State Unchanged Cancel Figure 2 123 SAS Protocol Error and Command Settings for ATA Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 127 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture Protocol Errors amp Command Settiags Trigger Source ERE Store Payload n Butter External Trigger out No change On Command execution Data Offset jo Bordi Retry o Data Length i Diword e Random Error Injection fi ES Generate Error On l Outgoing Frame f P Eene Register Host to Device Settinas Auto Update LEA i In
358. mn View to display commands QO Software Settings O Time Stamp Format LeCroy Format Milli Second Micro Second a Go to Trigger Position X Position Y Position Packet Number Time Stamp Bookmark Begin End a Bookmark 196 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Switching Views LeCroy Corporation QO Goto within Packet SOF EOF Next HOLD Previous HOLD Next HOLDA Previous HOLDA Next Align Previous Align Next R_IP Previous R_IP Note The Column View displays the CRC value To see different formats 10b 8b scrambled and so on select a format by clicking its Tool menu button Resize Columns You can resize the columns in Column View by clicking in the column boundary and dragging the boundary to a new position Rearrange Columns You can rearrange columns by left clicking in the column title and then dragging the drag and drop icon to a new position Save As Text Excel Select File gt Save As Text Excel to open the Save As Text dialog For Save As Type select Text Files or Excel Files For Save As Range select All Packets or enter a cursor range Enter a File Name and click Save Note The Save As Excel option is available only for Column View and Spreadsheet View Customize Display Rename Port You can rename each port for easy identification To rename a port right click the port ID in Text View or Column View Selas o A ename title of port Sho Hide Apply wi
359. modes 1 Using an integer number loop a specified number of loops This number has to be smaller than 64 000 2 Using the word infinite loops for ever Loops Toop count bat albe send instructions assignments change values send instructions 406 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trainer Script Enhancements LeCroy Corporation Example LOOP 50 CHAILIN ONE CHAIN TWO Some_Frame SY Some_Frame Data 256 OXFEFEFEFE Y Change Y Field32 x Y Y Trainer Script Enhancements The Trainer script language can already produce SAS SATA Primitive Sequences and Frames The Trainer script enhancements described in this section allow generation of Commands and Application Layer sequences as in the Exerciser by processing received frames making complex decisions and generating the contents of frame in run time for both RX and TX Variables can keep the run time state of the bus Low level commands can manipulate variables and use variables to create patterns Trainer language can perform SATA compliance tests with fast SSD devices and provide a SSD performance test tool with limited output data patterns Trainer has sequential random LBA command generation and full NCQ support Trainer can be programmed to act as SAS Initiator SAS Target SATA Host or SATA Device SAS Initiator As an Initiator Trainer can send commands in all protocols SSP STP SMP and interac
360. mouse in the script This command works with Include statements Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 395 LeCroy Corporation Starting the Script Editor View Options Menu The View Options button displays a menu with the following options UN Enable Outlining Show Line Numbers Toggle Gutlining QO Enable Outlining Adds an expandable collapsible tree structure to the left side of the Script Editor showing the hierarchical relationships of the script lines a Show Line Numbers Adds line numbers to the left side of the Script Editor win dow QO Toggle Outlining Switches between collapsed and expanded states Pop up Menu Left click anywhere in the script window to open a pop up menu with the following options E Display Options Edit as Text Ey zoom In QU zoom Quit Compact Ctrl g O Display Options Selects what information to display See Display Options on page 450 Edit as Text Opens the Script Editor Zoom In Increases the size of the displayed elements Zoom Out Decreases the size of the displayed elements Wrap Wraps displayed packets within the window Compact Displays each row on one line only with no wrapping OOOO O File Tabs At the bottom of the window is a tab that shows the name of the ssg file If your ssg file has an Include statement in it the supporting Include files automatically open when the ssg file is first opened Tabs for the opened Include
361. n EasyCaptr e c Ed ATAPI MMC Trig sac ATAPI SSC Trig sac BusConditionTrig sac DataPatternCapture sac Pre TrigCaptureAndPost TrigCapture sac SequentialTrig sac File name BusConditionTrig sac Files of type Protocol A4nalyzer sac v Cancel i Figure 2 13 File Open Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 53 LeCroy Corporation Projects 54 Capture Trigger Settings Notes Don t care Snapshot Manual Trig pessssssssesssss m Pattern setseessenesseees Parameters Timer Timeout External Trigger Bus Condition Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command ATAPI Address Frame M Define Sequential Trigger Mode Easy switch to Advanced mode shown in Figure 2 15 4 Capture Y Include Xx Include SATA_SYNC Y Include SATA_CONT 4 Include 00B Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame E SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type G SMP Frame Type Any SMP Frame Type Y Function Any Function Y Direction 11 T1 8 SSP Frame Any Type Y SSP Frame Type Any Type Y Destination SAS Address 000000000000OO0 4 Y Reserved XX Y Source SAS Address OOOOH Y Reserved xX Y Changing Data Pointer Y ReTransmit Y Retry Data Frames Y Reserved 7X Number of Fill Bytes Y Reserved 7X Y Reserved X Y Reserved XX Tag 00X x Collapse All Expand All Figure 2 14 SAS Sample Proto
362. n Hex C Binary C ASCII QATA Commands OISC51 Command Status Sources SAS Address a Destination 545 Address Protocol Error Tag 5ESI Task Attribute JATAPI SCS Command Miscellaneous c Date Payload Length te c A aka Search By Hashed 545 Address SAS Address Search Direction Fowad C Backward Search From Start Trig Pointer C Pointer Search Logic AND Selected Items Pointer C Last Found Reset All Save Load Cancel Domain lt lt Figure 3 64 SAS Search Data Pattern f OR Selected Items Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 239 LeCroy Corporation Search 240 Search hems identify Device Read DMA Ext rite DMA Est Search For Data Pattern Bus Condition Prinnutive Incomplete Frames JAddress Frames 55P Frames SMP Frames Search Sub thems LEA Range From LBA jo Hex To LBA fe Hex wo fw 12 e T1 Iw T2 JSTP Frames Tag Check All UnCheck All SCS Commands IZ Tag Range Protocol Error 5MP Commands Task Management Function 5ES Command Status Source 545 Address Destination 545 Address Protocol Error OTag S5ES Task Attribute ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous IM Packet with Error IY Packet without Error From Tag jo Hex To Tag jo
363. n in the Trigger dialog Capture Trigger Settings Notes C Dont care Snapshot Manual Trig Parameters Timer Timeout External Trigger Bus Condition Symbol Primitive iL STP Frame ATA Command ATAPI Address Frame J Define Sequential Trigger Mode 3 Easy switch to Advanced mode SASProtocolAnalyzer2 Ey Capture Exclude Y Include XX Y Include SATA_SYNC Y Include SATA_CONT Y Include OOB Signals Y Include Payload of Data Frame Y Exclude Idle P Address Frame Any Address Frame Type P SMP Frame Any SMP Frame Type S Trigger Non Sequential 1 Settings Trigger Position in Memory 1 Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s Speed 3 0 Gbps 11 71 12 72 13 T3 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 82 Connection Details Simulation Mode GS Collapse All Expand All Figure 2 39 SAS Select Patterns for Trigger The SAS Parameters window displays the following trigger pattern categories Timer Timeout External Trigger Bus Condition Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command ATAPI Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame SCSI Command Data Pattern Protocol Errors O DO CODOODDODODDO DO Oo UU Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation The SATA Parameters window displays the following trigger pattern categories
364. n library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 As you did in example 2 choose RRDY Normal as the first event to monitor and substitute with the SAS primitive ERROR as action 3 Inthe Global Rules area click the prompt to add the next event keep in mind this is not a combined event 4 RDDY Normal amp RDDY Reserved 0 Test 1 box Scenario is valid Scenario Name PEDY Normal 4 BODY Beserved 0 Test 1 3 Description Replace POLY Normal w ERRORE If BODY Reserved 01 Inject ED Error Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules Wait for EELY NORMAL from Initiator then Substitute with ERROR 0 J Click here to add a Sequence gt For Help press Fl Figure 4 29 Example 4 Entering Second Event The Event Properties dialog box appears In this example there is a parallel set of events but each event is associated with its own action In a combined event there is a parallel set of events sharing the same action 4 Using the drop down menu choose RRDY Reserved 0 as the second event to monitor 5 Click OK to close the Event Properties dialog box 6 Inthe Global Rules area click the prompt to add an action to be triggered by the RRDY Reserved 0 348 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules LeCroy Corporation 4 RDDY
365. nces If you try to use more than one a red error message appears in the status area of the application that says Too Many Actions You can use a maximum of 255 states per sequence If you try to use more than 255 states a red error message appears in the status area of the application 354 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Sequence LeCroy Corporation The following table summarizes the examples that follow TABLE 4 6 Sequence Examples Example Description 7 Creating two sequences and Global Rules This scenario has two objectives that you implement with Global Rules and two sequences 1 You use Global Rules to replace any of three types of primitives 2 You use two sequences to detect the order in which a type of frame is received from initiator and target 8 Creating a sequence with many states 1 The objective of this scenario is to detect an incorrect order of primitives and to cause the device to beep when it happens You implement this scenario with a single five state sequence 9 Creating a sequence with many states 2 This scenario is an enhancement of example 8 In this scenario the objective is to detect an incorrect order of primitives fix it and cause the device to beep when this happens As with example 8 you implement this scenario with a single five state sequence Example 7 Creating Two Sequences and Global Rules In this example Global Rules substitute an Align 0 primiti
366. ncomplete Frames When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides Incomplete Frames in the Sample Viewer ATA Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured ATA commands in the Sample Viewer Protocol Error When selected depending on the Filter Type the Hide Show selection shows or hides captured packets with the specified Protocol Errors in the Sample Viewer ATAPI SCSI Command When selected depending on the Filter Type the Show Hide selection shows or hides ATAPI SCSI commands 228 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Filtering LeCroy Corporation Filter Check Condition Checking the SCSI Command Status check box enables Check Condition for filtering CA a Bus Condition JPrimitive MCheck Condition Jincomplete Frames Jincomplete Address Frames _ SSP Frames SCSI Commands JSMP Commands Task Management Functions ATA Commands SCS Command Status JSource SAS Address Destination SAS Address Protocol Error Miscellaneous Filter Type Ports Vi mi Mia Mi WM 11 VU T2 13 WU T4 Reset All Check All Figure 3 51 SAS Filter Check Condition Filter by Tag Number Checking the Tag check box displays tags available for filtering Check the corresponding check boxes for tags to filter x Filter Options Bus Condition Primitive Incomplete Frames JAddress Frames O
367. nding IOs IOs 4 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 207 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views Figure 3 34 SAS Bus Utilization View for Pending SCSI IO Pending ATA IO De o gt un O un O _ o 5 D a pp e eN N N OO 3 a D i 6 066 400 6 066 800 6 067 200 6 067 600 6 068 000 6 068 400 6 068 800 6 069 200 6 069 600 6 070 000 6 070 400 6 070 800 4 b Figure 3 35 SATA Bus Utilization View for Pending ATA IO Available Bus Utilization Views are O Pending SCSI IO for SAS a Pending ATA IO for SATA Hovering the mouse over the graph heading displays the graph legend QO Go to ATA SCSI Cmd Jump to command a Synchronize with Trace View Synchronize all open views to that location in the trace a Fitto Graph Area Zoom to fit QO Hide Do not display the graph To synchronize all open views to that location in the trace double click the graph Bus Utilization Buttons The Bus Utilization window has a row of buttons for changing the format of the displayed data The buttons have the following functions amp Horizontal zoom in E Vertical zoom in amp Horizontal zoom out Vertical zoom out m Graph Areas Click and Drag zoom ia Presents options for displaying additional FE Click diagonally to select and graphs Zoom in on part of the graph D pidean pr legend see previous 208 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual
368. neration files see Sierra Trainer Generation Language on page 400 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating a Traffic Generation File LeCroy Corporation Creating a New Generator File You can create a new Sierra Trainer Traffic Generator ssg file To create an ssg file 1 Inthe Sierra Trainer window select File gt New GenFile to display the Global Settings of a new ssg file in a trace view ge Lecroy SAS Trainer Generator2 3 File Setup Generate Search View Tools Window Help EX oe ERE RQ me EE A E MOT GEN MODE IN UNDEFINED 11 CONFIGURATION Auto0OB AutoHOLD AutoDMAT AutoHndShk AutoSpdNeg AutoAlignSATA AutoAlignSAS PauseTmScrmblrReconnectOnRun OOB Settings COMWAKE Num Bursts BurstLength Idle Lengt 6 1440 2400 SATA Link Initialization Settings AlignTime D10 2Time 100000 100000 SAS Manual Speed Neg Settings Align1 Time AlignO Time Interspeed 81920 81920 750000 153600 163840 750000 2200 29998080 For Help press F1 Search Fwd Figure 5 10 New GenFile 2 Click the Edit as Text button to enter a Generation Block or Change Settings instructions in the Script Editor See Starting the Script Editor on page 394 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 385 LeCroy Corporation Creating a Traffic Generation File Editing an Example Generation File 386 The easiest way to generate traffic is to start with one of the exam
369. nfig ure rules by dragging Event buttons from the Available Events area and then assigning actions to those buttons QO Config Status Indicator A button that indicates if the rule is valid or invalid If a trigger or filter rule is configured correctly the button is green and indicates Con fig is Valid If a rule is not configured correctly the button is red and indicates Config is Invalid Pop Up Menus When you right click a button or area in the Generation Rules page a context sensitive pop up menu appears that lets you do operations that relate to that button or area Properties Dialogs When you click the Show Hide Properties Dialog button for an event action or state a dialog allows you to perform the same operations as in the pop up menus Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation Generation Options Generation Rules Toolbar The Generation Rules toolbar buttons control the Generation Rules page ia New event wl aolelal alea Figure 5 17 Generation Rules Toolbar TABLE 5 12 Recording Rules Buttons aa New event E E E a New Event Creates a new event in the Available Events area Delete Event Deletes the selected event Undo Undoes the change made to Recording Rules page The Undo buffer has unlimited size Redo Restores changes done to the Recording Rules page Zoom In Enlarges the display see note There are five zoom levels The de
370. ng icon in the Errors window Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 163 LeCroy Corporation Target and Device Emulation Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Motefil Errors MV Generate periodic error f Every 1 Seconds Ever 1000 10 Command O Ever 1024 K Byte Transmitted 4 Generate Error on outgoing FRAME Setting Identify nm Send stand alone primitive Primitive type Type AIP NORMAL Number OF Primitives I Drop link for fi ms Connection Management Commands W Drop link after 1000 me for f e Retain Error injection counters after Link Reset I Buffer Starvation Wumber of R_ADY in each connection 4 Retain Error injection counters after drop link Error Injection lw Send Hard Reset after PHY Reset 4 Non Release Of Link Figure 2 168 SAS Setting General Errors SATA In addition to specifying general errors you can also set errors for ATA Commands and SATA Signature by clicking the corresponding icon in the Errors window Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes 4 Generate periodic error e Every 1 Seconds O Every 1000 10 Command Even 1024 K Byte Transmitted 4 Generate Error on outgoing frame col Setting Commands MV Send stand alone primitive gt Primitive type CONT ka SATA MHumber OF Primitives 1 Signature W Send stand alone FIS FIS type Register Host to Device v User Defined FIS Data 1 A
371. nnrenznnns 86 FIS Patern SATA ONIY iia bd 87 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation Contents ATA Command Pattern SATA only cui 88 Sort ResetiSATA ON a eaten eee eccas 88 sequential Trigger Mode iii ical aa a aia a ae a aE 89 MIMET cirri a aaa a IR ARE a aE aai 89 Delining Patterns a 90 TTIQGEHING OPTA murino an 90 o oo cussaenswantaaescnecenesserceuanesdcaets 91 Project Sen Sii oi 92 MEMO SEINO Staind 92 THE POSION iaa 92 Sample Pile Namie aia civic 93 WEG ITIONY SIZO sisii a iea aa a saneacsweesessoseasasecscs send a aaaea ae aTa 93 Partar Memory o o 93 Segmented MEMO ica 93 Ubload Manager sinian nese necvteceasvendoseacoocdentecwcccuswctuadaveenscsancosccneysestesavawcesiscaees 94 Analyzer SON Sian aiaa aaa a E a 95 Primitive Response TIMGCOUL iesene a aaa Aaaa 95 Disable ol sanss E aE 95 19944 A a e E E OSEO 95 ALIGN Transmission Period differs for SAS and SATA cccccssseecesseecenneeeeeseesenseeseeneeseeneeses 95 ProtOCOlEOr MaSK rotor anos Inicio 95 External TO QUE SCI ei escesechcdoccis sce eeiceicenceveuseste a weutadeewetieseves ddececn veces pececasaedecusieaeawscaiontetendseeeedseees 96 External TAO IN Seiho ci 96 CHOOSE PON SPECO orra a O 96 POMS Configura NON nicas in ici 97 Port Configuration and Projects iia 98 MUX Setting SAS ONIY ecuatorial a 99 Adda Project NOG sic vice A E E a 100 Advanced Mode User Defined iii a 101 Working tn AGVanced M
372. ns In this example the Global Rules area of the scenario waits for either of two types of RRDY primitive and replaces them with an ERROR primitive This example includes a combined event a logical OR association of two or more single events Here the combined event consists of any occurrence of RRDY Normal or RRDY Reserved 0 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 In the Global Rules area click the prompt to add an event to display the Event Properties dialog box 3 As you did in example 1 of this chapter choose RRDY Normal as the first primitive that you want to monitor 4 Click the add combined event prompt to add a second event d Replace REDY Normal or RRDY Reserved 0 gt x Mo action specified For the event RROY NORMALS From Initiator in Global Rules Click here to jump to the pp Scenario Name Replace BEDY Normal or BREDY Reserved 0 Description Wait for BRDY Normal or BRDY Reserved 0 and replace with ERROR Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules E E Wait for RADY NORMAL from Initiator Click here to add an action im Click here to add a sequence 4 For Help press F1 Figure 4 27 Example 3 Entering the Second Event 346 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules L
373. ns xto T 0 ns For Help press F1 8 E W RE eala e Db eelses Report Tools Window Help 20 Sim PPY ALR 2 00 wi ve ee o E 36 DPO H Logical Block Address H Transfer Length H Control H Payload Data 4096 Bytes LUN H Task Attribute Tag H Status 09 00 ED 21 8000 Layer Transport Y toT 0 ns TxVout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Figure 3 42 Compare Two Data Payloads Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 213 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views Tile All Views Horizontally You can revert any unintended window docking or sizing or maximize screen utilization by using the Tile Views command To tile all open views horizontally select View gt Tile Views or click the ho Tile Horizontally All Views button on the main toolbar to the right of the view buttons This function only tiles views inside a trace window Note There is no command to tile views vertically Port Status You can get an overview of the active ports by clicking the Port Status button at the bottom right of the application window The Port Status displays the Port Speed and Analyzer In addition to displaying OOB Link Frame and Error a display showing the buffer full opens when a trigger occurs Port status Port Speed Function OOB Link Frame Error Trigger Buffer indicator de 30G Exercise
374. ns example files g Lecroy SAS Trainer C Documents and Settings Eill Desktopi SAS_P Branchingsample ssg g ioj xj 3 File Setup Generate Search View Tools Window Help Ax oe EY i RRS AAA i CONFIGURA TON AutbOGB AutoHOLD AutoDIM4T AutoHndShk Autot padie AAA ea enna a el OOB Se tting COMIN EBEurst L ength Idle L eng yth Align Time 010 2 Time 100000 100000 SAS Manual Speed Neg Settings Aliand Time Align Time Interspeed 31920 81920 0000 153600 163540 FS0000 Auto Walt Settings SAS AFTER Figure 5 11 Sierra Trainer Generator File Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 387 LeCroy Corporation Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files Layout The ssg file has several colored bars that represent global settings The bars show the current configuration of the generation file Example settings are a Configuration GenMode SAS or SATA SSC On or Off Link speed 1 5 Gbps 3 0 Gbps or 6 0 Gbps Type of device Initiator or Device COMINIT COMWAKE a Scrambling Mode OCOOO O As changes are made and saved to the traffic generation file the bars immediately update The traffic pattern to generate appears below the bars as a series of frames You can edit the traffic generation file to add edit or remove frames Overview of Generation and Global Settings Files Example ssg files and Include files are in two directories called Samples and include that are typically installe
375. nsmission Period 2048 Dword s m Target Emulator Port Activate Device fi times 11 71 Custom v Speed Negotiation Setting Period of activation fi 000 ms M Activate emulator with old settings Ports Configuration Advanced Figure 2 186 SAS Target Emulator Settings Dialog The Settings page opens with a default set of values which you can modify To return to these values click the Default Settings button Define the Target Enter a SAS Address Data Frame Payload Size Logical Block Size Linked Command Expired Time and ALIGN Transmission Period in the corresponding text box Media Settings Enter a value for Average Access Time to simulate Seek Access time delay of a real device Enter a Number of Writable Areas Define a Start and an End Address click the down arrow under the Area Type and choose Normal Writable Circular Writable or Non Writable Note To set and get the settings of Media Settings Area Types use these two functions SetMediaAreaAttribute int nArealndex int nStartAddress int nEndAddress TrgEmulMediaAreaTypeEnum eAreaType int pnErrorCode GetMediaAreaAttribute int nArealndex int pnStartAddress int pnEndAddress TrgEmulMediaAreaTypeEnum peAreaType nArealndex Specifies the zero base index of the Area Note The Number of Areas should be set by the SetNumberOfMediaArea function prior to calling these functions nStartAddress Specifies the start address of the Area
376. nts and Actions Many of the events and actions supported by InFusion also support counters that can control functions Within events counters determine how many times the event must occur before the associated actions are triggered Event counters typically have two properties O Count Randomly Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the event repeats a random number of times between 1 and the value set in the property Max Random Count which replaces the property Counter Value when Yes is selected before the action is triggered a Counter Value Number of repeats required when Count Randomly is set to No The default value is 1 Within actions counters determine how many times the system calls the action before it acts Action counters typically have two properties O Random Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the action triggers a number of occurrences before the action takes place That number ranges randomly between 1 and the value set in the property At least every Nth occurrence which replaces the property Every Nth occurrence when Yes is selected a Every Nth occurrence Number of times the system calls the action before it acts Note that there is some overlap in the way these counters can be used For example in the simple case of a single event leading to a single action it makes no difference whether you spe
377. o o uo SOF EOF SOAF EOAF ALIGN 0 ALIGN 1 ALIGN 2 ALIGN 3 NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP NOTIFY RESERVED 0 NOTIFY RESERVED 1 NOTIFY RESERVED 2 ACK NAK CRC ERROR NAK RESERVED 0 NAK RESERVED 1 NAK RESERVED 2 CREDIT BLOCKED RRDY NORMAL RRDY RESERVED 0 RRDY RESERVED 1 SATA_ SOF SATA_ EOF SATA_CONT SATA_DMAT SATA_HOLD SATA_HOLDA SATA_ PMACK SATA_PMNAK SATA_PMREQ_P Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 415 LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Generation Commands 416 DODODODODODODODO Do ooo ooo ooo oo o ooo o ooo ooo CO oo ooo oo oo ooo BD SATA_PMREQ_S SATA_R_ERR SATA_R_IP SATA_R_OK SATA_R_RDY SATA_SYNC SATA_WTRM SATA_X_RDY SATA_ERROR AIP NORMAL AIP RESERVED 0 AIP RESERVED 1 AIP RESERVED 2 AIP RESERVED 3 AIP WAITING ON CONNECTION AIP WAITING ON DEVICE AIP WAITING ON PARTIAL BREAK BROADCAST CHANGE BROADCAST RESERVED 0 BROADCAST RESERVED 1 BROADCAST RESERVED 2 BROADCAST RESERVED 3 BROADCAST RESERVED 4 BROADCAST RESERVED CHANGE 0 BROADCAST RESERVED CHANGE 1 CLOSE CLEAR AFFILIATION CLOSE NORMAL CLOSE RESERVED 0 CLOSE RESERVED 1 ERROR HARD_ RESET OPEN_ ACCEPT OPEN_REJECT BAD DESTINATION OPEN_ REJECT CONNECTION RATE NOT SUPPORTED OPEN_ REJECT NO DESTINATION OPEN_ REJECT PATHWAY BLOCKED OPEN_REJECT PROTOCOL NOT SUPPORTED OPEN_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 0 OPEN_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON
378. oSpeed 11 11 Run Pattern Generator Off Run Host Emulator On Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 258 8 Connection Details Simulation Mode s a Easy switch to Advanced mode Figure 2 146 SATA Host Setting Tab Pot E Collapse All Expand All Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture LeCroy Corporation ATA Command Execution Timeout The ATA Command Execution Timeout is a timeout for ATA commands When the host sends an H2D frame i e it issues a command and receives an R_OK from the device it starts this timer If the execution of the command takes more than the timeout specified 15 seconds is the default the host emulator performs the action specified in the Advanced General ATA command timeout recovery action settings The options are Nothing Send Soft Reset and Hard Reset derriite i f my 91444445 id m a Pet teed ect O08 Lit Ti Com ml El it il ic E Far m Drei M Pad Dad Pie De Di A A Son HA oe aa het As E L Ma lobos A ct EA o As E TEC hite Figure 2 147 ATA Command Execution Timeout Choose Host Emulator Port For each port select a speed Pattern Generator You can select a Pattern Generation file To perform a capture with a Pattern Generator enter a path to a pattern generator spg file in the File Name dialog See Creating a Pattern Generator File on
379. occurrences a of total count ECETIA Mo General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Type Direction Duration Count Yo al ff al 7 All y all gt FIS H gt D 9 191 89358 ms 1746 29 70 FIS D gt H 122 484 352 11 ms 4054 68 99 Bus Condition H gt D 62 213 333 13 us 32 0 54 Bus Condition D gt H 93 506 668 09 us 52 0 86 0 13183196 5886 100 00 Figure 3 99 General Statistical Report Primitive Report To display the Primitive Report click the Primitive tab The Primitive Report displays information in the following columns a Primitive All Custom Unknown For SATA CONT EOF HOLD HOLDA R_IP R_OK R_RDY SOF SYNC WTRM X_RDY ALIGN FOR SAS SATA_CONT SATA_EOF SATA_R_IP SATA_R_OK SATA_R_RDY SATA_SOF SATA_SYNC SATA_WTRM SATA_X_RDY ACK EOF SOF EOAF SOAF AIP_WAITING_ON_DEVICE AIP_ NORMAL DONE_NORMAL READY NORMAL CLOSE NORMAL OPEN_ACCEPT ALIGNO ALIGN1 NOTIFY_ENABLE_SPINUP a Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a oftotal count Goh a SA Ol t Mo General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Primitive Direction CONT H gt D 1748 2 99 CONT D gt H 4054 6 95 EOF H gt D 1748 2 99 EOF D gt H 4054 6 95 HOLD H gt D 415 0 71 HOLD D gt H 887 1 52 HOLDA H gt D 415 0 71 Figure 3 100 Primitive Report 272 Sie
380. ocol Analyzer Project in Advanced Mode 253 New Scenario button 329 New Scenario command 315 New script 311 No WTRM 166 normal zoom reset 219 Notes tab 100 Number of Run text box 93 Number of Runs Each Test 296 O OOB Signal Setting 182 OOB Signal Setting tab 142 148 Open as Data Vie 212 Open Connection Definition 169 Open Connection dialog 169 Open Document button 383 Open Frame Setting dialog 129 134 169 Open Library command 315 Open Sample file In 254 operating system 20 opt files 456 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation order reorder in results display 220 Others Report view 275 Outgoing FIS Command Error 165 Outgoing Frame Command Error 165 Outgoing Frame Setting dialog 136 138 173 176 Outgoing Frame Settings 169 173 176 Outgoing Frame Settings dialog 130 Outgoing Open Error 129 134 output trigger 105 p Pack Repeated Primitives 255 Packet Drop 314 Packet View 38 191 194 packing list 18 Partial Memory 93 Paths settings 252 pattern definition 90 Pattern command 56 pattern definition in sequential trigger mode 90 Pattern field 104 Pattern Generation file 140 145 Pattern Generator 139 pattern generator 139 145 file creation 139 Pattern triggers 71 Payload Data drop down combo box 123 Payload field length 258 Payload Size 185 Pending ATA lO 208 Pending SCSI IO 208 performance analysis 156 analyzer only 156 defining 156 Performance Report 282 p
381. ode and Advanced Mode See Exercise and Capture on page 109 QO Target Emulator Acts as target See Target and Device Emulation on page 161 The LeCroy SATA Protocol Suite can be a QO Protocol Analyzer Captures data triggers on events and saves Easy Mode allows standard Trigger and Data capture Advanced Mode requires license allows you to program custom triggering in and out capturing state jumps and timers See Protocol Analysis on page 41 QO Protocol Analyzer Host Emulator Generates bus traffic for capture It also has Easy Mode and Advanced Mode See Exercise and Capture on page 109 O Device Emulator Acts as device See Target and Device Emulation on page 161 Protocol Analyzer To use the software for protocol analysis first select File gt New gt Protocol Analyzer for a new project or File gt Open an existing protocol analysis file sac for a SAS file or stc for a SATA file See Protocol Analysis on page 41 You can also open a scs SAS Sample file or sts SATA Sample file Example files are in the Examples folder You can also use Project Setup gt Last Protocol Analyzer On the Capture tab select to capture Everything or Pattern For Pattern select a Pattern You can exclude patterns and frames You can use different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger On the Trigger tab select the trigger type For Pattern select the pattern On the Settings tab select tri
382. ode suicidas 101 State Number for Complex Trigger SEQUENCES seeeeeceeeseeeeeceeenneeeeeeeeasneeeeesoeesseeeesooesseeeeseoonnseeeees 104 Setting Trigger CONGINONS iria aa 104 Multi Link Triggering arar uc Oia aa a N 105 SO MMES ao a a eS er one A E ere ae Sn oem ee Oe ae 105 A A E sete ccaessececanees leneadecateecauaceassescuansecessatecassenccueseasssecennteces 106 Useful Key SEQUENCES siciiccccssiivecctinccececcicessdsaieaseccassctcsannneesassencncetcbeeasassiedvecscececsaise aai Saa 108 Project SOUING S asi lidia 109 BOE A EA id 109 Exercise and Caplio a 109 Programming the Initiator Or Host Emulator ccsiaccinicininona adiccion cciaceccicebiccventacnieceritacniseshiaenesiscive 109 ACA Program LINES ii dia 110 4 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents LeCroy Corporation Adding Initiator or Host Emulator Commands ccccceseeeneeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeesnneeeeceeensseeeeeneesseeeeseoesseeesseaoes 111 Adding an ATA Command aiii as 111 Adding a User Defined ATA Command conccconcnncccnnnnnccnnannccnnnnnconnnnnnncrnnnnnrrrnnnannrrrnnnnnrrrnnannrrenannnrrnnanas 112 Adding a SCSI Command SAS only sccsccsssstecsscsssecscssaiwcvscescscseszeacesssnseceasesdenseusssusuetecmcavanaiencaoacnesddes 112 Adding a User Defined SCSI Command SAS only cocoocnnnnccncnnnccnnonononancnnnonenonanancnnncnnnnnnnnnrrennnnnnnns 113 Adding a TASK Command SAS only iuris 113 Adding an SMP Command SAS only ccccccee
383. ode violation error C Frame Type error No Alas a C Disparity error o C Drop link for 1 o m E a minal ES DWord Offset tT C Ignore XADY RADY sequence L Diwords Number of error DWords C Delay in HOLD responsefin sending HOLDA OO S0F Enor Insert Primitive Type EXA E E at l1 th DWord Peoc tria for ON Connection Rate Physical Rate v C CAC Error O For HOLD Primitive Repeat inserting HOLD s sequence 1 times Offset between repeats 1 D words Figure 2 138 SATA FIS Options Outgoing Frame Setting Dialog Frame Length Error Check Frame Length Error then choose the type of error to introduce SOF EOF and CRC errors Check these and specify Double or Omit by checking the corresponding option button Code violation and Disparity error Check these and specify DWORD offset and the number of error DWORDs Insert Primitive Check Insert Primitive click the Type button to open the Primitive Type dialog then select the primitive type The host can send multiple bursts of HOLD primitives during a single data frame You can repeat the HOLD sequence up to 999 times You can enter the offset between repeats up to 99999 DWORDs Frame Type Error Check this to introduce a frame type error Drop Link for ms Check this to drop link for the specified milliseconds 138 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture LeCroy Corporation Additionally check No WTRM Code Violation on SATA pr
384. of start end frames QO SendCRC is only supported on last DWORD before end of frame SendSATAFrame SATA SOF SATA_DATA 0x11223344 SATA DATA variableNamel SATA DATA OX55667768 gt FOATA CRO Ox99AACCBB F good cre can be changed to bad SATA_EOF If SATA_CRC command is not included trainer engine computes and inserts correct CRC in pattern Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 411 LeCroy Corporation Trainer Script Enhancements 412 Timer CLEAR _TIMER_A CLEAR _TIMER_B CLEAR TIMER C CLEAR_TIMER_D Loading timer current value in variables varNamel TIMER A varNamel TIMER B varNamel TIMER_C varNamel TIMER_D Trainer script syntax allows using some timers You can start a timer anywhere The timer current value is loadable on variable to be used in expressions and conditions on this expression There are four timers named A B C and D Starting timer setting timer value to zero syntax is PATTERN Counter Trainer script syntax allows you to use counters on a number of defined events in generation settings Syntax for loading counters in variables is varNamel Q varNamel Q varNamel Q varNamel Q varNamel Q varNamel COUNT _REC RESOURCE OUTPUT A COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT E COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT 2 COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT D COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT E COUNT REC RESOURCE OUTPUT Syntax for clearing resetting counters is CLE
385. ol Suite icon and select Properties to display the Properties dialog Select the Compatibility tab Check to Run this program in compatibility mode for Windows XP Insert the Installation CD ROM into the CD DVD drive on the host machine 2 The installation automatically starts setup unless Auto Run is off In that case select the CD ROM from My Computer and click Setup 3 After the warning to close all other programs and before starting the installation the Install component selection opens Select components for installation 5 Click Next to complete the installation System restart You must restart your computer before you can use your Analyzer software Error Message If you get an error message during installation of the drivers for Window consult your system administrator Your system may allow only administrator level users to copy such driver files Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Hardware Setup LeCroy Corporation Hardware Setup Separate Systems When using the analyzer it is recommended to use a system to generate bus traffic and a second system to run the software to avoid characterization of analyzer traffic Connecting in General Note You must install the software before connecting the analyzer to the host machine for the first time To set up the analyzer 1 Plug the power adapter into the unit and then plug the power adapter into a 100V 240V 50Hz 60Hz power outle
386. olbar The SATA software has the following menus and main toolbar Open Sample File Open Last Saved Protocol Analyzer Open Last Saved Performance Analyzer Project Open Last Saved Device Emulator y y Open Find Device Dialog gt Wa ea eo Mm n dt El Upload Manager A Trainer Stop Hardware InFusion Abort Capturing Without Saving Sample File Activate Deactivate Device Target Emulation Figure 2 4 SATA Software Menus and Toolbar 44 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Run Hardware LeCroy Corporation Run Hardware To get an immediate overview of the bus traffic to and from your Analyzer 1 Clickthe Fed Record button 2 The analyzer begins filling the defined memory buffer with traffic on the bus After the traffic fills the memory buffer the traffic is uploaded to the viewer and the Packet View display opens Packet View is the default display However you can view results in any of the different views by selecting View on the menu bar and choosing the desired View Show Hide Layers buttons Show Hide Port Data X Y T ie 1 for eve gt O Tr fe 72 13 ra 14 Ta Cursors P B Zy STP Target Port M SSP Torget Port M Restricted H SAS Address H Phy identifier H CREON Link Data 0 0 3 EE to e O ns Address Frame Type Device Type Restricted H Restricted M Restricted H SMP infiator Port H STP initiator Port M SSP hitiator Port H Restricted 40
387. ommand 315 Show Field List as embedded In frame spreadsheet VIEWS 258 Show Field List in Column View 259 Show Grid 311 Show Infusion Frame button 384 Show Library command 315 Show Line Numbers command 396 Show Output 311 Show Output command 315 Show Sector Count instead of Xfer Length 256 Show Trainer command 315 Show Trainer Frame button 377 Show Warning in Search Primitive In Column View 257 Show XXXX value 95 Show Hide CMD packet in results display 219 Show Hide Command queue in results display 220 Show Hide Compare 2 Data Payloads button 213 Show Hide DLLP packet in results display 220 Show Hide Field 198 Show Hide Link Packet button 219 Show Hide Physical Packet in results display 220 Show Hide TLP packet 476 in results display 220 Show Hide Transport Packet button 219 Sierra M6 2 Protocol Analyzer 17 Sierra Trainer menus 378 Sierra Trainer toolbar 383 Simulation Mode 35 Sleep statement 376 smart features 189 SMP Command 114 SMP Command report 278 SMP frame 63 SMP Frame Pattern dialog 63 83 SMP Initiator field 457 SMP Target field 457 SMP Transport report 276 SMPFrames inc 393 Snapshot mode 71 SOAF EOAF and CRC 168 SOF EOF amp CRC Errors 166 SOF EOF and CRC Errors 179 SOF EOF and CRC errors 131 136 138 177 SOF EOF and CRC errors 173 Soft Reset dialog 88 Software default 253 software installation 20 software overview 36 software settings 252 sorting column content 292 Spec View 210 Specify A
388. on Speed Negotiation Error Speed Negotiation failure options SAS Speed negotiation failed after POWER ON FT SAS Speed negotiation failed after HARD RESET da ponia any spas Bl S66 Speed centinela ater LR RESET 2585 Ua mat respond on last Hinde Speed Hegatiation Falure Type Synchronization failure options SA5 Synchronization failed after POWER ON T SAS Synchronization failed after HARD RESET T SAS Suncronization failed after LINK RESET Pause TRAIN scrambler on primitives Cancel Help Figure 2 189 Speed Negotiating Error Setting Dialog Check a Speed Negotiation Error check box and choose a failure type by checking a corresponding option button Additionally you can choose the Synchronization failure option Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 183 LeCroy Corporation Target and Device Emulation Notes Tab Click the Notes tab and enter a Project Name and a brief description of the Target Emulation project see Add a Project Note on page 100 Run Target Emulation Click the S Activate Device button or select Project Setup gt Active Device to start emulation Note You can run the analyzer while device emulation is active to monitor bus traffic Device Emulator Settings SATA only Click the Settings tab to display the Device Emulator Settings dialog The Settings tab opens with a default set of values which you can modify To return to these values click the Defaul
389. onfiguration File stc SATA Protocol Analyzer Capture Project Viewer file in the Examples folder EasyCaptr AdvanceCaptr or Exerciser subfolders std Target Emulator file in the Examples folder Target Emulator subfolder sts SATA Sample file in the SATA Examples folder Sample subfolder tsh SATA Search configuration file WSS SAS Workspace file in the SAS System folder Predefined Workspace subfolder wst SATA Workspace file in the SATA System folder PreDefined Workspace subfolder Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects LeCroy Corporation Example Projects The Analyzer includes example projects that you can use to perform an immediate analysis without any setup The Analyzer system software has a pre defined folder directory structure for storing all files All example files are in the Examples folder under the Sierra M6 2 folder It is strongly recommended that you open some example files to see types of projects that you can create Run an Example Analysis Project To run an example project Select File gt Open Locate example analysis projects by looking in the Examples folder Examples are available for AdvanceCaptr EasyCaptr Exerciser PatternGenerator Samples Target Emulator and User Define Decoding Script 3 In the EasyCaptr folder choose an example sac file and click Open to display the example project dialog Open Look i
390. oocnccccccnnncccnccncconocannnccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnrrnnnannrnnnannnrrnannnnnas 155 Pertormance Anal SIS 156 Performance Analysis with Analyzer ONlV oooncconnnccononcconcncconcncccnnaconnnanonnnarcnnnnnrrnannrrnnanrennnnrrnnanerenanernnnanenas 156 New Performance Analysis Project sissecessicetescecseniecieswenncceecnnwensessectiedeneeseueseeednenveneusenedereweoneinwenees 156 Last Saved Performance Analysis Project cccccsssessseseeeseesseeeeeeeseeeeeenseeeeenseeeseeeneessoeaneeseoennees 156 Performance ANALYSIS Pro eli a 156 Delne PertorMance sardina aa 158 A A O 158 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 5 LeCroy Corporation Contents RUN Hat IWS iia idos 161 Target and DEVICES EMUIANON ice 161 PAGES TDi ai ta 161 Wreitable Buffer S126 Field cucuta ti 163 EN TaD A E AE es EAE EEN 163 Setn General Errors PA a a a 165 Generate PerlodiC Err OF mencionar aaa EROARE 165 Outgoing FIS Command Error or Outgoing Frame Command Error coooonnnnnnccnnnccnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnanananas 165 Identify Errors SAS ONIY A E E 168 Connection Management SAS Only ssiri aaa einan aa aniar contesta 168 Open Connection Dei di 169 Close Connection Delito iii 170 SAS Commands Errors SAS ON Wisconsin 171 OuTGOING Frame Settings rca 173 ATA Commands Errors SATA Only uvas Aa 175 OUTGOING Frame SetinOsS caian ias 176 INCOMING Frame SCA UNAS dial ici 177 SATA SIgNatUre SATA ON iii taa 178 SATA ION US ETTORS ca ia 179 User
391. oose And Selected Items you can set a logical AND combination of items to find Both options allow setting Advanced search features Search For Choose a category to search in the Search For window Each of the search categories offers additional choices in the Search Items window to refine the search Check items for the selected category Data Pattern Search for Data Pattern allows you to search for a specific Data Type Pattern and Length see Figure 3 64 a Data Pattern Only O Data Payload Length Only QO Data Pattern and Data Payload Length Advanced options Some of the Search For categories offer advanced options for search To set these options highlight the search item in a category and click the Advanced button to open the Advanced options dialog x Field Length Value il CJ PM Port O ON C Status Lo C Status Hi C Eror C SActive 31 0 32 ow WwW A ph conc _ Figure 3 66 Advanced Options Dialog Example Set Device Bits Set the options and click OK Search Domain Click the Domain button and choose a search domain from all ports or a specific port Protocol Error You can refine the search to locate packets with an error or without an error Note When searching for Protocol Errors in Column View you cannot search for a specific Protocol Error type Search returns any protocol error Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 241 LeCroy Corporation Search Sear
392. or Can not issue some required commands Check sample for further information 4 5 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample for further information 5 5 Error Can not issue some required commands Check sample for further information O General Device Requirements GTR 01 through GTR 05 O Native Command Queuing NCQ 01 through NCQ 05 QO Asynchronous Signal Recovery ASR 01 and ASR 02 a Software Settings Preservation SSP 01 through SSP 12 a Interface Power Management IPM 01 through IPM 11 a Digital Optional Features DOF 01 and DOF 02 The PHY Test Group has tests OOB 03 through OOB 07 2 Choose the tests in the left pane of the dialog and click the Add gt gt button 3 Enter a value for Capture Timeout Note If test runni 4 Ent 304 ng time exceeds the Capture Timeout value the test terminates er the Device Name Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Tools 10 11 12 13 14 LeCroy Corporation Select the UTD Version as UTD 1 3 for devices supporting up to SATA 2 6 specification or UTD 1 4 for devices supporting up to SATA 3 0 specification Select the Compliance Type as Host or Device Select the Device Type as ATA or ATAPI When testing SSD devices select the SSD Drive checkbox to ensure correct test results To view failed test traces in the sample viewer check the Automatically load failed test traces into STX trace viewer check box To save the f
393. or uncheck the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization option Note Memory Assignment depends on traffic load distribution at the time when the system tries to re assign physical links to memory banks Therefore if you repeat a capture with the same Sampling Memory Size and Segment Number parameters the resulting sample size may not be the same However if traffic load distribution is similar sample size will be similar Note The buffer status indicator shows buffer by FPGA not by port If the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Option is Not Checked Each physical link or logical link if MUX is enabled is assigned to a specific memory space memory bank depending on the Sampling Memory Size and Segment Number parameters Important If any physical link fills its memory bank the recording process stops Other memory banks will typically be less than full and can be empty The sample file might be smaller than the user defined Sampling Memory Size You might even think that the Analyzer malfunctioned 260 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Floating License LeCroy Corporation Floating License Note License Manager is only available when in Cascading mode For example if one unit is licensed only for JJ and a second unit is licensed only for AA cascading the two units and using the License Manager allows each unit to do JA To manage the license select Configuration gt License Manager
394. oration Filtering 226 Filter m Filter Options JBus Condition JPrimitre Incomplete Frames Address Frames f4 55P Frames SMP Frames PISTP Frames SCSI Commands SMP Command Task Management Functions MATA Commands scsi Command Status Source 545 Address Destination 545 Address Par 545 Address Protocol Error ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Filter Type y f fe Hide iy Show E Filter Idle lingui ORead 10 Mode Sense E Read Capacity 10 fl Write 10 Mode Select 6 e ARS he Mult Level Filtenmo wi i ie e 13 Fl e 71 Je T2 Ta F TA Reset All Check All Save Load ted Items DS l FP Use Par SAS Addresses le Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 3 49 Second Level of Multilevel Filtering Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Filtering LeCroy Corporation Filter Options Bus Condition Good Primitive _ Check Condition incomplete Frames incomplete I Address Frames I OSSP Frames JOSMP Frames IlOSTP Frames SCSI Commands IOSMP Commands OT ask Management Functions 1474 Commands 1E9S5CS Command Status OS ource SAS Address I Destination 545 Address Pair SAS Address IL Protocal Error IMSTP Port ETag ATAPI SCS Command Miscellaneous Fiter Type i Hide C Show gt Filter Idle Ports q r Filter Logi
395. ormal Output Timeout such as All Custom N A Yes and No see Time out of ATA Command Report on page 274 Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of occurrences DOOOUOCDLD O O Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 273 LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Content a oftotal count EE SAP tl 1 Move Cursor y General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Command PM Port Direction Number of FIS Payload Size Status Duration Count All All v Al fel AJl Al All fe Read DMA Ext 0 H gt D 3 2048 Normal Output 37 733 333 59 us 415 31 13 Write DMA Ext 0 H gt D 4 2048 Normal Output 17 133 333 21 us 179 13 43 Write FPDMA Queued 0 H gt D 6 2048 Normal Output 26 133 333 21 us 236 17 70 Read FPDMA Queued 0 H gt D 5 2048 Normal Output 32 106 666 56 us 470 35 26 Identify Device 0 H gt D 3 512 Normal Output 30 746 667 86 us 3 0 23 Check Power Mode 0 H gt D 2 0 Normal Output 6 826 666 83 us 3 0 23 Execute Device Diagnostic 0 H gt D 2 0 Normal Output 6 693 333 63 us 3 0 23 Flush Cache 0 2 0 Normal Output 6 746 666 91 us 10 0 75 Figure 3 102 SATA ATA Command Report Time out of ATA Command Report The Time out shows the NCQ time out It is applicable for only NCQ commands A threshold can be set in the NCQ commands Timeout Threshold the default value is 1000 usec the user can change it to any value The s
396. orporation Ports Configuration Select the Port Configuration button to display the Set Port Configuration dialog Set Port Configuration l x Available Functionality by Setup and licensed Features Analyzer Target Emulator Initiator Emulator Jammer Trainer al 0 Available TES 2 Available jE j Available Y 2 Available y 2 Available Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Out of 2 Ports Configuration for Current Setup Serial Hum Ports Assignment SN 61666 OxFOEZ Figure 2 69 SAS Set Port Configuration Dialog The dialog shows the current port configuration To select a port configuration click the down arrow to display the Select Port Configuration dialog Select Port Configuration k 3 X All Configurations Filter e Analyzer e Emulator Jammer D Trainer All valid port configurations For SM 61658 OxFODA Port 01 Port OF Figure 2 70 SAS Select Port Configuration Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 97 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup Port configuration depends on the application you run a To act as Analyzer select the O Analyzer port configuration a To activate a Target Emulator on a port select the TE TargetEmulator port configuration a To activate the Initiator Emulator on a port and run the Analyzer on the same port select Ww A InitiatorEmulator Analyzer a To activate the InFusion on a port select kd Jammer a To activate the Trainer on a port
397. orporation Trigger Setup 96 These errors are mainly caused by the long synchronization time of the analyzer If these errors caused by the Analyzer become triggers you cannot detect some other errors that you really need to detect To NOT detect the above two errors enable the software setting Disable Disparity Error and Symbol Violation during Speed negotiation After this the code violation is not triggered during the speed negotiation phase but is triggered if the violation happens after the speed negotiation phase External Trig Out Setting The Analyzer can send a Low or High external signal anytime a trigger occurs Select the External Trig Out Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Enter the External TrigOut pulse width External Trig In Setting An external Low or High input signal can cause triggering Select the External Trig In Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Choose Port Speed The default speed is Autospeed You can also select the port speed from the drop down list 1 5 Gbps 3 0 Gbps or 6 0 Gbps Note If a Port ID check box has no check the analyzer does not capture any patterns for that port The system allocates trace memory for that port to its adjacent port for example 11 T1 lt gt 12 T2 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy C
398. ort General Request or Response SMP Report Mfg Info Request or Response SMP Discover Request or Response SMP Report Phy Error Log Request or Response SMP Report Route Info Request or Response SMP Configure Route Info Request or Response SMP Phy Control Request or Response SMP Phy Test Function Request or Response SMP Configure Phy Zone Request or Response SMP Configure Zone Permission Request or Response SMP Report Zone Permission Request or Response SMP Report Zone Routing Table Request or Response STP Register Host to Device FIS STP Register Device to Host FIS STP Register Device Bits Device to Host FIS STP DMA Activate Device to Host FIS O OOCODODODDO Doo Doo o po O Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 455 LeCroy Corporation Display Options OOCOOO O O STP DMA Setup FIS STP BIST Activate FIS STP PIO Setup Device to Host FIS STP Data FIS STP Frame Summary Header SATA Frame Summary Header SAS Delta Time Check boxes to allow a field when the selected header is collapsed Example header fields are OCDOO O a Frame Type Function Result Offset FIS Type You can move items up and down You can select to Restore Defaults for the selected header or all headers Saving Display Options You can save a set of Display Options values make a set the default settings or use a saved set of values with the commands at the bottom of the Display Options window
399. ost to the device and from the device to the host See Data Report on page 293 InFusion The LeCroy InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier is an error injector and traffic modification tool that allows you to verify real world fault handling for Serial Attached SCSI SAS and Serial ATA SATA systems See InFusion Overview on page 313 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Viewing Captured Data LeCroy Corporation Trainer SAS Trainer is a traffic generator that can emulate a SAS initiator target or SATA host device Traffic generation enables engineers to test designs under realistic conditions and to transmit known errors allowing engineers to observe how devices handle faulty link conditions Traffic generation is performed via the execution of text based scripts These traffic generation files ssg contain statements about the types of traffic to be generated These script files can be edited with either a simple text editor such as Notepad or with the Script Editor utility provided by the application See Sierra Trainer Traffic Generation on page 377 CrossSync Control Panel The LeCroy CrossSync control panel provides synchronization for complete end to end visibility into multi protocol systems CrossSync is LeCroy s analyzer synchronization solution that enables time aligned display of protocol traffic from multiple daisy chained analyzers showing packet traffic from multiple
400. ot SOF EOF amp CRC Errors Check any or all and choose the criteria for introduction Insert Primitive Check Insert Primitive click the Type button to open the Primitive Type dialog then select the primitive type Send Primitive Check Send stand alone primitive click the Type button to open the Primitive Type dialog select the primitive type and click OK x Type Not Specific of type to conditions C Used only inside SSP and SMP conditions C Used inside STP connections coca Figure 2 172 Primitive Type 166 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation LeCroy Corporation Click the down arrow on the Primitive list box choose a primitive enter a value for the number of primitives to send and click OK Drop link for ms Check and enter time value for which to drop the link Drop link after ms for ms Check and enter time value for which to wait before dropping the link and time value for which to drop the link Retain Error Injection Counters after Link Reset If unchecked after every Link Reset the Emulator resets its internal Command Number Counters and re initializes the Error injection core If checked the Emulator keeps the state Retain Error Injection Counters after drop link error injection If unchecked after every Link Reset the Emulator resets its internal Command Number Counters and re initializes the Error injection core If checke
401. otocol Analyzer User Manual Search LeCroy Corporation Search by Tag Number To search by Tag Number check the Tags box in the Search For window and then check the Tag s for which to search in the Search Items window Search no arch Ol Figure 3 68 Search by Tag Number Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 243 LeCroy Corporation Display Configuration Display Configuration The Analyzer ships with a default display configuration of field and viewer settings You can define your own field and viewer settings for a particular testing scenario Sample Viewer Configuration The Sample Viewer Configuration dialog allows you to change the following display settings a O COCOCOCOO OO Field Setting m Format Decimal Hexadecimal Binary m Visible m Byte Order Right Align Left Align Field Header Setting Text color Name m Abbreviation Foreground color Viewer Setting m Wrap Packet m Enable Tooltips Data Payload Columns in Row 1 2 4 8 16 m Bytes in Column 1 2 4 8 16 Time Stamp Origin Absolute Trigger User Defined Based on System Time Same color for start time and port Enable Packet View Condense Mode Time Stamp Format LeCroy Milli Micro Save Sample Viewer Configuration in a file Load Sample Viewer Configuration from a file Factory Setting restores default settings Font opens Font dialog To customize the display click the Configuration bu
402. ove Capture Memory Size 10000 KB heno Primitive Response Timeout 16384 Dword s Protocol Errors Speed 3 0 Gbps 11 T1 12 72 13 73 14 T4 Descrambling Enabled Align Transmission Period 2049 for SSP 258 for STP 55 Connection Details Simulation Mode V Exclude patterns l Define different patterns for pre triager and post trigger data captures E Easy switch to Advanced mode Collapse Al Expand All Figure 2 17 SAS Exclude Patterns Checked SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog replaces Exclude SATA_CONT with Exclude CONT and Exclude SATA_SYNC with Exclude SYNC SATA Dialog has different Pattern Parameters see Patterns and Data Capture Setup on page 56 To remove an item from capture highlight it in the Project tree and click the lt lt Remove button Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 57 LeCroy Corporation Projects 58 Pre and Post Trigger Data Capture You can define one set of patterns for capture prior to the occurrence of a trigger and another set of patterns for capture after the occurrence of a trigger The selection and setup procedure is the same for both Pre Trigger capture and Post Trigger capture Check Define different patterns for pre trigger and post trigger data capture to enable the Pre Trigger Capture and Post Trigger Capture tabs instead of only the Capture tab Pre Trigger Capture Trigger Post Trigger Capture Settin
403. p H SecCount H Sector Countiexp H PM Port H Target SAS Address Option ooooooo000000000 5 Figure 2 90 Insert ATA Command Adding a SCSI Command SAS only Click the Insert SCSI Command button click one of the command categories and choose a command SESI task sue Frame Event sta X 6 24 MMC6 gt C isd SBC3 gt SMC3 gt Access Control In 55C2 Access Control Out OSD2 Change Aliases ADC3 Extended Copy User Defined Inquiry Log Select Log Sense Management Protocol In Management Protocol Out Mode Select 10 Mode Select 6 Mode Sense 10 Mode Sense 6 Persistent Reserve In Persistent Reserve Out Prevent Allow Media Removal Read Attribute Read Buffer Read Media Serial Number Receive Diagnostic Results Recieve Copy Result Release Unit 10 Release Unit 6 Report Aliases Report Device Identifier Report LUNS Report Priority Report Supported Operation Code Figure 2 91 SAS SCSI Dropdown List The following menu options are available a MMC6 SBC3 SMC3 SPC4 SSC2 OSD2 ADC3 User Defined ODODDODODO O 112 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture LeCroy Corporation Adding a User Defined SCSI Command SAS only Click the Insert SCSI Command button and choose User Defined This enters an SCSI command line with editable fields to define your own custom command Command Type CDB Type Operation Code H Lo
404. p press F1 Figure 4 32 Example 5 Entering the Second Action The Action Properties dialog box appears Choose Inject RD Error as the second action 5 Click the add another action prompt to add a third action The Action Properties dialog box appears Choose Monitor Count as the third action 7 Click OK to close the Action Properties dialog box 350 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Creating Global Rules LeCroy Corporation scenario Name ACK Test A Description If ACK beep inject PD error count Direction for traffic changes From Initiator Global Fules 3 Wait for ACK from Initiator lt Click here to add combined event gt then Beep 500 ms and Inject Running Disparity Error Wa and Monitor Count Click here to add another action Click here to add another etrent gt hal For Help press F1 COP MUM SCRL Figure 4 33 Example 5 Complete Scenario 8 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario This example sets the counter to increment at each occurrence of an ACK every 1 ACK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 351 LeCroy Corporation Creating Global Rules Example 6 Using Timers In this example the Global Rules portion of the scenario waits for an ACK primitive from the initiator Each time the device detects an ACK it injects an RD Error into the traffic stream This state continues for a random period of time not to exceed 1 790 seconds
405. p the following in mind The pattern must be defined inside a frame that starts with a SOF or SOAF The pattern must be data only no K codes primitives The pattern must be defined at a specific offset in the frame The pattern and mask must be specified in the same format as specified in the SAS standard 0x12345678 hex where 1 is the first digit on the cable and is the MSB as given in the SAS Stan dard OCDOO O For example for an SMP Request Pattern Ox40000000 Mask OxXFFOOOOOO Offset O SOF Type SOF SATA Data Pattern When you create a SATA data pattern keep the following in mind The pattern must be defined inside a frame that starts with a SATA_SOF The pattern must be data only no K codes primitives The pattern must be defined at a specific offset in the frame The pattern and mask must be specified in the same format as specified in the SATA Standard OCOO O For example for Register H gt D FIS Pattern O0x00000027 Mask OxOOOOOOFF Offset O Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Actions LeCroy Corporation SOF Type SATA_SOF Scenario Actions After you enter the set of events for a test state the menu driven interface prompts you for the corresponding action or set of actions If you define multiple actions the actions occur simultaneously AB Action Properties H m x Type Properties sates Analyzer Trigger Type Action Beep Description z Ca
406. page 461 for instructions how to create a Pattern Generator file Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 145 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture Host Emulator You can run an Host Emulator while setting Auto stop exerciser when Analyzer stops CONT usage Delay between getting HOLD to Sending HOLDA Data Frame Payload Size ATA Command Execution Timeout QO Logical Block Size for ATAPI 0 DODO Check Autostop exerciser when Analyzer Stopped to halt the Host Emulator when the Analyzer stops Check CONT Usage to enable the specification of Delay between getting HOLD to sending HOLDA Data Frame Payload Size and ATA Command Execution Timeout ATA Command Execution Timeout The ATA Command Execution Timeout is a timeout for ATA commands When the host sends an H2D frame i e it issues a command and receives an R_OK from the device it starts this timer If the execution of the command takes more than the timeout specified 15 seconds is the default the host emulator performs the action specified in the Advanced General ATA command timeout recovery action settings The options are Nothing Send Soft Reset and Hard Reset Queue Settings Click the Queue Settings button to display the Queue Settings dialog and specify O Queue Depth NCQ Error Recovery Queued Non Queued Items Status NCQ Queue Command Timeout OO O Queue Settings x NCO Error Recovery Send Read Log Ext when NCO command aborte
407. pansion Card Clock Status O ae M Append eror details Figure 3 139 Self Test Dialog Expansion Tab Choose the Expansion Card Data Status or Clock Status to test and click the Start Expansion Check button After a short time the Test Result appears to the right of the selected line 300 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Tools LeCroy Corporation LED Buzzer Check To perform a LED or Buzzer check select the LED Buzzer tab An xl Clock Memory rdes Crosspoint Main FPGA Expansion LED Buzzer The LED board shows Following patterns 1 Of Al LEDs are ON 2 OFF All LEDs are OFF 3 Walking OFF All LEDs are ON and only one LED is turned OFF and start moving 4 Walking ON All LEDs are OFF and only one LED is turned ON and start Moving a Buzzer Test You should hear the buzzer sound Stop Test Save error details C Program Files LeLroyLeCrop SATA Protocol Suite UserE rors detail alf Ml Append error details Pee Number OF Run Each Test f Run All Tests Sequentially Start LEO Buzzer Check Close Figure 3 140 Self Test Dialog LED Buzzer Tab Check LED Test or Buzzer Test and click the Start LED Buzzer Check button For the LED you should see the LED pattern For the buzzer you should hear it sound You must click the Stop Test button to stop the check Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 301 LeCroy Corporation Tools Find Dev
408. pattern 3 To support smart features check Support smart feature set For self test check Enable smart self test For error logging check Enable error logging To return user data for READ DATA check READ DATA returns user data To set threshold enter an integer in Threshold exceeded To never exceed threshold enter 0 4 To enable Transmit Spread Spectrum Clocking check Enable Transmit SSC Project Note Click the Notes tab and enter a Project Name and a brief description of the Device Emulation project see Add a Project Note on page 100 Using the Power Expansion Card You can use the Power Expansion Card for Emulation See Using the Power Expansion Card on page 30 Run Device Emulation E Click the le 1 Activate Device button to start emulation Note You can run the analyzer while device emulation is active to monitor bus traffic Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 189 LeCroy Corporation Target and Device Emulation 190 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Manipulation Viewer Display After data is captured Recorded the Viewer displays a sample file scs for SAS and sts for SATA in Packet View Address Frame Type Protocol Initiator Port H Connection Rate Features H Initiator Connection Tag H Destination S4S Address H 0x1 Open 0x9 3 0 Gbps S5000E0C 471865000 Source SAS Address H Source Zone Group H Pathway Blocked Count H A
409. pected number of occurences on each link fi Figure 2 48 SAS ATAPI Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different dropdown options Click the down arrow next to the CDB dropdown list scroll the list to choose a CDB Type and click OK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trigger Setup LeCroy Corporation Data Pattern Double click Data Pattern in the Pattern window to open the Data Pattern dialog x 7 7 Format 5 SSP Hashed Source SAS Address OLOR C Binary C STP Hashed Destination SAS Address KOON Hexadecimal Cancel Data Data Offset lo Dwords 0 255 NIOO Dwl OOOO Pwd OOOO Dw3 OOOO Dw2 ODIO Dw5 NOOO Dw4 HOOO Dw7 OOOO Dw6 OOOO Dw3 OOO Dw8 OLOR Dwi RODAR Dwid OOOO Dw13 OOOO Dw12 OOOO Dwi5 OOOO Dw14 Vi mi WT MT Check All Uncheck All M Count Expected number of occunences on each link fi Figure 2 49 SAS Data Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog shows Port at the top and does not show SSP or STP Define the data pattern for triggering and click OK Note When entering the data pattern in the Data section of this screen if you are reading the data pattern from a recorded trace you must reverse the order of the bytes listed for each DWORD entered For example if you want to trigger on OO 01 02 03 as displayed in the trace you must enter this DWORD pattern as 03 02 01 00 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer Us
410. ple generation files and edit the settings to see how the script file behaves As you make and save changes the trace view of the generation file is automatically updated The following screenshots show an example file as it appears in the script editor and trace window Siac ude Generations Include ssPFramesbecl 1inc Generation sendssPFrameData 1 Data 212223244 55667788 SGAABECC SendssPrramexTerrkdy Data 51223344 55667788 9AABECT sendsSPFramecormmand sendssPFramerResponse SendssPFrame Task Data 51223344 55667788 SOAABECC sendssPFramewendor GEN MODE SATA Host SSC is ON CONFIGURATION AutoOOB AutoHOLD AutoDMAT AutoALIGN AutoHndShk AutoSpdNeg 1 2 OOB Settings COMWAKE Num Bursts Burst Length Idle Length Negation Len AE A A E A ee ee a o o n nr SATA Link Initialization Settings EEE D1 EEE Data ee EOF Idle Time Stamp 112 bytes 112 bytes Ox669F7A95 a 0 000ns 000 0 000ns 00 000 000 000 gt Data Idle EOF O bytes O bytes 0x74258E55 0 000ns 000 0 000ns Frame oe XFER_RDY Tag 8 0x0000 Frame P Tag 3 S COMMAND 0x0000 Frame ae es PONSE Tag Data a ae EOF Idle Time Stamp 10 Ba 0x0000 0 bytes O bytes 0x53404BD4 A 0 000ns 000 0 000ns 00 000 000 560 Frame Pa BEE MESE RE EOF Idle Time Stamp 11 le oxoooo 112 bytes e E 0 0 000ns 000 0 000ns 00 000 000 800 Frame ae UNKN
411. plete Frames 0x5000626000001074 Incomplete Frames 0x50000500001047B5 gt 0x500062B 000001 074 Address Frames J0x5000C500001047B5 Address Frames 0x5000E 85000000001 gt OxE 94 E 8E CISSP Frames J0x5000C50000103D91 SSP Frames 0x5000E 85000000001 gt 0x5000050000103D91 CISMP Frames JOx5BD0605S6000O003C4 SMP Frames 050000500001 03D 91 gt 0x5000E 85000000001 CISTP Frames STP Frames 0x5000C500001 03091 gt 0 500062B 000001 074 SCS Commands SCSI Commands v 0x5000628 000001 074 gt 050060560000003C5 CISMP Commands OSMP Commands 0x5000626 000001 07 4 gt 0x5000C500001047B5 Task Management Functions Task Management Functions 0x5000628000001074 gt 0x5000C50000103D91 DATA Commands GATA Commands 0x500062B 000001 074 gt 050060560000003C4 FISESI Command Status SCSI Command Status MM Source SAS Address Source SAS Address M Destination SAS Address JDestination S4S Address Pair SAS Address Pair SAS Address Protocol Error Protocol Error CISTP Port STP Port Tag OTag CIATAPI SCSI Command JATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Filter Type m Filter Type e Hide a Show da Filter Idle e Hide e Show E Filter Idle Ports Filter Logic Ports Filter Logic Multi Level Filtering ig y A pa Multi Level Filtering v v AND Related lt 11 12 D Related Items Use Pair SAS Addresses Iv li M2 AND Related Items 7 Use Pair SAS Addresses VTT RT OF V Ti M T2 OR
412. pling Memory Usage Optimization The Software Settings dialog has a Sampling Memory Usage Optimization option This Memory Assignment MA feature optimizes sampling memory utilization If the Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Option is Checked The system tries to use empty space in all memory banks to prevent any memory bank from filling completely Each physical link is not necessarily assigned to a specific memory bank The system can capture more sample data than if the MA option is unchecked and sample file size is closer to the user defined Sampling Memory Size Memory Assignment efficiency varies with Port Configuration and Trigger Position a a FPGA The Memory Assignment feature works for a pair of ports connected to one FPGA for example ports 1 and 2 or ports 3 and 4 Memory Assignment does not work for two ports connected to different FPGAs for example ports 1 and 3 Triggering Memory Assignment only starts after the trigger point During pre trigger each physical link is always assigned to a specific memory bank Post trigger the system can try to use empty space in all memory banks if you check the MA option Therefore Memory Assignment efficiency is maximum when Trigger Position is set to 0 snap shot trigger and is minimum when Trig ger Position is set to 99 or when there is no triggering you stop recording man ually MUX When MUX is enabled each segment has four memory banks limiting Memory Assignment
413. pointer over a data field Running Disparity indication E MEE 1 773 000 ne me lt a i F Wir s E aj KKKH m dl bane f ili Figure 3 45 Payload Data Display E The Symbol Notation button decodes the 8 bit or 10 bit encoded data in b Column View D The Show Data button displays the payload data values in Column View Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 221 LeCroy Corporation Status Bar 222 Status Bar The Status bar is located at the bottom of the main display window Search Status The rightmost segment displays the current search direction Fwd forward or Bwd backward Change the search direction from the Search Menu or double click the Search Status segment Filtering The Filtering menu and options allow you to modify data in the sample viewer display to exclude packets with a set of user defined patterns and show the results in all views To set up filtering you must have a viewer display open The Filtering menu has the options O Enable Filtering see Enable Filter on page 232 Filtering see Filter Setup on page 223 Link Layer SAS Transport Layer SAS Application Layer SAS Physical Layer SATA FIS Layer SATA Command Layer SATA Filter Idles see Filter Idle on page 232 DOOCOCOO O O Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Filtering Filter Setup To display the Filter setup dialog click
414. port to Excel Save as Text Print Report Print Preview Report Display Settings Move to X Cursor Y Cursor or None DOOCOD S9SRETL 977 rs Move Export as Microsoft Excel file E The Export to Excel button opens the Export to Excel dialog Choose a folder in which to save the Excel file choose an appropriate file name and click Save Save as Text file The Save as Text button opens the Export to Text dialog Choose a folder in Er which to save the Text file choose an appropriate file name and click Save Print Statistical Report The Print button opens the select printer dialog Choose an available printer and click OK 286 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation Statistical Report Toolbar Print Preview The Print Preview button displays a preview of the report to print Catalyst Enterprises Inc Senal ATA Apr 14 2006 j irection Duration Count 633 186 706 54 us 1000 399 720 001 22 us 999 0 00103291 1999 T Vv O O V E Primitive Direction Cou L gt H a o oO Oo oO O O f 0n o ojo oO Ollo a an Oo o o o o oO oO o oO o to EES CRY EIS ELO EIO E CS ES ES E E E O ELO E OS ET E ES E 0 PC gt 5159153 fe fe aD A pu fe pe BS Y 21219159 O 3 zizo K 5 553 53 5 53 5 E3 Viviviv ViIViviv VIVivIiVIiViViviv Vv DITI O T TOTO OJO T OJOJO TI O g O
415. program to go to the specified label if any frame occurs prior to the expiration time If the expiration time occurs first the Initiator program goes to the next step ll en Wait For any frame Figure 2 107 Wait Add Wait for PS SAS only Insert this instruction and select PS_ACK or PS_NAK Set an expiration time and a label for the Goto This instruction causes the emulator to go to the specified label if any frame occurs prior to the expiration time If the expiration time occurs first the emulator goes to the next step Expiration Time PS ACK MI Figure 2 108 SAS Wait for PS 120 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture LeCroy Corporation Add Wait for Power Management SATA only Insert this instruction and select PM_ACK or PM_NAK Set an expiration time and a label for the Goto This instruction causes the emulator to go to the specified label if any frame occurs prior to the expiration time If the expiration time occurs first the emulator goes to the next step i jk gt El Figure 2 109 SATA Wait for Power Management Insert Delay To delay program execution insert a Delay instruction Enter the delay value in microseconds in the number text box to define a delay Figure 2 110 Delay Add Stop To define the end of the Initiator Emulator program insert the Stop Initiator Exerciser instruction Stop Exerciser Figure 2 111 Stop Add a Label Add a labe
416. pture Data Dword R andom Ho l Inject Even Mth occurence CRC Error Monitor Court Mot monitored z Invalid 10bit code Error z Funning Disparity Error Insert z Address Frame z FIS Frame SAS Primitive SATA Primitive a SMP Frame 555P Frame Insert DWORD l Link E Disconnect Reconnect Monitor Count Remove z Frame Partially Primitive whole Frame SMW z Speed Negotiation Retime Speed Negotiation Violation ba Stop Scenario E Substitute x Data Dword with SAS primitive with SATA primitive z Trigger Output x era i Figure 4 18 Action Properties Dialog The following table lists supported actions Note that some of these actions only apply to creating sequences Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 335 LeCroy Corporation Scenario Actions 336 TABLE 4 3 Test State Actions Action Beep Branch to Existing State New State Capture Data DWORD CRC Error Invalid 10bit code Error Inject Running Disparity Error Insert Address Frame FIS Frame SAS Primitive SMP Frame SSP Frame Insert DWORD Link Disconnect Reconnect Monitor Count Remove Frame Partially Primitive Whole Frame Restart All Sequences Current Sequence SNW Speed Negotiation Retime Speed Negotiation Violation Stop Scenario Substitute Data DWORD with SAS Primitive Description Emits audible sound of duration selectable via drop down list Goto a state
417. r 31 El ae Port status Port Speed Function OOB Link Frame Eror Trigger Buffer indicator 1 Oo B gt a E a T AA l T1 15G Exercizer a a D He 3 El Port status Part Speed Function OOB Link Frame Error Triguer Buffer indicator p E Sa 0 30G Exerciser TI o 0 vi Figure 3 43 Port Status Window and Capturing Time 1 Pre trig capturing trig is 50 2 Trig point shown by red bar 36 pre trig was captured 3 Post trig capturing 50 post trig was captured and capturing has stopped Note If sample capture occurs with more than one unit active additional Port Status windows display 214 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Toolbars Toolbars Enabling Tool Bars LeCroy Corporation To customize the Viewer Display workspace you can enable and reposition the available toolbars To display or hide toolbars select View gt Toolbar then check or uncheck toolbars View Configuration Project Setup Filtering Report Tools Wind Packet view EJ Column view Text View rae Wave Form view GJ Statistical Report View BM Data view E Field List view H Spread Sheet view MA Histogram View IT y i e Status bar RE SCSI Spec Assignment Eo Wrap Packets Note To File El Full Screen i com In E oom Que eH Actual Size Toolbars are o Main Viewer Layers Decode OOoOUOUDL O View Type ve Wewer
418. r execution by the SAS Initiator Emulator or stc file for execution by the SATA Host Emulator You can export commands from all available samples between X and Y cursors or between designated commands To perform this action 1 Run a capture project or open a previously run and saved a captured trace file 2 Set X and Y cursors to export between cursors Address Frame Type Protocol kistor Port 1 Correction Rate Festures H istor Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H Source SAS Address M Compatible Features H Pathway Blocked Count H Arbitration Vat Time 0 More Compatibie Features H RC M Link Data 4 E e Source SAS Address H Destination SAS Address H Link Data H al MTS Address Frama Type Protocol kistor Port H Correction Rate Festures H Wititor Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H Source SAS Address H Compatila Features H Pathway Blocked Count H Arbitration Vat Time 00 More Compatbie Features H ORE OM Link Dota 1 24 Address Frame Type Protocol initiator Poth CormectonRate Features H Initiator Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H Source SAS Address H Compatible Features H Pathway Blocked Count H Arbitration Vel Tine H More Compatible Features H RC H Link Dota H 34 r SIP Frame Type PMPOOO 100 Sms ON EmorON SectorNumber CytLow CyiMan0N DevMtead 9 SectorNum exp M CyiLow exp M Cyl Migh exp 00
419. r the results display You can set the Area and Column You can use Bar Line or Pie charts with 3D and Grid enhancement options Performance Analysis with Analyzer Only Note Only Performance Analysis with Analyzer is supported Performance Analysis with Emulation Trainer or InFusion is not supported New Performance Analysis Project To perform a Performance Analysis on bus traffic and start a New project click File gt New gt Performance Analyzer Analyzer Only Last Saved Performance Analysis Project To open the last saved Performance Analysis project click the Open Last Saved Performance Analyzer Performance Analysis Project hi button The Performance Analyzer dialog opens Performance Items Setting Notes m Items item Definition C Bus Utilization C Transmission Efficiency C Throughput C Average Payload Size C Completed Command Rate C Data Efficiency Event Counts C Number of Frame Events C SCS Command Number C Number of Data Frame Events C Number of Protocol Errors C Number of Completed Commanc C Number of Command Events Ra Check All Uncheck All Event Times C Total Frame Event Time Protocol Y SMP M Address Frame Analyzer Port lv SSP M STP von i2 13 lv 14 lV Tilv 12 v 13 T4 m Link Bia Mee i272 Tf 14 74 ned STP Pott Ix SAS Source Address PHONO SAS Destination Add
420. rbitration Wait Time H More Compatible Features H CRC H Link Data H 5000E0C42FB5D004 0000 00000000 FS7DAB5E3 Expander Chg Count D Vendor ld 4 0x01 Report manufacturer information A fe put Product ld 4 Prat Rev LYI H Func Result 0x00 Smp function accepted ee Link Address Frame Type Protocol Initiator Port H Connection Rate Features H Initiator Connection Tag H Destination SAS Address H 772 0x1 Open 0x9 3 0 Gbps 5000E0C 471865000 Source SAS Address H Source Zone Group H Pathway Blocked Count H Arbitration Wait Time H More Compatible Features H CRC H Link Data H 5000E0C42FB5D004 0000 00000000 Fo7DA6E3 Figure 3 1 SAS Packet View of scs Sample File Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 191 LeCroy Corporation Viewer Display ATA Cmi Command Input H gt gt Normal Output H Phi Port H Status Duration 511 573 666 5 0x90 e Device Diagnos 0x05 Device Diagnos 2 160 us FIS Type Phi Port H C H Command H Features H Sector Number H Cyl Low H Cyl High H 3 666 0x27 Register Host to Device Link FIS Type ATA Command Sec Count H Link Data Relative Time 1 0x27 Register Host to Device 0x90 Execute Device Diagnostic D ns fears 511 593 373 5 4 5 586 fi Idle oe Idle Data H ion 11 511 600 093 s 5 3 346 us Idle an Idle Data H Duration 11 511 600 093 5 6 3 346 us Figure 3 2 SA
421. re The default value for all Frame fields is zero Special Conditions for Frames There are three conditions about Frames that need to be kept in mind when configuring Frame generation 1 Frame delimiters need to agree At the present time when defining a Frame make sure that the Frame Prologue and Frame Epilogue agree Do not mix types For example do not mix a SAS Start of Frame SOF with a SAS End of Address Frame EOAF A SAS SOF should be matched to a SAS EOF A SAS SOAF should be matched to a SAS EOAF If generating SATA traffic a SATA_SOF should be matched to a SATA_EOF At the present time if you mix different types of prologues and epilogues for any given Frame the Frame is ignored 2 Data Length Fields can be fixed length or variable By default data frames are of a fixed length If you want to generate variable length frames place an asterisk in the Data definition field in the SSPFramesDecl inc file Data 40 HHHHHHHHHHHH DATA HHHHHHHHHHHHH 41 Data Variable length field can be assigned to an array of DIORDs 42 43 If you replace the asterisk with a value then the field becomes fixed length 3 CRC Calculations are calculated unless told otherwise If the CRC is not explicitly set in the traffic generation file the application assumes that you want it and calculates and displays it in front of the generated frames If you provide a CRC value the application uses that value even if
422. re Project Open Licensing Information Unknown Close Figure 3 3 Sample Properties Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 193 LeCroy Corporation Switching Views 194 Switching Views To display the capture in any other available view select from the View menu or from the View Type toolbar Show Hide Waveform View Show Hide Column View Show Hide Spreadsheet View Show Hide Text View A q Show Hide Packet View gn g E lol de Show Hide Statistical Report View Show Hide Field List View Show Hide Histogram View Compare Payloads Figure 3 4 View Type Toolbar After you select a view it appears in a separate window To increase the new window display size select View gt Packet View or click the Show Hide Packet View button to hide the Packet View When scrolling through a window display using the scroll bar the displays in the other windows also scroll To rearrange the tiling select the Window menu and choose Cascade Tile Vertical or Tile Horizontal Save and Open a Workspace The workspace wss file sets viewing parameters Save After you open a trace and select views you can save the viewing parameters in a workspace file Select File gt Save Workspace to open a Save As dialog Save the current workspace as a wss file Default To set a default workspace select Configuration gt Software Settings to open the Software Settings dialog In the Default Workspac
423. rea You then can drag and drop them into the Main Display area To create event buttons 1 Click the New Event button at the left side of the toolbar to display the New Event pop up menu boana o oo e Primitives Frames 5051 Commands SCSI Status 5474 FIS SSP Frame Header SSP Information Unit SMP Request Response 474 Commands ATAPI Commands SATA Data Pattern S45 Data Pattern Figure 5 18 New Event Menu Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 439 LeCroy Corporation Generation Options 2 Select an event such as Primitive The event appears in the Available Events area Available Events Figure 5 19 Available Events Area Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area After you create an Event button in the Available Events area you can drag the button to the Main Display area and drop it in the appropriate cell a cell is a grayed out rectangle with a dashed line around it You can think of each cell as a target for drag and drop of an Event button To drag and drop the Event button 1 Place the mouse cursor on the Event button in the Available Events area Click the left mouse button 2 Drag the button to the cell When the button is in the cell a dashed highlight line appears around the cell Drop the button in the cell release the left mouse button The Event button appears in the cell ad Mewevent 11 09 AQ i Available Events Global State active at all times
424. reated pattern is dynamic it is not possible to do scrambling and calculating in software code These tasks are done in the hardware engine To activate set Auto scramble mode in on state The following examples show uses of variables in creating patterns Use variable for field value sendOpenAddressFrameSsSP TRttiatoreros2e 0x1 InitiatorConnectionTag variableNamel The constraints are a Field Length bigger than 64 bit is not supported a Field StartBitOffset and EndBitOffset should be in same DWORD except for length bigger than 32 410 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Trainer Script Enhancements LeCroy Corporation Use LRF directly for field value SendSSPFrameCommand_Initiator Data LRF startBitOffset endBitOffset Tag 0x101 The constraints are QO Length bigger than 64 bit is not supported QO Offsets StartBitOffset and EndBitOffset should be in same DWORD except for length bigger than 32 SendSSPFrameCommand Data 00112233 variableNamel variableName2 44556677 RawData K284 5 D240 D3070 DUL4 variableNamel 50 00 62 BO 00 00 00 30 20 08 05 EF SE 00 00 00 CHi 00 00 00 00 SendCRC K26 0 D2430 DOTS Doll 4 When there are variable values in RawData you must include SendCRC command instead of last DWORD Otherwise wrong CRC value will be sent The constraints are O Variables are not allowed on First and LAST DWORD instead
425. rent frame To insert a frame check Insert Frame check the option button at which to insert the frame and choose a Frame Type Y Insert Frame After current frame Before current frame Type User Define y UserDefine Frame Data SOF Figure 2 136 SAS Insert Frame Incoming SCSI Frame Settings Before selecting Incoming Frame Settings select the Types Of Frames and the Frame Number on which to inject an error Then check Incoming Frame in the Generate Error On area and then the enabled Settings button to display the Incoming Frame Setting dialog Incoming Frame Setting i x Frame Name Data Frame Number 1 JW Handshake errors NAK CRC Error C No Handshake C Primitive Type Figure 2 137 SAS Incoming Frame Setting Dialog SCSI Handshake Error Check Handshake Error and select NAK CRC Error No Handshake or Primitive and a Primitive Type Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 137 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture Defer Handshake Check the Defer Handshake after check box and enter a value for the time to defer the handshake FIS Options SATA only If you select Frame gt Host to Device Frame gt DMA Setup or Frame gt Data the system adds an FIS line At the end of the line is an Options button that opens an Outgoing Frame Setting dialog Outgoing Frame Setting Frame Error Injection C Frame Length Error C C
426. responding check box Items not in the current sample are in shade Note If you select a group that also selects all child items Note Only packets captured at run time are available for selection for filtering Filter Type You can choose to show or hide the Filter Type items by checking the Show or Hide option button Note When capturing PM traces you need the ability to filter the PM primitives so you can find commands quicker Filtering Direction You can select items for filtering in a single direction or both directions by checking the corresponding Port By default all ports are enabled Uncheck the port check boxes for ports not to include in the filter Filter Idle Depending on the Filter Type Hide Show Idle packets in the Sample Viewer are shown or hidden 224 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Filtering Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Save Filter Setup Filter Logic Multilevel Filtering in SAS m Filter Options Bus Condition C Frimitive Incomplete Frames lD ddress Frames IOSSP Frames I ISMP Frames ISTF Frames SCSI Commands IOSMP Commands OT ask Management Functions 474 Commands SC5 Command Status Source SAS Address IC Destination 545 Address fa Par S45 Address lDProtocol Error ISTF Port DTi ATAPI SCSI Command I_ Miscellaneous Filter Type a ao Filter Idle Ports Mi Mi Mi Ml Ti M 12 13 lv
427. ress PRI e Figure 2 160 SAS Performance Analysis Definition Dialog 156 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation Performance Analysis Note When you use the Exerciser channel 2 is not usable and is greyed out Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual SATAPerformance Analyzerl Performance ltems Setting Notes Items Report Direction Link Usage C Bus Utilization C Transmission Efficiency C Throughput C Average Payload Size C Completed Command Rate C Data Efficiency Event Counts C Number of Frame Events C Number of Data Frame Events C Number of Protocol Error CI ATA Command Number C Number of Completed Commands Event Times C Total Frame Event Time C Total Data Frame Time C Total Data Payload Time Check All i Uncheck All Analyzer Port Iv HIM H2 IV HIN H4 M Div DNV DBV D4 Link M H1 D1 f H2 D2 M H3 03 P H4 D4 Port Ix zi mitem Definition Figure 2 161 SATA Performance Analysis Definition Choose Protocol SAS only Check the protocol check box es to select the protocol category SSP for SCSI Commands STP for SATA Commands SMP for Management Commands Address Frame for Open and Identify a a a E Analyzer Port Check the Analyzer Port s to include in the performance calculation Link Check the Link s to include in the performance
428. reste eb alse ee aa tment reeset oe 284 Read Write Command Report SATA 285 Statistical Report Tool acid 286 Export as MICIOSOTE EXxGel TG urraca 286 DAVE AS TEXT des 286 Print Statistical REDON iii tada 286 OA ddewnteins E R E E E E ene 287 REDON DISDlay SENO Svir a i eudcusesncueeleevelessiuedeves 288 LMK WIth Sample ViCW niione nan ratas 289 Formatting the Statistical Report View c ccccccessescesseeceneeeenseeseseecenseseonsesensesoneesonneeses 290 Filtering COMMIN Conti ias 290 Srno Column COM tina 292 PANGO OIMAIS adc caciaaias ceise a A A cow E e ceeuaeg bane EES 292 Dala REDON ocsi cia nai ido 293 MOONS ius lod 294 Self Tes iu dd actin des e aaa 294 COCK CROCK ii aa 295 Memory Check ina ii 296 Serdes CHECK nasa 297 CroSSDOint CNE As 298 Main FPGA Check SATA O0NIV ivioitianiiin a 299 o O 300 MED BUZZER CONOCI iii ii 301 FINA DEVICE iii 302 A A e 303 EXPORUINO pan aia 303 Compliance Test SATA iio titi 303 Using the Power Expansion Card sisccsscciccsecesdocessieccecesteteasesveessteavecesenvesesssatenceccsavetessasesctesceuecetuaveres 306 SAS VEMMCAtOM CSAS zre ii ta 306 Using the Power Expansion Card siriga ii 307 Running Verification Script Engine VSE cccsssccesseesesseesesseeeeseesenseeeesseeenseeeeesseoeaseseeseens 308 Chapter 4 INFUSION Overview ccceseeceseeeeneeeceneeeeneesenseseaseeeaneecensesenneesenees 313 A a 314 ATCT AGS ias 315 O 315 Menus iii Wend
429. rforms serial bus analysis for Serial ATA SATA data transfers The Sierra M6 2 Analyzer helps Hardware Firmware Design and Application Engineers troubleshoot and diagnose SAS and SATA problems within their product The analyzer supports the following a a ODO a Capture triggering and filtering of Serial Attached SCSI packets or Serial ATA packets Generation of bus traffic as a SAS Initiator Emulator or a SATA Host Emulator while monitoring and analyzing results SAS target emulation and SATA device emulation Running a Pattern Generator TX Vout on transmitters for test and characterization CATC API The analyzer provides for bi directional trigger and capture of commands primitives patterns and all bus conditions You can capture all frames and or exclude traffic Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 17 LeCroy Corporation Receiving Your Analyzer The InFusion Error Injector and Traffic Modifier is an error injector and traffic modification tool that allows you to verify real world fault handling The Trainer is a traffic generator that can emulate a SAS initiator target or SATA host device The Sierra M6 2 Analyzer has a USB port and an Ethernet port to connect to a computer You can cascade analyzer units for higher port counts You can trigger manually or trigger on a specific event The Sierra M6 2 Analyzer provides a full range of views and statistical reports Receiving Your Analyz
430. rio Open Scenario Device Library or Main Library Open an InFusion database infdb file New Batch Script Save Batch Script As New Library Close Library Device Library or Main Library Save Library Save Copy of Library As Open Log File Print Setup Exit Views Library Output Customize see window descriptions in Buttons section above Smart Docking Toolbar Status Bar Show Analyzer Show Trainer Update Sierra Device see Update Sierra Device on page 263 Port Configuration see Port Configuration for InFusion on page 320 External Trig Setting see External Trig Setting on page 262 Batch Script Setting see Scenario Batch Files on page 367 Browse UserData System or InFusion folder Help Help Topics and About InFusion 316 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Interface LeCroy Corporation Main Library You can Show Main Library Main Library Dae hx A ih e Scenarios E Mer Scenario 0 Figure 4 2 Main Library The Main Library has Scenarios Using the buttons from left to right you can O Create a new scenario and save a scenario QO Save a library and save a copy of a library QO View edit a scenario insert a scenario delete scenario and assign scenario to device ports O Copy and paste Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 317 LeCroy Corporation Interface 318 Device Library You can display the D
431. ripUONS unir ido 60 SIP Frame SAS ODIY acris i a E S a AR 61 Avallable FIS TYNES sii a a 62 Address Frame SAS ONIY cassidoine elie da 62 SMP Frame SAS ONIY a a a a E aiii 63 SSP Frame SAS ON caia e a coi o ul 63 FIS Frame Information Structure SATA only 0oooncccccncccnonocononococonncccnancnonannncnonncnnnannrnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnananannnn 64 Available FIS TYPES ia 64 FIS Pattern SATA ON Wii A Ao 65 FIS Types SAS and SATA dai 66 Register MOST to DEVIC ii ias 66 Register DEVICE TO OS uses A ai 67 Se DeviCcO BAS nun il ii E A 67 DMA co Reena er Er a mn Ree Ee Ro Ae Ee nee ere ee Ree nee ee eer er ee emer eee errr n ee 68 BUST PA no A ei eaae Ea 69 PIO SC UD si ia 69 Dala a nn AP aakaveeaovaewts a a a yagheaceadsceebuadelas 70 VENDO ursus atlas a e a a TEN 70 A 71 SNAPSNOLMO O cias 71 Manual Trigger Mode sisi 71 Any TEO MOGE ini lada 72 CHOOSING PM a 73 Thigg ring on a MME sasina 73 A A aa wend sey a a D aO 74 External IO a E cosseceaadessent 74 BUS COMGIIOM ic a a iaa aaaea uo 75 SV MDO ai e a a aS 75 PUN E oia id 76 PT COMMING nani a 77 ATAPI aicinn a a aa a aea E E AN E 78 Data PA aa 79 Protocol EMOFS iu Na 80 SIP Frame SAS ONIY uscar io 81 Address Frame SAS OMI serios irc 82 SMP Frame SAS Only iaa ii A A isos 83 S9P Frame SAS Ona ile 84 SCSI Command SAS ONIY asia ant 85 FIS Frame Information Structure SATA only ccoooncccnnncconcncccnonnconnncnononnncnnnncnonannnnnannnennnrrnn
432. riptive note See Add a Project Note on page 100 Exercise and Capture SAS To perform a capture with SAS Initiator Emulator generated bus traffic click File gt New gt Protocol Analyzer Initiator Emulator SATA To perform a capture with SATA Host Emulator generated bus traffic click File gt New gt Protocol Analyzer Host Emulator Program the Initiator Emulator or Host Emulator then set up a capture as described in Protocol Analysis on page 41 Programming the Initiator or Host Emulator SAS Click the Initiator Emulator tab Peecccesscccescceescessscssecessocescoseces Phy reset sequence and identification G ES Insert 1 H instancefs ATA scs1 Task SMP Frame Event soa x r i pls annie js done manually Easy switch to Advanced mode Port 11 71 y Figure 2 86 SAS Initiator Emulator Program Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 109 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture SATA Click the Host Emulator tab Host Emulator Capture Trigger Host Setting Settings Notes m Phy reset sequence is done if required Insert 1 instances ATA Event Frame sta A is done in each run js done manually Figure 2 87 SATA Host Emulator Program Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog removes the SCSI Task and SMP buttons and replaces the Initiator Setting tab with the Host Setting tab SAS
433. rom High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Enter the External TrigOut pulse width External Trig In Setting An external Low or High input signal can cause triggering Select the External Trig In Setting High Active Low Active or Toggle from High to Low or Low to High once 3 3 V output Note The nominal External Trigger voltage is 0 818 volts Trigger In can work with 1 volt to 5 volts input voltage 262 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Update STX Board Interface LeCroy Corporation Update STX Board Interface The Update STX Board Interface dialog allows you to update the STX Board Interface Update Sierra Device The Update Sierra Device command allows you to update a Sierra M6 2 Analyzer or CATC Sync expansion card whose current version is incorrect 1 Click Configuration gt Update Sierra Device to display the Device Setup dialog Dev Mame Type Cur Reg Status File Name Update Selected Sierra Firmware 1 06 1 06 GR C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Analzers 13 10 13 10 POE C Program Files LeCroy s Update All C Siera Emulators 2310 23 10 POE C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Analyzer 33 10 3310 PE C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Self Test 4312 43 12 MES C Program Files LeCroys Sierra Infusion 53 20 53 20 MES C Program FilessLeCroy s hf Siera Trainer 63 01 63 00 BR C Program FilessLeCroy s Figure 3 84 Device Setup Dialog with BAD Device Sta
434. rom NW Cache Pinned OxB6 11 Cylinder Ly Return From NY Cache Power Mode O2BE 1 Cylinder H 2 et NV Cache Power Mode 056 Any Command DEY Heal Sector Mum exp Features Cylinder Low exp Cylinder Highle p E E EJE Features exp Mi 12 W T1 M Ta Check All Uncheck All Count Expected number of occurences on each link f Figure 2 47 SAS FIS Pattern Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has different dropdown options Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation Double click ATA Command in the Pattern window to open the ATA Command Pattern dialog Click the down arrow next to the Command dropdown list scroll the list to choose a command to trigger on and click OK A powerful triggering choice is Any Command which causes the analyzer to trigger on any ATA command 77 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup 78 ATAPI Double click ATAPI in the Pattern window to open the ATAPI Pattern dialog ATAPI Pattern x Type Format OK e Any ATAPI Command MMC 6 SPC 4 SSC 2 C Binary i Hexadecimal Cancel Command Type Any Command y _Cancel_ CDB Type Any CDB Type y Any CDB Type 6 Byte Command Show Reserved 10 Byte Command 12 Byte Command Pari 16 Byte Command Operation Code Long LBA 16 Byte Command PM Port x vn mi MT Y T2 Check All Uncheck All Count Ex
435. rra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Statistical Report Content LeCroy Corporation Bus Condition Report To display the Bus Condition Report click the Bus Condition tab The Bus Condition Report displays information in the following columns a Bus Condition All Custom Activity On COMININT COMRESET COMSAS COM WAKE Keep Alive Activity a Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a of total count ealant Mc General Primitive Bus Condition FIS ATA Command Read Write Command Performance Others Bus Condition Direction Keep Alive Activity H gt D 1 1 19 Activity On H gt D 12 14 29 Activity On D gt H 12 14 29 COMINIT COMRESET H gt D 1 1 19 COMINIT COMRESET D gt H 28 33 33 COMWAKE H gt D 12 14 29 COMWAKE D gt H 12 14 29 COMSAS H gt D 6 7 14 04 100 00 Figure 3 101 Bus Condition Report ATA Command Report To display the ATA Command Report click the ATA Command tab The ATA Command Report displays information in the following columns a Command All Custom Check Power Mode Execute Device Diagnostic Flush Cache Identify Device Read DMA Ext Read FPDMA Queue Set Feature Write DMA Ext Write FPDMA Queue PM Port Direction All H gt D D gt H I gt T T gt l or Custom Number of FIS All Custom or a number Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs Status All Custom Incomplete N
436. rt 0 General Protocol Supported D SSP iV SMP T STP Number OF PH 12 Yendor Id LSILOGIC Expander Change Count 163 Product Id S451 24 0 Expander Route Indexes 144 Product Rev Lev Id 32 Config O Esport Save Load Close Figure 3 143 SAS Identified Devices Click a device in the Device List to display information about that device Aliasing You can enter a 16 character alias name for a device In the Device List right click the device name and enter an alias after the colon The alias name appears in the Device List Exporting You can export a device specification to a text file Click the Export button to open the Export dialog Compliance Test SATA The Compliance Test consists of a set of selectable tests to verify compliance with the SATA specification SATA compliance is at UTD Rev 1 4 Note The tests follow the LeCroy MOI which is described in the SATA _Digital Device_MOI_LeCroy_1 00_UTD1 4 pdf file in the installed Documents directory Note You can start tests using the command line The SAS SATA Protocol Suite API Reference Manual Section 2 12 starting on page 153 explains how to write VB scripts to automate compliance tests and generate results as RTF files Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 303 LeCroy Corporation Tools To run a Compliance Test 1 Select Tools on the main toolbar and choose Compliance Test to open the Compliance Test d
437. s Task User Defined Figure 2 95 SAS Frame Dropdown List LeCroy Corporation Note SSP and STP frames offer additional options Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 115 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture The following menu options are available a Identify Frame O SSP Frames Command Data Task O SMP Request Frame O STP FRames Host to Device DMA Setup Data a User Defined SATA Click the Insert Frame button and choose the frame type to insert Self Test Host to Device DMA Setup Data UserDefined Figure 2 96 SATA Frame Dropdown List The following menu options are available a Self Test O Host to Device O DMA Setup a Data a User Defined Adding an Event 116 Click the Insert Event button and choose the event to insert PS Request PS Response Wake Up COB Signal Primitive Attach Detach Power On Power OFF PHY Setting amp Change Speed Change Data Frame Size Setting Figure 2 97 SAS Event Dropdown List The following menu options are available O PS Request PS Response Wake Up OOB Signal Primitive Attach DOCOUOD Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture Detach Power On Power Off PHY Setting Change Speed Change Data Frame Size Setting GR DOCOOO O Self Test Exit PM Request PM Response Wake Up Soft Reset OB Signal Primitive Attach Detach Power On Pow
438. s SATA SATA Dialog has different patterns The sequential triggering mode offers the option of triggering on a timer or inserting a timer in the triggering sequence to delay detection of the next pattern in the sequence To insert a timer in the trigger list double click Timer to open the Timer dialog Cn x Timer Value fi Milli Seconds Time Unit Cancel milliseconds C microseconds Figure 2 62 Timer Dialog Enter a Timer Value choose the Time Unit and click OK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 89 LeCroy Corporation Trigger Setup Defining Patterns The definition of patterns for the sequential trigger mode is identical to the Any Trigger mode with the following exception In sequential triggering mode the definition dialogs for the triggering patterns enable the setting to count the number of occurrences This allows you to specify the number of times that the pattern must occur before triggering or proceeding in the trigger sequence Count Expected number of occurrences fi Figure 2 63 Number of Occurrences Note The events on each link are counted independently causing a trigger whenever the number of occurrences on any link equals the specified value Triggering Order As triggering patterns are defined and added they are displayed in the Project Tree sequentially in the order that they were entered under the Trigger category When the project runs
439. s protocol handshaking between devices InFusion transmits a faithful copy of the original data stream down to the CRC value which if needed it recalculates InFusion allows test engineers to systematically verify error recovery in ways not possible with other test platforms An Infusion event can trigger an analyzer Infusion supports all commands in the SATA 3 0 specification Key Features 314 The key features of InFusion are Q Error Injection Injects CRC disparity 8b 10b encoding framing and coding errors a Break Link Recovery Programmatically breaks the connection to test link recov ery QO Value Replacement Monitors the link for specific values patterns or primitives as low as bit level and replace with user defined values You can replace values on every occurrence after a specified number of occurrences or after a speci fied time interval QO Packet Drop Removes individual primitives address frames or data frames from the stream to verify retry behavior a Primitive Manipulation Replaces handshaking and flow control primitives to help validate robustness of a design a Traffic Monitoring Operates as a traffic monitor collecting statistical data on user specified parameters In this mode data passes unchanged in both direc tions a Menu Driven Interface Allows easy set up of test scenarios U API based on C Allows development of custom test applications a Scenario Batch Files Allows scenario
440. scripts With respect to traffic modification in the Link Layer you can modify primitives CRC scrambled traffic and SSP SMP and STP connection events You cannot modify clock skew management OOB and power management and signal integrity Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Interface LeCroy Corporation InFusion consists of a hardware device that connects to the line under test and a Windows based software application used to create and download test scripts to the device You also can use the software application to configure and control the device across an Ethernet link InFusion test scripts are called scenarios Scenarios determine how the hardware device monitors and modifies line traffic You must use the application to create and download scenarios For the InFusion connections the device is connected between the SAS SATA host and the PHY of the test target DUT Interface The InFusion interface has the following command buttons SS eE EPEE 3 New Scenario Begins the scenario creation process by listing Scenario Name Direction for traffic changes and Global Rules in the scenario window New Batch Script Starts a scenario batch file in Batch Script window Open Library Lists the InFusion Library Files infdb which contain the available scenarios in an Open dialog Save Saves the current scenario in the UserData folder Print Prints the current scenario Show Library Disp
441. seeeeceeneeeeeenseeeseeeseeseeenseeeeoeaseesoeesseseooeseesonenseeseoaas 114 Adding a Frame id 115 Adding an EVENT ar das 116 PHY Seting DIAIOG orci a dias 118 Mse r ng INSYruUCHONS is 118 Phy Reset Sequence and Identification ooonnccccnnncccccccnncconncanoncnnnanononnnnncnennnanorennnancrrnnnnnnernnnanens 122 Sample Host Emulator Program SATA only cocconnncconcnnnccnnncnconccnannccnnnnancnnnnannonnnnanncrnnnnnnrrrnnaancnenanas 122 Sample Initiator Emulator Program SAS only ccccccessseeeseeeseeescenseeeeeeaseeeeonseeeeeeeseeeseneneessoenss 123 Data BIOCKS ius A tada 123 EXercisinQ SPeECING AGOICSSES ini 123 Rec rd andi Play Sosaia a E a ae adel 125 Error and Command Setting Ssss ia cta 127 ATA Error and Command Settings iii nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn 127 Outgoing ATA Frame Setting Suicida 130 Incoming ATA Frame Setting S s is a ida 132 SCSI Error and Command Settings SAS only asssssasnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn mnnn 133 Outgoing SCSI Frame Settings air 136 Incoming SCSI Frame Settings ita tad Di 137 FS Options SATA ONIY cirese aaa a aa EE aE aa E i a eaa A 138 Hator Seting Tab SAS ONIY lisas a a a aetaleesladeawesecet 139 Host Setting Tab SATA suicida ida 144 ATA Command Execution Timeout aca 145 Project SUING S oe a a a vasadeiedetasanvereses 150 Creating a Dala BlOC keria Ena 150 Naming a Dala BlOCK cui a 151 Eding a Data Bl a 152 Creating and Editing Data Blocks as Text c cco
442. should now point to a neighboring button that has the letter value you assigned Global State active at all times After the condition has been defined you can then add the Wait For command line with whatever letter you assigned to your script For example Walt_For WF_REC_RESOURCES_OUTPUT_A Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Find LeCroy Corporation Find Find allows searches on an open trace using one or more criteria You can search by packet transactions split transaction transfer packet type and fields within packets To run Find select Search gt Find or by click on the toolbar Searches can combine criteria using the options Intersection and Union Intersection creates AND statements such as Find all packets with x and y Union creates OR statements such as Find all packets with x OR y You can also perform searches in which packets or events are excluded from a trace using the Exclusion option To perform a search 1 Select Find under Search on the Menu Bar OR Click Al in the Toolbar You see the User Defined Find Events screen Search for Transactions SCSI Operations Mot Transactions ATA Commands Direction Forward C Backward Origin f Top of the screen Last match C Start of the file End of the file Find Al W Search In Hidden Frames To Search For Event Groups M Packet Types Primitives
443. sition and memory use Also change the Analyzer settings if necessary Specify addresses stops times and sizes if necessary Use Advanced Mode only after you become familiar with the hardware and software and have special needs Target Emulator or Device Emulator To use the software as a target or device emulator first select File gt New gt Target Emulator or Device Emulator for a new project or File gt Open an existing Emulator file std Target Emulator file or ssde Device Emulator file See Target and Device Emulation on page 161 You can also use Project Setup gt Last Target Emulator or Last Device Emulator In the Pages tab change settings for the supported pages if necessary In the Error Injection tab select General periodic errors Identify frames Connection Management open and close connection errors SAS Commands and events errors ATA Commands errors or SATA Signature content Use the User defined Commands tab only after you have become familiar with operations In the Settings tab select addresses sizes times and ports if necessary You can capture traffic when using an Analyzer project but not a Target Emulator project With a Protocol Analyzer open open a Target Emulator After checking the settings click the Activate Deactivate Active device button or select Project Setup gt Active Device If you change Target Emulator settings Deactivate and then Activate Device Sierra M6 2 SAS SAT
444. somewhat Here are examples of different Port Configurations and Trigger Positions a a One port configuration A Sample size is user specified sample size Two port configuration AA Ports 1 and 2 are on the same FPGA so Memory Assignment has an effect If you use snapshot triggering the sample size is near specified size Two port configuration AA If you use manual stop Memory Assignment has no effect Sample size depends on port traffic loads Two port configuration AA If trigger is set at 50 and there is enough data to fill pre trigger Memory Assignment has an effect Sample size is typically near specified size Two port configuration AA If trigger is set at 50 but there is not enough data to fill pre trigger Memory Assignment has an effect Sample size is typically more than half specified size with size determined by the amount of data cap tured before trigger Two port configuration A A Ports 1 and 3 are not on the same FPGA so Memory Assignment has no effect If one port has heavy traffic it may fill its memory bank and stop recording resulting in smaller sample size than specified Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 259 LeCroy Corporation Sampling Memory Usage Optimization Note Checking this option does not affect the sample It only allows larger sample sizes Note If traffic is balanced on ports sample size is the same whether you check
445. speed Idle time between each OOB burst in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle Negation time at the end of the OOB signal in OOBIls During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle The number of bursts to send as part of this OOB type Each Burst is followed by an Idle The Burst Idle pairs are repeated the requested number of times and then followed by the Negation_length of Idle Burst time between each OOB idle in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will send ALIGN O at the specified speed Idle time between each OOB burst in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle Negation time at the end of the OOB signal in OOBIs During the specified period the generator will keep the line at electric idle 431 LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Generation Commands 432 Default Setting Value SATA Link Init Settings OOB_SATA D102 Time 100000 OOB_SATA_Align_Time 100000 SAS Speed Negotiation Settings OOB SAS Align1_ Time 81920 OOB_SAS AlignO Time 81920 OOB_SAS Interspeed Time 750000 OOB SpeedNeg MITT 29998080 OOBI OOB SpeedNeg_ SNTT 2200 OOBI OOB_SpeedNeg BCT 2200 OOBI Description D10 2 time for SATA link synchronization in OOBIls During the specified period the generator will transmit D10 2 symbols ALIGN 0 time for SATA link synchronization in OOBIs During the speci
446. st Setting dialog to specify the settings in the editable fields Advanced Host Setting PMACK kd Figure 2 151 SATA Power Management Settings Set parameters for Host and or Device initiated power management Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 149 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture Project Settings Set project settings in the Project Settings tab See Project Settings on page 92 Note When using the Exerciser channel 2 is not available and is grey Creating a Data Block You can create the following types of data blocks for use with data fields O Random data pattern Custom data pattern specifically for your application Counter data pattern Walking bit pattern OO O To create a data block click the E Default Data Block button on the Main toolbar or select Configuration gt Data Block to open the Data Block dialog box as shown in Figure 2 152 gt C Program Files CATALYST SAS System DataBlock DataBlock dat Number of Data Cells 16 Column y Cell Length 1 Byte y f LSB C MSB C Binary Hex C Ascii Data Block Data SEDs Ji fe jo ja ls lo 7 Jo Jo poje rs E4 E F9 EA CF 8C 94 E7 B7 CD DF A2 AA EF 86 New Pattern 0 81 reas Data 16 FE A2 95 84 ES EA B6 SF DC OF B6 DF E2 E4 AF AF Delete alking Bit Data 32 ED A2 A3 BE 99 EO B6 E3 E3 AS BA 95 FE F9 CA CD 48 BF EF D4 Al 89 FE 87 SE F9 B2 97 EA FB D9 E3 83 Delete Al 64 BC DC BS 9E AD 96
447. stical Reports eilunod aio aaa Na Eua aa a aaa aaa Naaa aaa a E Aaaa AE 38 Data a eLa g APEE E E EE A A E E E E E E A E E E E T 38 INFUSION ua R E E A O a e L a eek 38 WE PANG PPP e a E E E E E E E A E E 39 CrosSsync Control Panel iy ic 39 Chapter 2 Protocol Analy SIS 41 Easy Mode Pre Defined Setups citas l iii 41 Main WINDOW aint ecc ataco 41 A APA eP i ciuseatecewedde vet hecosasctesteesiencheceneeteaseesciwecdaes 43 Capture Tab FIGs ci 43 SAS Software Menus and Toolbar cuicos dani e a 44 SATA Software Menus and Tod Dai aia 44 RUN Mat Watios 45 Saving a Trace Caplio 46 gt o A o 48 EX DONE TO Intato EMULE adds 48 Export to Generator 49 Export Read Write Command R port ssimic aaa aa aaia aaaea iadesinin iait 49 Export Paired SAS Address RODA a aa A EEEE a Raa aAA 50 Cr ssSyne Control Panel anita ic la 51 Launching the CrossSync Control Panel 2 s0scessssesseeceeennseeeceeeennsesceeeenansesseeennnnseseeennees 51 PTOJECIS aida 52 Project Fie IDO aa 52 Example POCOS iaa 53 Ranan Example Analysis PrO JO lianas 53 Patterns and Data Capture Setup aia 56 CHOOSE ai Parameteriuiia ci ES 57 gt A O ER nn A A 57 Pre and Post trigger Dala Capture saws ia 58 Denning Panem rt aa ae a aeaa Er 59 2 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents LeCroy Corporation Data Pater miccional ride varied a E 59 PrOtOCOLE MOTS ar san a eecw neat a E lees cvusieveuiaaweeaieneaae 60 Protocol Error DeSc
448. t Turn on the Power switch At power on the analyzer will go through initialization as shown on the LCD display 2 Connect the USB cable between the Sierra M6 2 USB port and a USB port on the Host PC The host PC operating system detects the analyzer and driver files See Connecting via Ethernet on page 34 for Ethernet connectivity 3 Connect the analyzer as shown in Figure 1 4 Analyzer n T1 12 T2 SATA cables SATA cables HBA Hard Drive Figure 1 4 Analyzer Connections Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 21 LeCroy Corporation Hardware Setup Cables to Use 22 When using Sierra as a Host Emulator connect from Target to hard drives using a SATA cable When using Sierra as a Device Emulator connect from Initiator to HBAs using a SATA cable Host Emulator Connected to DUT SATA cables Device Emulator Connected to DUT SATA cables Figure 1 5 Sierra M6 2 Connected as an Analyzer Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Expandability LeCroy Corporation Expandability You can expand by a Cascading with STX SYNC Expansion Cards a Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Cards a Using the Power Expansion Card You can remove expansion cards with two simple tools Cascading and Memory Size For example you have two units The first one has 2 GB memory The second one has 4 GB memory The system shows the entire memory as 6 GB If you set buffer size to 6 GB t
449. t with its peer to complete the command in normal conditions and some popular error conditions Limitations are a Uses only one command at a time QO Does not save Read data or reuse bulk read data for next commands a Sends only limited Write data patterns Q Has tight flow control due to limited RX frame processing SAS Target As a Target Trainer can receive commands in all protocols SSP STP SMP and respond to them in normal conditions or some popular error conditions Limitations are QO Uses only one command at a time Command queuing is not supported QO Does not save incoming write data Sends back data for all LBAs or generates counter random data Cannot be used as a real formatted partition Q Has tight flow control due to limited RX frame processing Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 407 LeCroy Corporation Trainer Script Enhancements SATA Host As a Host Trainer can send commands and complete them in normal or some popular error conditions SATA Host can issue NCQ commands necessary for SATA compliance tests on SSD devices Limitations are O Does not save Read data or reuse bulk read data for next commands a Sends only limited Write data patterns SATA Device As a Device Trainer can receive commands and respond to them in normal or some popular error conditions Limitations are QO Uses only one command at a time Command queuing is not supported Q Does not save incoming write d
450. t you can set Data Pattern event properties in the Event Properties dialog Event Properties k i Ki Data Pattern Actions sal Valid for TriggenngSequencing dwords 0 15 valid for Filtering Offset Data g sequential Dwi HERHEEREEEHE EEE ER EE EEE REE EEEEHREEE offsets Data Label ri MUA EZERFEREXEXEXE RE REIRME NENE RR RRE MEME Data Pattern Data Dil HEK KEE EEREREER ERE EE EKER EEKEEREEEKEEE Data Dwa xR RN EER ERNE ERE RE ER EREEEREREEE Data MNAE XEREREXEXE NENE RE RE RENE RERERERE REE Data Dw5 x x NEERERRERERKEREER EKER EREREREREEEE Data Dwh EXEXXEXXENNENEERE NE ENEE MEE NEE NE E D esc the specitied Data Pattern on channel Generation Figure 5 24 Event Properties for Data Pattern Event In the Data Pattern dialog you can set the DWORD You can set the Offset by entering an integer Optionally click the Sequential Offsets checkbox 444 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Setting Complex Wait For Conditions LeCroy Corporation Setting Complex Wait For Conditions The Generation Options dialog lets you define complex Wait For events and assign a letter value A through F to the definition so that you can refer to the definition by letter instead of by textual name After a letter value has been assigned to an event the letter is referred to in your generation script using the following command syntax Wait_For WF_REC_RESOURCES_OUTPU
451. t 0 hb x Fie Library e eleran ab ela e FO Main Library Eror x DIALE Dh TTESI I dar TENANE Scenarios 40 READ GPIO REGISTER C Hem Sremaris 0 REPORT SOL CONFIGURATION STAT 40 REPORT ZONE PEAMISSION TABLE 4 REPORT ZONE MAHAGER PASSWORD 20 REPORT BROADCAST 40 DISCOVER 4 REPORT FHT ERROR LOS REPORT PHY SATA 40 REPORT ACUTE INFORMATION 2 REPORT Pet EVENT 40 OTECOWER LIST 4 REPORT PH EVENT LIST 2 REPORT Dantes ROUTE TABLE LIS 40 COMFIGUAE GENEAAL 4 ENABLE DISABLE TOMENG 20 WELTIE GLO REGISTER 40 ZONED BROADCAST Enjeci CRE error Emect pany error hese Shag Scenano Capture 6 Substitute s pl dt Msn Library Fie Manager _ I IUU AAA ET In this window you can enter a script command by clicking Click here to add script command 368 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Batch Files LeCroy Corporation 1 First click Click here to add script command to open the Command Properties dialog El Command Parameters Commands Parameters Serial Number S N 12871 flsStop Port ET ee Joey fa Beep Scenario DISCOVERY WaitForStop GoTo Stop Sleep The Command Parameters Dialog contains the list of available commands and their parameters from which to build scenarios and connected hardware and available ports 2 Select appropriate parameters for the command and click OK to display the script in the Script Workspace 4 New Scr
452. t Event Timer begins when the port detects the Hard RESET primitive In the Trigger Mode window set the Trigger to trigger when the port detects the End Event before the Timeout occurs In our example this is the Bus Condition Capture begins when the ports detects the Bus Condition before the Timeout occurs If the port does not detect the Bus Condition until the Timeout occurs the State Machine in Figure 2 84 jumps to State O Useful Key Sequences The following key sequences are active to assist you in navigating a defined state machine Ctrl a Insert Del Ctrl c Ctrl Ins Ctrl v Shift Ins Up Down arrow keys Page Up Page Down Home End Add State Insert State Delete State Copy Paste Moves selection between states Page Up and Page Down states Go to first page Go to end page Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Project Settings LeCroy Corporation Project Settings Notes Prior to running the Advanced mode project click the Settings tab The options in the Settings dialog are the same as for the Easy Mode described starting on page 92 SAS vs SATA For the ALIGN Transmission Period section SATA Dialog shows options 256 and 258 and does not show 2048 or 2049 For Speed SATA Dialog shows H1 D1 to H2 D2 and does not show l1 T1 to 12 T2 SATA Dialog does not show MUX Setting button To include some descriptive information about the project click the Notes tab and enter a brief desc
453. t Read Write Command Report or Export Paired SAS Address Report Export to Initiator Emulator From the File menu you can Export to Initiator Emulator using the Extract Sample File dialog Extract Sample File Range f All Sample C Fram To E Fror No Tol Nofi Import Items SESI Commands STA Commands SMP Commands SSP Frames SMP Frames STP Frames Task Mangement Port M 11 71 M 12 T2 M 13 713 M 14 74 Project Hame E Stop Esport Cancel Figure 2 8 Extract Sample File Dialog You can limit the range of the saved file You can save a All Samples O Range between selected cursors O Range between ATA Commands or Transport You can import SCSI Commands Task Management ATA Commands SSP Frames SMP Frames SMP Commands or STP Frames You can select the Port In the Project Name enter a valid file Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exporting LeCroy Corporation Export to Generator From the File menu you can Export to Generator using the Export to Generator dialog Export to Generator l X Range All Sample IS e From lt Cursor To Cursor E From ATA Cmd Mo i TofATA Cmd Nofi Import Items SSE Frames SMP Frames W STP Frames Insert Waits F Auto Aligment Fort OS Project Name X SSQ eT Stop cae _ Figure 2 9 Export to Generator Dialog You can limit the range of the saved
454. t Settings button Pages Error Injection User Defined Commands Settings Notes m PHY Link layer settings Media Setting ALIGNTransmission Period dl Dword s Average Access Time 1 ms Primitive Response Time out jes000 Dword s Number Of Areas fi Device send ALIGN Time 110 us Start Address End Address rea Type Delay between getting HOLD to Sending HOLDA 27 Dwords 0 PAEFFE Circular writable NN Y CONT Usage 7 m General Data Frame Payload Size fer 32 Byte s m Target Emulator Port Activate Device fi times H1 D1 3 0 1 S5Gbps y Period of activation 1 000 ms Ports configuration Activate emulator with old settings Advanced Figure 2 190 SATA Device Emulator Settings PHY Link layer settings Enter values for Align Transmission Period Primitive Response Timeout and Standby Timeout Device send Align Time and Delay between getting HOLD to Sending HOLDA and specify a delay Check CONT usage 184 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Target and Device Emulation LeCroy Corporation Media Settings Enter a value for Average Access time to simulate Seek Access time delay of a real device Enter a Number of Areas Define a Start and an End Address click the down arrow under the Area Type and choose Normal Writable Circular Writable or Non Writable Payload Size Enter a value for Data Frame Payload Size in the Gener
455. t click a column heading to Hide or Show the column To show the same columns permanently select Configuration gt Software Settings gt Sample Viewer gt As Previous Saved 204 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Switching Views LeCroy Corporation Right click the column to Add Bookmark or Edit Bookmark Set Time Stamp Origin go to Software Settings choose Time Stamp Format Change Background or Foreground Color or Goto a position Note You can double click a data frame to display the data payload view The Status column can show ABRT and UNC status Save As Text Excel Select File gt Save As Text Excel to open the Save As Text dialog For Save As Type select Text Files or Excel Files For Save As Range select All Packets or enter a cursor range Enter a File Name and click Save Note The Save As Excel option is available only for Column View and Spreadsheet View Change Format of Logical Block Address LBA You can set different LBA formats in Packet View and Spreadsheet View To change the LBA format right click the LBA column to display the popup menu select Format and change the format to Decimal Hexadecimal or Binary In Spreadsheet View you can also click the Sample Viewer Configuration icon to display the Sample Viewer Configuration dialog Expand the Frame List Spread Sheet View select LBA Sector and change the Format If you cannot change the format there select the Link Fields
456. t from the Format drop down list Sample Viewer Configuration fl SCSI Emo Fields a E SMP Cmd Fields H Task Mng Fields H Data Fields H Queue Cmd Fields H Phy Reset Fields E Additional Fields E A Frame ListSpread Sheet View Er E Spread Sheet Columns Spread Sheet Headers ve HB Source Addr ve E Destination Addr EE Speed ve He Relative Time E Delta Time E Command Type E LBAS ector ve E Transter Length E Tag AR SActive ve E Command Status ven El Handshake E Sense KeyASC ASCO ve HB Error Output El LUN a Li Histogram Field Setting Format Hexadecimal W Visible Byte Order Fight Align Field Header Setting C Name Abbreviation Foreground Data Pavload Columns in A ow he Column Bytes in Colurnr fi Eyte Spread Sheet Headers Viewer Setting e Wrap Packet e Enable Tooltip Time Stamp Origin Absolute Trigger C User Define Based On System Time MW Same color for start time and port Enable Packet View Condense Mode ye Time Stamp Format Lecray Format Save Load Factory Setting Font Poor Cancel Figure 3 70 SCSI Command Fields Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Configuration LeCroy Corporation Field Header Setting You can use the Name or Abbreviation To change the color of the text in a packet field header select a field from the packet fi
457. ta Capture Setup on page 56 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Projects LeCroy Corporation Defining Patterns To select an item for capture either highlight the category and click the Add gt gt button or double click the category to open a corresponding definition dialog You can define patterns for specific ports by checking or unchecking the Port ID Primitive Double click Primitive available only if you check Exclude Patterns to open the Primitive selection dialog x Primitive Type AIP NORMAL Cancel 2 Not Specific To Type OF Connections Port ID C Used Only Inside SSP And SMP Connections Used Inside STP Connections Mi fw 2 he T1 Iw T2 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 19 SAS Primitive Dialog SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog has no radio buttons and has different drop down options Click the down arrow next to the Primitive drop down list box choose a Primitive to exclude and click OK Repeat for additional Primitives Data Pattern Double click Data Pattern to open the Data Pattern definition dialog x e SSP Hashed Source SAS Address RK eae STP Hashed Destination SAS Address a ee Hexadecimal Cancel Data Data Offset 0 Dwords 0 255 OOOO Dwl OOOO Dw KOO Dw3 OOOO Dw2 OOOO Dw5 KOON Dw4 OOOO Dw OOK Dw6 OOOO Dw KKK Dw8 OOO Dwit OOOH Dwi0 OOOO Dw13 DOLIDO D
458. tatistical report provides a Time out report based on this threshold Any NCQ command that takes more than the given threshold is flagged as yes which means that a timeout occurred for that command ATAPI Report To display the ATAPI Report click the ATAPI tab The ATAPI Report displays information in the following columns O Command All Custom Inquiry Mode Sense 10 Read10 Request Sense a Direction All H gt D D gt H or Custom a Number of FIS or Number of Transport All Custom or a number QO Payload Size All Custom or a number of DWORDs a Status All Custom Check Condition Good QO Duration All Custom or time unit accumulative a Count All Custom or a number of occurrences a of total count E S la 71 gt of 1 Inquiry ATAPI Command IS Move X Cursor y General Primitive FIS ATA Command ATAPI Command Performance Others Command Direction Number of FIS Payload Size Status Duration Count ey al wf al al al gt Al gt al FA Mode Sense10 H gt D 1 0 Check Condition 37 733 33359 us 2 40 00 MN Request Sense H gt D 3 20 Good 386 213 333 13 us 2 40 00 mury THD IN IE IE 20 00 0 00017139 5 100 00 Figure 3 103 SATA ATAPI Report 274 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Statistical Report Content LeCroy Corporation Protocol Error Report To display the Protocol Error Report click the Protocol Error tab The Protocol Error Report displays the report
459. te ra ea Command Direction Number OF Payload Size Task Attribute Duration All il a All Write10 Simple 1 756 386 64 ms Inquiry m lt 128 Good Simple 960 000 000 00 ns 1 0 02 Read10 I gt T 2048 Good Simple 3 351 399 90 ms 447 65 33 Figure 3 109 SAS SCSI Command Report SMP Command Report SAS To display the SMP Command Report click the SMP Command tab The SMP Command Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a Function All Custom Discover Report General Report Manufacture Information Report PHY Error Log Function Result SMP Function Accepted Direction All l gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count DOOCOD General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Function Function Result Direction Duration all All Report General SMP Function Accepted I gt T 186 666 671 75 ns Discover SMP Function Accepted I gt T 3 519 999 98 us 12 48 00 Report Phy Error Log SMP Function Accepted I gt T 2 559 999 94 us 12 48 00 0 00000627 25 100 00 Figure 3 110 SAS SMP Command Report 278 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Statistical Report Content LeCroy Corporation Task Command Report SAS To display the Task Command Report click
460. the Ed or select Filtering gt Filtering Filter Filter Options Bus Condition Ikel Primitive lncomplete Frames fa Address Frames i SCS1 Commands SMP Commands Task Management Functions CATA Commands SCSI Command Status I Source 545 Address _ Destination 545 Address Pair 545 Address Protocol Error ICISTF Port Tag ATAPI SCS Command Miscellaneous Filter Type Hide gar Memia Kl w T2 M T3 F T4 Iv 1 fe Ti C Show Filter Idle Rezet All Check All Save Load Filter Logic E actin le Multi Level Filtering FY AKIM n i tag Items LeCroy Corporation Filter button on the Viewer toolbar fe Use Par 545 Addresses i Filter descend packets if ascend packet is filtered Cancel Figure 3 46 SAS Filter Setup Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 223 LeCroy Corporation Filtering Filter Filter Options QJBus Condition Register Host to Device Incomplete Frames JRegister Device to Host DMA Activate 1374 Command Protocol Error Port ATAPI SCSI Command Miscellaneous Filter Type Hide Show Filter Idle Ports op Filter Logic gt F HIF Ho H3 4 H4 ed Items e pi fe w D3 Y D4 Reset All Check All Save Load Cancel Figure 3 47 SATA Filter Setup Dialog You can select or deselect each of the items shown in the Filter Options window for filtering by checking or unchecking a cor
461. the Sample Viewer EOS 3 of137 Register Host to Device FIS The Jump to Previous button goes to the previous instance of the selected type 47 in the Sample Viewer The Jump to Next button goes to the next instance of the selected type in the Jb Sample Viewer The Jump to Specific button goes to the instance specified as N of M items on gt the Statistical Report toolbar Move The Move drop down list moves to the X Cursor Y Cursor or None Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 289 LeCroy Corporation Formatting the Statistical Report View Formatting the Statistical Report View Initially the Statistical Report View contains all of the information in columns but you can customize the display by a Filtering columns by item a Sorting items by column Q Hiding any column on the display Filtering Column Content To filter column content click the down arrow in the heading for that column and choose the items to display The default is All By checking a specific item you exclude everything but that item for display Type Open Address Frame SSP Frame Identif Address Frame Figure 3 125 SAS Type Choosing Custom allows you to specify more than one item for display Custom Filter B x Show selected items Identify Address Frame Open Address Frame _Lheck Ail Reset ll STP Frame O Show conditional items Equal to v fo Cancel Figure 3 126 SAS Custom Filter
462. the TASK Command tab The Task Command Report displays the report data in columns with the following information a Function Status Direction All l gt T T gt l or Custom Duration All Custom or time unit Count All Custom or a number of total count OCOCOO O Netestereseetesssensestnaessesneensenens Abort Task Good I gt T 426 666 656 49 ns 0 00000043 1 100 00 Figure 3 111 SAS TASK Command Report SAS Address Report SAS To display the SAS Address Report click the SAS Address tab The SAS Address Report displays the report data in columns with the following information O Source SAS Address All Custom or an address Destination SAS Address All Custom or an address Protocol Type SMP SSP STP Frame Type All Custom Command Data DMA Activate Register Host To Device Register Device To Host Response XFER_RDY Count All Custom or a number OOO a General Primitive SSP Transport SMP Transport STP Transport ATA Command SCSI Command SMP Command Task Command SAS Address Protocol Error Performance Lanes Others Source SAS Address Destination 545 Address Protocol Type Frame Type All All All v All v M 50060560000003C4 5000628000001074 STP Data 50060560000003C4 5000626000001074 STP Register Device to Host 300 5000626000001074 50060560000003C4 STP Register Host to Device 301 Figure 3 112 SAS SAS Address Report Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer
463. tion Trigger Setup 74 Timeout Selecting Timeout for the pattern opens the Timeout Pattern dialog x Patten la Start Events bernal Trigge External Trigger Add gt gt Bus Condition Pemoye lt 2 Symbol Primitive STP Frame ATA Command ATAPI Add gt gt Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame Mote Logical OR operator applied on added events Timeout value fi milliseconds microseconds Trigger mode f Trigger if the End Event s occur s before the timer expires Trigger if the timer expires before the End Event s occurs Note Start Event s reset s the timer uncoditionally Cancel Figure 2 41 Timeout Dialog Select a pattern for Start Events or End Events enter a Timeout value then select Trigger Mode QO If End Events occur before timer expires QO If timer expires before End Events Note You cannot select a Timeout pattern if you select any other pattern as the trigger condition External Trigger You can trigger on an external trigger To set up the trigger click the External Trigger category External Tigger Red Sierra Board External Trig Setting f High Active O Low Active f Toggle Cancel For changing the external trig setting go to Configuration menu and select External Trig Setting Figure 2 42 External Trigger Dialog You cannot select an External Trigger Setting so click OK Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA
464. to display the default Protocol Analyzer in Easy Mode at the Capture tab This mode allows you to operate the analyzer with minimum setup In this mode you can perform only a Trigger and Data capture or you can program the SAS Initiator Emulator or SATA Host Emulator to generate bus traffic for triggering and data capture Main Window Use Easy Mode to get a comprehensive overview of your analyzer s capabilities SAS On the Analyzer Menu Bar click File gt New gt Protocol Analyzer to open a SAS Protocol Analyzer dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 41 LeCroy Corporation Main Window 42 What analyzer triggers on Capture memory settings Project Tree display Project Tree SASProtocolAnalyzer1 Capture Trigger Settings Notes pimssoveanssassassesonsany G Ei I Exclude SATA_CONT 5 9 Capture C Patan J Exclude SATA_SYNC LQ Everything Exclude NOTIFY I Exclude DOB Signals Exclude xx Y Include 900 Y Include SATA_SYNC Y Include SATA_CONT Include OOB Signals Include Payload of Data Frame Include RADY Exclude Idle Trigger Non Sequential Snapshot S Settings Trigger Position in Memory 1 T Exclude Payload except 0 Dword s Parameters J Exclude ALIGN J Exclude RADY MV Exclude NOTIFY IV Exclude Idle Capture Memory Size 10000 KB Primitive Response Timeout 65000 Dword s Speed AutoSpeed 11 71 12 12 13 T3 14 T4
465. to traffic coming from test host for example CRC error is injected into traffic stream sent from initiator to target O From Target Modification is made to traffic coming from the target for exam ple CRC error is injected into traffic stream sent from target to initiator The figure shows the first prompt in the scenario creation process 4 New Scenario 1552404 box Scenario is valid Status Wok saved Scenario Name New Scenario ls52404 Direction for traffic nang From Initiator 1 Global Fules Click here to add an event gt Click here to add a sequence For Help press Fl Figure 4 14 Entering Basic Scenario Information To copy an event or action right click on the event or action and select Copy Right click Click here to add another event or Click here to add an action and then select Paste To copy a sequence or state right click on the sequence or state and select Copy Right click Click here to add another sequence or Click here to add another state and then select Paste You can also cut delete and edit a selected sequence state event or action Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 329 LeCroy Corporation Scenario Properties When you click the Scenario Name or the Direction For Traffic Changes the Scenario Properties dialog box appears allowing you to enter the scenario name a short description and direction of traffic change icx Properties Type Scenar
466. tocol Analyzer User Manual Software Settings LeCroy Corporation Column View Tab Software Settings x General Sample Viewer Spread Sheet view Sol View Field List View M Display pre filtered cells as blanks in column view M Show Warning In Search Primitives In Column view Column view Packet Size 600000 Rows Column view Memory Size 9375 KB Set as factory OK Cancel Other Figure 3 80 SAS Software Settings Dialog Column View Tab The SATA Software Settings dialog has the same options Display pre filtered cells as blank in column view The software shows pre filtered data already filtered in the capture project as blank cells Otherwise it will show them as ore filtered cells Show Warning in Search Primitive In Column View If searching in Column View takes a long time the software asks if you want to continue search Otherwise the software continues searching with no pause Column View Packet Size Specifies the allocated buffer for showing rows of a packet in Column View When you see Too Large in a Column View cell the current allocated buffer is not enough and you should increase it by changing this setting Column View Memory Size Displays the memory buffer Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 257 LeCroy Corporation Software Settings Field List View Tab Software Settings General Sample viewer Spread Sheet View Column view Field List View
467. tocol Analyzer User Manual 151 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture Rename Data Block x New Name Custom ces Figure 2 155 Rename Data Block Enter a descriptive name in the New Name edit box and click OK Editing a Data Block You can enter data in the defined cell structure by these methods QO Define your own pattern a Set a counter O Choose a Random Pattern QO Choose a Walking Bit Pattern Define Your Own Pattern To define a pattern 1 Click Pattern to open the Define Pattern dialog box as shown in Figure 2 156 2 Enter a data pattern in the Data Pattern edit box 3 Choose the number of times to repeat that pattern and click OK Number of Data Cels 16 Column gt Address Data Block C Append Inset C Overwrite Random Data Address 0 Pattern 5 mi Address a Repeat 2 times Counter Data Walking Bit Data Custom 1 CD 11001101 Figure 2 156 Define Your Own Data Pattern 152 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Exercise and Capture Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual LeCroy Corporation Address The cell address starts at O for the first data entry and automatically increments to the next available address You can set it to a previously defined address to modify its content or insert additional data Insert Overwrite Data To define whether to overwrite data in a previously defined cell or insert new data after that cel
468. tocol errors 80 on SCSI Command 85 on SMP Frame 83 on soft reset 88 on SSP Frame 84 on STP frame 81 on symbol 75 on timer 73 position in memory 92 setting advanced 104 setup 71 snapshot 71 trigger on any ATA command 77 Trigger Source 133 Trigger Source combo box 128 Trigger tab 71 triggering on timer sequential 89 order 90 triggering order 90 triggers setting 437 Tx Vout 251 Tx Vout Preemphasis command 251 Type combo box 132 U Union search 448 unpacking 18 Update Field List based on 258 Update License 268 Update Sierra Device 316 379 Update Sierra Device command 263 Update STX Board Interface dialog 263 Upload Manager dialog 94 USB IP Setup 265 USB port 18 User Defined Commands tab 180 user defined decoding 267 User Defined Decoding dialog 267 User Path 252 User Defined Find Events screen 447 using the cursors 233 V Value of Reserved Fields 166 Value Replacement 314 VENDOR FIS 70 Verification script command 308 Verification Script Engine Reference Manual 308 View Field option 210 View Menu 382 478 View menu InFusion 316 View Options button 396 menu 396 View Setting button 219 View Type Toolbar 215 View Type toolbar 195 Viewer 38 191 Viewer Setting toolbar 218 Viewer Settings 247 views 38 switching 194 Visible box 246 W Wait for Any Frame 120 Wait for Power Management 121 Wait for PS 120 WaitForStop statement 375 walking bit pattern 154 Waveform Display
469. tors Write Sectors Ext Write Stream PIO Write Multiple FLIA Ext Figure 2 89 ATA Dropdown List The following menu options are available PIO In PIO Out DMA DMA Queued NCQ ATAPI Smart see below Non Data Others User Defined O O OCOCODOO O Smart Commands SATA only To enable smart commands click the Settings tab to open the Settings dialog click the Advanced button to open the Advanced Target Setting dialog go to the Miscellaneous Feature tab check Support smart feature set and check the specific features to enable them see Miscellaneous Features Tab on page 188 Note about Payload Data file The software refreshes the Payload Data file automatrically so when you select a Payload Data file you get the latest version For the SPC4 SEND DIAGNOSTIC command if you have selected the non default path to the development directory on the Software Settings page that path is shown when you select a Payload Data file Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 111 LeCroy Corporation Exercise and Capture Adding a User Defined ATA Command Click the Insert ATA Command button and choose User Defined This enters an ATA command line with editable fields to define your own custom command Ov Command NT gt Input H Command H Features H Sec Num H Cylinder Low H Cylinder High H DE Head H 0x01 Non Data Cylinder Lowk exp H Cylinder Hightexp H Features ex
470. tton on the Viewer toolbar or select Configuration gt Sample Viewer Configuration to open the Sample Viewer Configuration dialog 244 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Display Configuration LeCroy Corporation Sample Viewer Configuration k Phy Reset Fields Additional Fields Frame List Spread Sheet View Spread Sheet Columns Histograrri fl Idle Fields fl Transport Fields E db ATA Cmd Fields E de SCSI Cmd Fields ee de SMP Cmd Fields fl Task Mng Fields H Data Fields H Queue Cmd Fields EE do rl 6 49 E E Field Setting Format visible Field Header Setting Abbreviation Foreground Data Pavload Columns in A ow he Column Bytes in Colurn fi Eyte Viewer Setting e Wrap Packet e Enable Tooltip Time Stamp Origin Absolute Trigger C User Define Based On System Time M Same color for start time and port Enable Packet View Condense Mode Time Stamp Format Lecray Format Save Load Factory Setting Font Poor Cancel Figure 3 69 Sample Viewer Configuration Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 245 LeCroy Corporation Display Configuration 246 Field Settings To view a packet field select a field from the packet field tree and check the Visible box Uncheck it to hide the field To change the data format of a packet field select the field and choose a data forma
471. tus Devices whose version is correct have an OK status A device whose version is incorrect has a BAD status Note You can click the ellipses at the end of a file path and name to display an Open dialog in which you can browse for files Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 263 LeCroy Corporation Update Sierra Device 2 Click the checkbox to the left of a device with BAD status then click Update Selected to begin the process that will make the Analyzer version correct Device Setup be Dev Name Type Cur Req Status File Hame Sierra Firmware 1 06 106 GE C Program Files LeCroy s D Siera Analyzer s2 1310 1310 PUES C Program Files LeCroy s Update All Sierra Emulators 23 10 23 10 POE C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Analyzer 33 10 3310 PUES C Program Files LeCroy s Sierra Self Test 4312 43 12 MES C Program FilessLeCroy s Sierra Infusion 3 20 PGE C Program Files LeCroy s he Sierra Trainer l l i lose a Figure 3 85 Device Setup Dialog Beginning to Update Status of a Device After the update the device must restart SSS A 1 Sierra device 511 61475 updated successfully AP Please wait until device 5M 61475 restarts Figure 3 86 Info Dialog Then the update is complete Device Setup h Dew Name Type Cur Reg Status File Name Update Selected Sierra Firmware 1 06 106 GR C AProgram Files LeCroysS M Sierra Analvzerz2 1310
472. uenaatetuteansocesatenstarsvansocmeaast 461 Scramble definition TO Matos ss 461 nole detiRItiON TO Malaria 461 14 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Contents LeCroy Corporation END_OF FILE definition oococoninn nlnnonnnnn raneren 461 Example Pattern Generator File uscar nnmnnn nnmnnn 462 Appendix B China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table 463 WAN CODO a A A E 464 Appendix C How to Contact LeCroy oonccocnnccnnncccononcccncncnonancnononnrcnnnnnnenanonenanans 465 y Lo E qero E E N E E E 467 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 15 LeCroy Corporation Contents 16 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Introduction This manual describes installation and operation of the LeCroy Sierra M6 2 Protocol Analyzer and includes examples of typical applications Trigger Fe ro do Sierra MG 2 TE SAS SATA Link Tz er pas ul ait Pr o Speed 1 2 Trigg Erro rre A Wi T2 In Figure 1 1 LeCroy Sierra M6 2 Protocol Analyzer Analyzer Overview The Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer is a serial bus analyzer supports host and device emulation generates traffic and provides error injection functionality The SAS analyzer software performs serial bus analysis for Serial Attached SCSI SAS data transfers as well as Serial ATA SATA data transfers through STP data transfers The SATA analyzer software pe
473. ueue Command Report 283 Queue Settings dialog 141 146 Quick View 192 254 R random data pattern 154 Random Error Injection 128 133 rate matching 128 133 Read Write Command Report 285 read write command report 280 Rec Analyzer command 316 record and play 125 Refresh append to the list of found devices 253 Refresh Device List 29 register device to host FIS 66 67 relative time display 45 Remove Device 28 Remove Frame from sequence 130 136 173 176 Rename Title of Port dialog 197 renaming port 197 Repeat decoded command in frame column 256 Reset clear the list of found devices 253 Reset All button 459 resetting Toolbar 458 Response frame 199 Restore Factory Presets button 450 Restore Factory Presets option 450 Resume Generation 380 Resume Generation button 383 Retain Error Injection Counters after Link Reset 167 Retry 133 Retry text box 128 Reverse Link Data 255 rules validity 437 Run All Tests Sequentially 296 Run Batch button 370 Run Batch Script command 315 run hardware 45 Run Pattern Generator button 139 Run Scenario button 367 Run scripts button 310 Run statement 373 Run Verification Scripts dialog 308 running disparity 221 Running verification scripts button 308 Rx Tx Settings dialog 251 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Index S Sample File Name 93 Sample View link 289 Sample View Settings 254 Sample Viewer Configuration dialog 244 Sampling memory usage optimization 254 Sampling
474. use this bit to establish the timing for the subsequent bits A TX SSC TYPE bit set to one indicates that the phy s transmitter uses center spreading SSC when SSC is enabled A TX SSC TYPE bit set to zero indicates that the phy s transmitter uses down spreading SSC when SSC is enabled or that the phy does not support SSC The REQUESTED LOGICAL LINK RATE field indicates if the phy supports multiplexing and if so the logical link rate that the phy is requesting A G1 WITHOUT SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G1 i e 1 5 Gbps without SSC A G1 WITHOUT SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G1 without SSC A G1 WITH SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G1 i e 1 5 Gbps with SSC A G1 WITH SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G1 with SSC A G2 WITHOUT SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G2 i e 3 Gbps without SSC A G2 WITHOUT SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G2 without SSC A G2 WITH SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G2 i e 3 Gbps with SSC A G2 WITH SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G2 with SSC A G3 WITHOUT SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G3 i e 6 Gbps without SSC A G3 WITHOUT SSC bit set to zero indicates that the phy does not support G3 without SSC A G3 WITH SSC bit set to one indicates that the phy supports G3 i e 6 Gbps with
475. utoAlignSATA ON Set WaitTime0ut 2309 Constants Only unsigned integers can be defined as constants Some constants are predefined in Sierra Trainer Examples Const SOME HEX DATA OXAABBFFEE fdefines hexadecimal constant Const SOME DEC DATA 12 defines decimal constant Const SOME DEC DATA 64 defines decimal constant Const Some Hex Data 0OxCDCDBEBE Predefined Constants TRUE FALSE ON OFF INFINITE DOCOUOD Data Patterns Data patterns are streams of hexadecimal values Using lets the user include constants or predefined data pattern in another pattern Examples DataPattern PATTERN_1 AAAABBBB SOME _ HEX DATA EEREEFFFF 1210ABB1 AAAABBBB 1210ABB1l AAAABBBB 1210ABB1 AAAABBBB 1210ABB1 SOME DEC DATA 1210AB DataPattern PATTERN_2 00000000 11111111 22222222 33333333 AAAABBBB 55906666 FEFEFEFE CDCDCDCD 9999BBBB 12343434 67607670B S6BBFF DataPattern PATTERN_3 PATTERN_1 FFFFFFFF EEFEEEEE SOME HEX DATA DataPattern SOME _ PATTERN BBBBBBBB DDDDDDDD Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 401 LeCroy Corporation Sierra Trainer Generation Language Primitives Primitives can be defined using the following QO Byte values k indicates control symbol The 10b codes are calculated based on the current running disparity a Primitives are completely interchangeable with SymChains Example Primitive CHALN ONE kBe TE LE IE KBC LA OF Symecn hala Chalino k26 5 Diz gt
476. ve for each of the following received from the initiator Align 1 Align 2 and Align 3 As a separate test operation two sequences determine the order in which each Identify Address frame is received from initiator and target The following tables summarize the logic implemented by each of the sequences TABLE 4 7 Example 7 Logic of Sequence 0 State Description State O If Address Frame is detected from initiator go to State 1 otherwise continue to check incoming frames do not change state State 1 If next Address Frame detected is from target beep 1 second TABLE 4 8 Example 7 Logic of Sequence 1 State Description State O If Address Frame is detected from target go to State 1 otherwise continue to check incoming frames do not change state State 1 If next Address Frame detected is from initiator beep 2 seconds There is no interaction between the two sequences Each of them operates independently and is independent of the Global Rules However the two sequences complement each other with their logic In this sense they both combine to implement a test objective Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 355 LeCroy Corporation Creating a Sequence 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change As in previous examples create the Global Rules area
477. ved go to Wait for Align 1 Wait for Align 1 If an Align 1 is received next go to Wait for Align 2 otherwise go to Indicate Error Wait for Align 2 If an Align 2 is received next go to Wait for Align 3 otherwise go to Indicate Error Wait for Align 3 If an Align 3 is received next restart test otherwise go to Indicate Error Indicate Error Indicate error and restart test 1 Click the New Scenario button in the main library or one of the device libraries In the Scenario Properties dialog enter the scenario name description and direction of traffic change 2 Asin previous examples create the five states for this sequence Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 361 LeCroy Corporation Example 8 Creating a Sequence With Many States 1 3 Inthe File menu select Save Scenario to save the scenario d Align Test b x File Library c 4 Xx Scenario Name Aliqn Test S Scenarios Description Detect incorrect order of Aliqns and beep when it happens J Sequercerz GH Direction for traffic changes From Initiator d Align Test d Sequencer exa T Global Bules Click here to add an event Sequence Wait for Aliqgnd Wait for ALIGN 0 from Initiator Click here to add combined event gt then Branch to Wait for Alignl Click here to add another action Click here to add another event gt El Wait for Aliqnl Wait for ALIGN 1 from Initiator
478. vice in the Device List the device library for the device opens automatically The scenarios that appear in the device library are those currently stored on the corresponding device They were uploaded from the device to your PC when you opened the device library You can click any of the scenarios listed to open it for editing When you are finished with your edits you can use the buttons on the Device Library toolbar to download the revised scenario to the device The None scenario is an empty and undefined scenario to allow you to assign port s to None The Multiport feature allows you to run a scenario by more than one portina Device Library and to assign different ports to different scenarios and run them together Each scenario in a library can run by more than one port Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Scenario Properties LeCroy Corporation Scenario Properties To begin the scenario creation process you click the New Scenario button in a library window or on the InFusion application toolbar As the first step in creating a scenario the application prompts you for scenario name a short description optional and the direction of traffic to which any traffic changes apply Changes are for example injection or removal of data or a primitive You identify direction of traffic change or modification in terms of traffic origin The application uses the following conventions O From Initiator Change is made
479. wi2 OOOH Dw15 OOOO Dwi4 Vi mi V1 WwW 12 Check All Uncheck All Figure 2 20 SAS Data Pattern Dialog Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 59 LeCroy Corporation Projects 60 SAS vs SATA SATA Dialog shows Port at the top and does not show SSP or STP Define the data pattern for capture or exclusion from capture and click OK Note When entering the data pattern in the Data section of this screen if you are reading the data pattern from a recorded trace you must reverse the order of the bytes listed for each DWORD entered For example if you want to capture or exclude 00 01 02 03 as displayed in the trace you must enter this pattern as 03 02 01 00 Protocol Errors Double click Protocol Errors to open the Protocol Errors selection dialog Protocol Errors he Protocol Errors x C Code Violation C Disparity Error C ALIGN Error Cancel O STP Signaling Latency Error C STP Invalid State Transition Unexpected Primitive C STP Invalid State Transition Primitive Timeout L Frame Type Error O Frame Length Error O Frame Direction Error C CAC Error O ACK NAK Timeout C Disable Disparity Error and Symbol Violation during the Speed negotiation O Delimiter Error Check Disable Protocol error detection Check All Ungh k _Check Al belies Un Check Enable Protocol error detection Figure 2 21 SAS Protocol Errors Dialog SAS vs SATA S
480. with the others The purpose of each is to detect events and then respond with the appropriate action or set of actions In essence you can operate up to three test states simultaneously within InFusion Portion of a scenario that can define multiple InFusion test states More flexible than the Global Rules a sequence allows more Sequence powerful scenarios that include branching and looping between test states Global Rules can define only a single test state so there is no branching Behavior of the Global Rules or a sequence at any point in time State In terms of InFusion testing behavior is waiting for a set of events and responding with a set of actions Global Rules Global Rules are a portion of the scenario that can define only one test state To create the Global Rules you use the menu driven interface to enter an event or combined event and the corresponding action or set of actions the response of InFusion hardware to the event In the case of a combined event the action is taken upon occurrence of any of the events stated for the event combination It is a logical OR association meaning any of the events can trigger the action Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 325 LeCroy Corporation InFusion Scenarios After you enter the event or combined event the interface prompts you for actions An action might be for example injecting a particular primitive or error into the traffic stream
481. without switching HE Show Analyzer Frame to Analyzer frame Show Port Configuration Dialog e See Ports Configuration on 6 Show Script Assignment Dialog page 97 Assign Active Script HR Tile Windows OG Aci Pudo Script for Link 1 2 3 or 4 See Multi Port Trainer Script Assignments to Links on page 397 Setting Up for Generating Initiator Traffic Connect the SAS cable from the Target port of the Sierra Analyzer to the Target port on the unit under test This transmits the Traffic Generator stream from the Target port to the target side port on the unit under test Setting Up for Generating Target Traffic Connect the SAS cable from the Initiator port of the Sierra Analyzer to the Initiator side port on the unit under test This transmits the Traffic Generator stream from the Initiator port to the initiator side port on the unit under test Creating a Traffic Generation File Generating traffic is a two step process First create a text based Sierra Trainer Traffic Generator file This text file has an ssg extension You can create this file by creating a new generator file or editing an existing file Note ssg files created in other applications run in the Sierra Trainer After the file has been created it can be opened and displayed in the application You can invoke the application to transmit the traffic generation file by using the Start Generation button E Note For details about traffic ge
482. xWout Disabled Initiator Emulator Stop Target Emulator Inactive Simulation Mode Stop Figure 2 78 SAS Choosing a Trigger Condition 2 Define each selected pattern in the same way as in Easy Mode as described starting on page 59 To use a timer define it first Note You can set a timer for any If or Else If condition 3 Enter a value for the number of occurrences before trigger in the Cont field up to a maximum of 65535 occurrences Choose a capture option Everything Nothing or Pattern 5 If you choose Pattern you can select patterns for inclusion or exclusion Clicking the Pattern option enables a pattern definition dialog STP Frame db gt gt Address Frame SMP Frame SSP Frame mS Data Pattern Protocol Errors Figure 2 79 SAS Choosing a Pattern 104 Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual Advanced Mode User Defined LeCroy Corporation 6 Choose pattern s and click the gt gt button to add them for capture or exclusion You define each pattern the same way as in Easy mode See Defining Patterns on page 59 7 For an output trigger click the down arrow in the Ext Out field and choose an output trigger level Note Do not use the LOW setting in Advanced Mode 8 To go to another state click the down arrow in the Go To field and select a state If no other state has been defined choose New State to add a state Multi Link Triggering You can set different tr
483. yzer the Select Port Configuration dialog has options JA as shown in Figure 4 6 WED after Jammer 00 WE Host side VO Device Side VO After Jammer 00 WE Host side VO Device Side Figure 4 6 Select Port Configuration Options with Jammer and Analyzer The following figures illustrate the available setup options a JA After Jammer Analyzer captures Jammer to Host and Jammer to Device Analyzer is after Jammer on both paths See Figure 4 7 Analyzer Figure 4 7 Jammer and Analyzer with Analyzer after Jammer Sierra M6 2 SAS SATA Protocol Analyzer User Manual 321 LeCroy Corporation Port Configuration for InFusion O JA Host Side Analyzer captures Host to Jammer and Jammer to Host Analyzer is before and after Jammer on Host side See Figure 4 8 Analyzer Figure 4 8 Jammer and Analyzer Host Side QO JA Device Side Analyzer captures Jammer to Device and Device to Jammer Analyzer is before and after Jammer on Device side See Figure 4 9 Figure 4 9 Jammer and Analyzer Device Side The setup options are the same whether Jammer modifies traffic from Host to Device or from Device to Host Note When the Unit Under Test UUT is the Host using JA Host Side see Figure 4 8 will give the most accurate recordings of Host behavior though the Jammer delays will accumulate in the round trip Note When the Unit Under Test UUT is the Device using JA Device Side see Figure 4 9 wi

LeCroy Sierra M6 2 User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents